Szótár

(Letölthető rövid segédanyag: Páli-Magyar Szójegyzék)

, 9807 találat.

ya →

bodhirasa

letter “y”, 34th letter of the alphabet, palatal semi-vowel

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

a kavagga hā kaṇṭhajā, i cavagga yā tālujā, u pavaggā oṭṭhajā, ṭavagga ra ḷā muddhajā, tavagga la sā dantajā, e kaṇṭhatālujo, o kaṇṭhoṭṭhajo, vo dantoṭṭhajo.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

16. yam'edantass'ādeso.

ya →

bodhirasa

whoever, whatever

VIN 4.8.203 seṭṭhibhariyā vatthu

yadā arogā ahosi tadā yaṃ iccheyyāsi taṃ dajjeyyāsī'ti

JA 488 bhisa jātakaṃ

so bajjhataṃ pāsasatehi chabbhi, rammā vanā niyyatu rājadhāniṃ, tuttehi so haññatu pācanehi, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi.

yā →

bodhirasa

whatever, whichever (woman)

TH 245 godatta theragāthā

dummedhehi pasaṃsā ca, viññūhi garahā ca yā, garahāva seyyo viññūhi, yaṃ ce bālappasaṃsanā.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yā c'eva kho pana ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu yā ca bāhirā pathavīdhātu, pathavīdhātu'r'ev'esā.

ya →

pts

…also examples given under yāvatā.

  1. Cases used adverbially: Either locally or modally with regards to the local adverbs…

abbhaya →

bodhirasa

without fear, (safe and) sound

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so aparena samayena tamhā bandhanā mucceyya sotthinā abbhayena

abhaya →

bodhirasa

safe, no fear

DHP 258 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena paṇḍito hoti, yāvatā bahu bhāsati, khemī averī abhayo, paṇḍito'ti pavuccati.

TH 82 kassapa theragāthā

yena yena subhikkhāni, sivāni abhayāni ca, tena puttaka gacchassu, mā sokāpahato bhavā'ti.

abhaya →

bodhirasa

safety, safe place, no fear

DHP 317 nirayavaggo

abhaye bhayadassino, bhaye c'ābhayadassino, micchādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.

TH 82 kassapa theragāthā

yena yena subhikkhāni, sivāni abhayāni ca, tena puttaka gacchassu, mā sokāpahato bhavā'ti.

abhayadassī →

bodhirasa

not knowing the danger (of), not wary (of), not fearful (of), not apprehensive (of), lit. not seeing danger (in)

DHP 317 nirayavaggo

abhaye bhayadassino, bhaye ca-abhayadassino, micchādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.

abhibhuyya →

bodhirasa

conquering, vanquishing, overcoming, overpowering

AN 3.91 dutiya sikkhattayasuttaṃ

yathā divā tathā rattiṃ, yathā rattiṃ tathā divā, abhibhuyya disā sabbā, appamāṇasamādhinā.

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

bhagavā hi kāme abhibhuyya iriyati, ādicco'va pathaviṃ tejī tejasā, parittapaññassa me bhūripañña, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

abhihārayati →

bodhirasa

takes oneself (to), goes (to)

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa piṇḍacāraṃ caritvā, vanantam'abhihāraye, upaṭṭhito rukkhamūlasmiṃ, āsan'ūpagato muni.

abhikkantāya rattiyā →

bodhirasa

as the night progressed

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

abhipatthayati →

bodhirasa

longs (for), hopes (for), craves (for), aspires (for)

TH 251 raṭṭhapāla theragāthā

passāmi loke sadhane manusse, laddhāna vittaṃ na dadanti mohā, luddhā dhanaṃ sannicayaṃ karonti, bhiyyova kāme abhipatthayanti.

abhisamaya →

bodhirasa

complete comprehension, total understanding, completely getting, lit. arrived at

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

anatthaṃ parivajjeti, atthaṃ gaṇhāti paṇḍito, attha-abhisamayā dhīro, paṇḍito'ti pavuccatī'ti.

abhitosayanta →

bodhirasa

thoroughly pleasing, completely satisfying, giving total satisfaction

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa jhānapasuto dhīro, vanante ramito siyā, jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānam'abhitosayaṃ.

abhivandiya →

bodhirasa

worthy of honour, to be saluted respectfully

bālāvatāra paṇāma

sabbaṃ niruttipathapāragataṃ sabuddhaṃ, buddhaṃ tilokatilakaṃ hatapāpadhammaṃ, dhammaṃ vimuttisukhadaṃ vihat'āghasaṃghaṃ, saṃghaṃ ca niccam'abhivandiya dakkhiṇeyyaṃ.

abhiyācati →

bodhirasa

begs, implores, pleads, requests

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

okañ'jahaṃ taṇhacchidaṃ anejaṃ, nandiñ'jahaṃ oghatiṇṇaṃ vimuttaṃ, kappañ'jahaṃ abhiyāce sumedhaṃ, sutvāna nāgassa apanamissanti ito.

abhiññeyya →

bodhirasa

what should be directly known, what should be understood experientially

TH 253 sela theragāthā

abhiññeyyaṃ abhiññātaṃ, bhāvetabbañ'ca bhāvitaṃ, pahātabbaṃ pahīnaṃ me, tasmā buddho'smi brāhmaṇa.

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṃ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hotī'ti.

abhiññāsacchikaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

realizable by oneself through direct knowledge, able to be experienced by direct understanding

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

so appamāṇena samādhinā subhāvitena yassa yassa abhiññāsacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññāsacchikiriyāya tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

abhiññāya →

bodhirasa

directly knowing, understanding experientially

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

so sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhijānāti, sabbaṃ dhammaṃ abhiññāya sabbaṃ dhammaṃ parijānāti

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

ākiñcaññasambhavaṃ ñatvā, nandī saṃyojanaṃ iti, evam'etaṃ abhiññāya, tato tattha vipassati, etaṃ ñāṇaṃ tathaṃ tassa, brāhmaṇassa vusīmato'ti.

abhojaneyya →

bodhirasa

not edible, lit. not fit to be eaten

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

gāth'ābhigītaṃ me abhojaneyyaṃ, sampassataṃ brāhmaṇa n'esa dhammo, gāth'ābhigītaṃ panudanti buddhā, dhamme satī brāhmaṇa vutti'r'esā.

abhāvanīya →

bodhirasa

disrespected, not honoured

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

pañcahi, bhikkhave, dhammehi samannāgato thero bhikkhu sabrahmacārīnaṃ appiyo ca hoti amanāpo ca agaru ca abhāvanīyo ca

abhāvitakāya →

bodhirasa

physically unrestrained, lit. undeveloped in body

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

idha pana, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo abhāvitakāyo hoti abhāvitasīlo abhāvitacitto abhāvitapañño paritto appātumo appadukkhavihārī.

abrahmacariya →

bodhirasa

unchasity, uncelibacy

AN 3.71 uposathasuttaṃ

pāṇaṃ na haññe na c'adinnam'ādiye, musā na bhāse na ca majjapo siyā, abrahmacariyā virameyya methunā, rattiṃ na bhuñjeyya vikālabhojanaṃ.

abyatta →

bodhirasa

inexperienced, incompetent, untrained, lit. undistinguished

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattaṃ vā nānaccayehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa.

abyābajjha →

bodhirasa

freedom from oppressive pain, relief

MN 2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

paṭisaṅkhā yoniso gilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati, yāva'd'eva uppannānaṃ veyyābādhikānaṃ vedanānaṃ paṭighātāya, abyābajjha-paramatāya

abyābajjha →

bodhirasa

without ill will, with goodwill, benevolent

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

iti uddham'adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.

abyāpajja →

bodhirasa

kind, benevolent, with goodwill

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

abyāpannacitto hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo ime sattā averā hontu abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū'ti

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṃ abyāpajjaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāveti, āsavānañ'ca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭh'eva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

abyāpajjamāna →

bodhirasa

unhurt, unhindered, unobstructed

SNP 60 dhotaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 5

anusāsa brahme karuṇāyamāno, vivekadhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, yath'āhaṃ ākāso'va abyāpajjamāno, idh'eva santo asito careyyaṃ.

abyāpajjha →

bodhirasa

freedom from oppressive pain, relief

MN 2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

paṭisaṅkhā yoniso gilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati, yāva'd'eva uppannānaṃ veyyābādhikānaṃ vedanānaṃ paṭighātāya, abyāpajjha-paramatāya

abyāpanna →

bodhirasa

without ill will, not malicious, without hate

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

abyāpanna-citto hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo ime sattā averā hontu abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū'ti

abyāpannacitta →

bodhirasa

with kind mind, lit. mind without ill will

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, gāmaṇi, idh'assa puriso … anabhijjhālu abyāpannacitto sammādiṭṭhiko.

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

abyāpannacitto hoti appaduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo ime sattā averā hontu abyāpajjā anīghā sukhī attānaṃ pariharantū'ti

abyāpāda →

bodhirasa

goodwill, kindness, friendliness, benevolence, lit. not ill-will

SN 45.4 jāṇussoṇi brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

abyāpādo avihiṃsā, viveko yassa āvudhaṃ, titikkhā cammasannāho, yogakkhemāya vattati.

abyāpādasaṅkappa →

bodhirasa

kind intention, good intention, lit. non ill will intention

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

nekkhammasaṅkappo, abyāpādasaṅkappo, avihiṃsāsaṅkappo, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo sāsavo puññabhāgiyo upadhivepakko.

abyāpādavitakka →

bodhirasa

thought of goodwill, kind thought, lit. not ill-will thought

ITI 87 andhakaraṇasuttaṃ

abyāpādavitakko, bhikkhave, anandhakaraṇo cakkhukaraṇo ñāṇakaraṇo paññāvuddhiko avighātapakkhiko nibbānasaṃvattaniko.

accantadussīlya →

bodhirasa

extreme bad behaviour, extreme immorality

DHP 162 attavaggo

yassa accantadussīlyaṃ, māluvā sālam'iv'otthataṃ, karoti so tath'attānaṃ, yathā naṃ icchatī diso.

accaya →

bodhirasa

passing away, death

SN 47.14 ukkacelasuttaṃ

ye hi keci ānanda etarahi vā mama-accaye vā attadīpā viharissanti attasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā dhammadīpā dhammasaraṇā anaññasaraṇā

accaya →

bodhirasa

fault, offence, transgression, lit. go too far

AN 9.11 sīhanādasuttaṃ

taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi

accayati →

bodhirasa

goes beyond, gets past, transcends, surpasses

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

sakañ'hi diṭṭhiṃ katham'accayeyya, chand'ānunīto ruciyā niviṭṭho, sayaṃ samattāni pakubbamāno, yathā hi jāneyya tathā vadeyya.

accayati →

bodhirasa

(of time) passes, flies past

TH 133 heraññakāni theragāthā

accayanti ahorattā, jīvitaṃ uparujjhati, āyu khīyati maccānaṃ, kunnadīnaṃ'va odakaṃ.

accayaṃ accayato deseti →

bodhirasa

confesses a fault, lit. confess a fault as a fault

SN 11.24 accayasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena dve bhikkhū sampayojesuṃ, tatr'eko bhikkhu accasarā, atha kho so bhikkhu tassa bhikkhuno santike accayaṃ accayato deseti, so bhikkhu nappaṭiggaṇhāti.

accayāsi →

bodhirasa

went too far, overshot the mark

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

accayāsi, brāhmaṇa, pañhaṃ, n'āsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. nibbānogadhañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyaṃ vussati nibbānaparāyaṇaṃ nibbānapariyosānan'ti.

acchariya →

bodhirasa

wonderful, marvellous

AN 8.23 paṭhamahatthakasuttaṃ

sattahi, bhikkhave, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgataṃ hatthakaṃ āḷavakaṃ dhāretha.

AN 6.46 mahācundasuttaṃ

acchariyā hete, āvuso, puggalā dullabhā lokasmiṃ, ye amataṃ dhātuṃ kāyena phusitvā viharanti

acchariyaṃ →

bodhirasa

wonderful! marvellous! unbelievable!

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

acchariyaṃ, bhante, abbhutaṃ, bhante!

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

acchariyaṃ, moggallāna, abbhutaṃ, moggallāna! yāva bāhāgahaṇā'pi nāma so moghapuriso āgamessatī'ti

accādhāya →

bodhirasa

placing

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappessāma pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā

adayāpanna →

bodhirasa

uncompassionate, unkind, merciless, cruel

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, cunda, tividhaṃ kāyena asoceyyaṃ hoti? idha, cunda, ekacco pāṇātipātī hoti luddo lohitapāṇi hatapahate niviṭṭho aday'āpanno sabbapāṇabhūtesu

addhagū →

bodhirasa

traveller, voyager, lit journey goer

DHP 302 pakiṇṇakavaggo

duppabbajjaṃ durabhiramaṃ, durāvāsā gharā dukhā, dukkhosamānasaṃvāso, dukkh'ānupatit'addhagū, tasmā na c'addhagū siyā, na ca dukkh'ānupatito siyā.

adhammacariyā →

bodhirasa

conduct not in line with the Dhamma, unethical conduct, immoral behaviour, misconduct

AN 10.47 mahālisuttaṃ

ime ca, mahāli, dasa dhammā loke na saṃvijjeyyuṃ, na'y'idha paññāyetha adhammacariyā-visamacariyā'ti vā dhammacariyā-samacariyā'ti vā.

adhigaccheyya →

bodhirasa

could get, would experience

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, seyyathā'pi, bhante, puriso jighacchādubbalyapareto madhupiṇḍikaṃ adhigaccheyya, so yato yato sāyeyya, labhetheva sādurasaṃ asecanakaṃ

adhigamanīya →

bodhirasa

attainable, possible, lit. could be obtained

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

adhikaraṇa →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) legal process, vinaya action

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

sace mayaṃ imāhi āpattīhi aññamaññaṃ kāressāma, siy'āpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṃvatteyya.

adhipateyya →

bodhirasa

depending on, relying on, overseen by

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

kiṃmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṃsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā, kiṃpamukhā sabbe dhammā, kiṃ-adhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, kiṃuttarā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsārā sabbe dhammā, kiṃogadhā sabbe dhammā, kiṃpariyosānā sabbe dhammā'ti

adhippayāsa →

bodhirasa

disparity, difference, distinction

AN 3.69 aññatitthiyasuttaṃ

imesaṃ, āvuso, tiṇṇaṃ dhammānaṃ ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṃ nānākaraṇan'ti?

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

idha no, āvuso, ko viseso, ko adhippayāso, kiṃ nānākaraṇaṃ samaṇassa vā gotamassa amhākaṃ vā, yad'idaṃ dhammadesanāya vā dhammadesanaṃ, anusāsaniyā vā anusāsanin'ti?

adhivāsayanta →

bodhirasa

enduring, tolerating, weathering

MN 2.5 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, anadhivāsayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, adhivāsayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti

adhivāsayati →

bodhirasa

endures, tolerates, weathers

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

ātaṅkaphassena khudāya phuṭṭho, sītaṃ atuṇhaṃ adhivāsayeyya, so tehi phuṭṭho bahudhā anoko, vīriyaṃ parakkammadaḷhaṃ kareyya.

adhiṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

observing, undertaking

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā sirisayane nipannā niddaṃ okkamamānā imaṃ supinaṃ addasa.

adutiya →

bodhirasa

without a companion, alone, unique, lit. no second

SN 22.81 pālileyyasuttaṃ

kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cārikaṃ pakkāmi

aggamakkhāyati →

bodhirasa

is considered the highest (of), is said to be the best (of)

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave ye keci pupphagandhā vassikaṃ tesaṃ aggamakkhāyati

SN 34.1 samādhi mūlaka samāpattisuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo tatra aggamakkhāyati.

agghiya →

bodhirasa

valuable, precious, lit. of worth

APA 52 cunda therāpadānaṃ

dibbagandhaṃ pavāyantaṃ, yo me pupph'agghiyaṃ adā, tam'ahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajati →

bodhirasa

went forth from home to homelessness, left home to become a monk

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, cattāri bhayāni idh'ekaccassa kulaputtassa imasmiṃ dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni.

DN 19.15 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

atha kho bho mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattāhassa accayena kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji

agāriya →

bodhirasa

layman, householder

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriya-bhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma'pi anusāsāma'pi. ime pan'amhākaṃ puttamattā maññe nattamattā maññe ovaditabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññantī'ti.

agāriyabhūta →

bodhirasa

(state of being a) layman, householder

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā aññe ovadāma'pi anusāsāma'pi. ime pan'amhākaṃ puttamattā maññe nattamattā maññe ovaditabbaṃ anusāsitabbaṃ maññantī'ti.

aheṭhayanta →

bodhirasa

not harming, not hurting, not disturbing

DHP 48 pupphavaggo

yathā'pi bhamaro pupphaṃ, vaṇṇagandham'aheṭhayaṃ, paleti rasam'ādāya, evaṃ gāme munī care.

aheṭhayāna →

bodhirasa

not harming, not hurting, not disturbing

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

kummo aṅgāni sake kapāle, samodahaṃ bhikkhu manovitakke, anissito aññam'aheṭhayāno, parinibbuto nūpavadeyya kañcī'ti.

ahuhāsiya →

bodhirasa

roar of laughter, laughing out loud

JA 374 cūḷadhanuggaha jātakaṃ

k'āyaṃ eḷagalāgumbe, karoti ahuhāsiyaṃ, na'y'idha naccaṃ vā gītaṃ vā, tāḷaṃ vā susamāhitaṃ, anamhikāle sussoṇi, kiṃ nu jagghasi sobhaṇe.

ajhāyanta →

bodhirasa

not meditating

DHP 372 bhikkhuvaggo

n'atthi jhānaṃ apaññassa, paññā n'atthi ajhāyato, yamhi jhānañ'ca paññā ca, sa ve nibbānasantike.

ajjhāyaka →

bodhirasa

master, teacher, reciter of the Vedas

APA 8 upāli therāpadānaṃ

uppātesu nimittesu, lakkhaṇesu ca kovidaṃ, ajjhāyakaṃ mantadharaṃ, porohicce ṭhapeti so.

akappiya →

bodhirasa

not allowable, unsuitable, inappropriate

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

kappiyaṃ te khāditabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na khāditabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te bhuñjitabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na bhuñjitabbaṃ

akappiya →

bodhirasa

unconstructed, unfashioned, unfabricated

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

vītagedho amaccharī, na ussesu vadate muni, na samesu na omesu, kappaṃ n'eti akappiyo.

akaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

should not be done, not to be done

AN 5.177 vaṇijjāsuttaṃ

pañcimā, bhikkhave, vaṇijjā upāsakena akaraṇīyā. katamā pañca? satthavaṇijjā, sattavaṇijjā, maṃsavaṇijjā, majjavaṇijjā, visavaṇijjā.

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

pariccattaṃ kho rañño nāgassa jīvitaṃ. n'atthi dāni kiñci rañño nāgassa akaraṇīyan'ti.

akiriya →

bodhirasa

non-doing, not doing

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

anekavihitānaṃ pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ akiriyaṃ vadāmi

akiriyavāda →

bodhirasa

doctrine of non-action

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

ye'pi te, bhikkhave, ahesuṃ okkalā vassabhaññā ahetuvādā akiriyavādā natthikavādā te'pi mahācattārīsakaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ na garahitabbaṃ napaṭikkositabbaṃ amaññiṃsu.

akkharasamavāya →

bodhirasa

meeting together of letters

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

iccā'ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ, iccā'ti.

akkharasamaya →

bodhirasa

art of reading and writing, lit. sphere of letters

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

daharakālato paṭṭhāya hi naṃ mārāpento'va seṭṭhi māretuṃ n'āsakkhi, kiṃ akkharasamayaṃ sikkhāpessati?

akkheyya →

bodhirasa

could be said, to be said

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

diṭṭhā'pi sutā'pi te janā, yesaṃ nāmam'idaṃ pavuccati, nāmaṃ yev'āvasissati, akkheyyaṃ petassa jantuno.

akkhāya →

bodhirasa

saying, speaking, declaring, announcing

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

pasaṃsito vā pana tattha hoti, akkhāya vādaṃ parisāya majjhe, so hassatī uṇṇamatī ca tena, pappuyya tam'atthaṃ yathā mano ahu.

akkhāyati →

bodhirasa

is considered, is said to be

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave ye keci pupphagandhā vassikaṃ tesaṃ aggam'akkhāyati

SN 34.1 samādhi mūlaka samāpattisuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo tatra aggam'akkhāyati.

akutobhaya →

bodhirasa

nothing to fear from anywhere, with no reason for fear, lit. from nowhere fear

DHP 196 buddhavaggo

te tādise pūjayato, nibbute akutobhaye, na sakkā puññaṃ saṅkhātuṃ, im'ettam'api kenaci.

akāriya →

bodhirasa

not do-able, could not be done, impossible to do, lit. could not cause to do

DHP 176 lokavaggo

ekaṃ dhammaṃ atītassa, musāvādissa jantuno, vitiṇṇaparalokassa, natthi pāpaṃ akāriyaṃ.

alajjitāya →

bodhirasa

should not be ashamed (of)

DHP 316 nirayavaggo

alajjitāye lajjanti, lajjitāye na lajjare, micchādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.

alamariyañāṇadassanavisesa →

bodhirasa

distinction in knowledge and vision suitable for a noble person, attainment of understanding and outlook proper for a noble one

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

atthi nu kho me uttari manussadhammo alam'ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato, yen'āhaṃ pacchime kāle sabrahmacārīhi puṭṭho na maṅku bhavissāmī'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ

alaṃkammaniya →

bodhirasa

suitable for the purpose

VIN 1.3.1 paṭhamāniyata sikkhāpadaṃ

atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena sā kumārikā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā tassā kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaniye nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto

alaṅkatapaṭiyatta →

bodhirasa

decorated and adorned, carefully prepared, tastefully decorated

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā sirisayane nipannā niddaṃ okkamamānā imaṃ supinaṃ addasa.

amanasikaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

should not be attended to, should not be kept in mind

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

tassa amanasikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ amanasikārā manasikaraṇīyānaṃ dhammānaṃ manasikārā anuppannā c'eva āsavā na uppajjanti, uppannā ca āsavā pahīyanti

amanāpiya →

bodhirasa

unpleasant, dislikeable, disagreeable, detestable

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatāsati abhāvitā abahulīkatā, taṃ cakkhu āviñchati manāpiyesu rūpesu, amanāpiyā rūpā paṭikūlā honti

amataparāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

destined for the deathless, bound for immortality

SN 48.44 pubbakoṭṭhakasuttaṃ

paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amatogadhaṃ hoti amataparāyaṇaṃ amatapariyosānan'ti

amhe →

bodhirasa

we, (royal) we

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃsampadam'idaṃ āyasmantānaṃ satthari sammukhībhūte, taṃ bhagavantaṃ atisitvā, amhe etam'atthaṃ paṭipucchitabbaṃ maññatha

amhe →

bodhirasa

us, (royal) us

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, bhante, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo amhe etad'avoca, evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato n'ālaṃ antarāyāyā'ti.

JAa 1.N.3 santike nidānakathā

kiṃ, bhante, amhe lajjāpetha, kim'atthaṃ piṇḍāya caratha, kiṃ, ettakānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ na sakkā bhattaṃ laddhun'ti saññaṃ karitthā'ti.

amāya →

bodhirasa

open, honest, transparent, lit. not deceitful

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

sacco siyā appagabbho, amāyo rittapesuṇo, akkodhano lobhapāpaṃ, vevicchaṃ vitare muni.

anabhisamaya →

bodhirasa

not getting, non-comprehension, misunderstanding, lit. not arrived at

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjā'ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ … yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asaṃgāhanā apariyogāhanā asamapekkhanā

anacchariya →

bodhirasa

more wonderful, most wonderful

MN 26 pāsarāsisuttaṃ

apissu maṃ, bhikkhave, imā anacchariyā gāthāyo paṭibhaṃsu pubbe assutapubbā

anadhivāsayanta →

bodhirasa

not enduring, not tolerating, not weathering

MN 2.5 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, anadhivāsayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, adhivāsayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti

anagāriya →

bodhirasa

homelessness

DN 19.15 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

atha kho bho mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattāhassa accayena kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anagāriy'upetassa, bhikkhācariyaṃ jigīsato, muni pabrūhi me puṭṭho, moneyyaṃ uttamaṃ padaṃ.

anamataggoyaṃ →

bodhirasa

this (has) an inconceivable beginning

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

anamataggo'yaṃ bhikkhave, saṃsāro. pubbā koṭi na paññāyati avijjānīvaraṇānaṃ sattānaṃ taṇhāsaṃyojanānaṃ sandhāvataṃ saṃsarataṃ.

ananuppadiyamāna →

bodhirasa

not being given, not being offered

DN 26.6 cakkavattisuttaṃ

adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullam'agamāsi. dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. tam'enaṃ aggahesuṃ.

anariya →

bodhirasa

ignoble, vulgar, coarse

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

na kāmasukham'anuyuñjeyya hīnaṃ gammaṃ pothujjanikaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ, na ca attakilamath'ānuyogam'anuyuñjeyya dukkhaṃ anariyaṃ anatthasaṃhitaṃ.

anariyadhamma →

bodhirasa

ignoble nature, poor in character

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

yo attano sīlavatāni jantu, anānupuṭṭho'va paresa pāva, anariyadhammaṃ kusalā tam'āhu, yo ātumānaṃ sayam'eva pāva.

anariyasukha →

bodhirasa

ignoble pleasure

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, ime pañca kāmaguṇe paṭicca uppajjati sukhaṃ somanassaṃ idaṃ vuccati kāmasukhaṃ mīḷhasukhaṃ puthujjanasukhaṃ anariyasukhaṃ.

anaya →

bodhirasa

trouble, tragedy, misfortune

SN 17.3 kummasuttaṃ

taggha'si, tāta kumma, khato, taggha upahato. etena hi te, tāta kumma, suttakena pitaro ca pitāmahā ca anayaṃ āpannā byasanaṃ āpannā. gaccha dāni tvaṃ, tāta kumma, na dāni tvaṃ amhākan'ti.

anayabyasana →

bodhirasa

misfortune and disaster, tragedy and ruin

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, sālo vā dhavo vā phandano vā tīhi māluvālatāhi uddhasto pariyonaddho anayaṃ āpajjati, byasanaṃ āpajjati, anayabyasanaṃ āpajjati.

anekapariyāya →

bodhirasa

various ways, various mean, various methods

VIN 1.1.3 tatiya pārājikaṃ

iti cittamano cittasaṅkappo anekapariyāyena maraṇavaṇṇaṃ vā saṃvaṇṇeyya, maraṇāya vā samādapeyya, ayam'pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso'ti

DN 14.13 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhante, nikkujjitaṃ vā ukkujjeyya, paṭicchannaṃ vā vivareyya, mūḷhassa vā maggaṃ ācikkheyya, andhakāre vā telapajjotaṃ dhāreyya, cakkhumanto rūpāni dakkhantī'ti. evam'evaṃ bhagavatā anekapariyāyena dhammo pakāsito.

anissāya →

bodhirasa

not leaning (on), not depending (on), being independent

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

na diṭṭhiyā na sutiyā na ñāṇena, sīlabbatenā'pi na suddhim'āha, adiṭṭhiyā assutiyā añāṇā, asīlatā abbatā no'pi tena, ete ca nissajja anuggahāya, santo anissāya bhavaṃ na jappe.

antakiriyā →

bodhirasa

relief (from), making an end (of), ending

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

na c'āhaṃ, āvuso, appatvā'va lokassa antaṃ dukkhassa antakiriyaṃ vadāmi.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yath'āyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

antaradhāyati →

bodhirasa

disappears

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

esā antaradhāyāmi, kucchiṃ vā pavisāmi te, pakhum'antarikāyam'pi, tiṭṭhantiṃ maṃ na dakkhasi.

DN 26.7 cakkavattisuttaṃ

dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu dasa kusalakammapathā sabbena sabbaṃ antaradhāyissanti, dasa akusalakammapathā atibyādippissanti

antarāya →

bodhirasa

obstacle, danger, lit. coming in-between

DHP 286 maggavaggo

idha vassaṃ vasissāmi, idha hemantagimhisu, iti bālo vicinteti, antarāyaṃ na bujjhati.

DN 16.8 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

pāṭaliputtassa kho, ānanda, tayo antarāyā bhavissanti, aggito vā udakato vā mithubhedā vā'ti.

antimoyaṃ →

bodhirasa

this (is the) last, this (is the) final

DHP 351 taṇhāvaggo

niṭṭhaṅ'gato asantāsī, vītataṇho anaṅgaṇo, acchindi bhavasallāni, antimo'yaṃ samussayo.

anubrūhayati →

bodhirasa

fosters, nurtures, develops, lit. causes to increase

DHP 75 bālavaggo

aññā hi lābh'ūpanisā, aññā nibbānagāminī, evam'etaṃ abhiññāya, bhikkhu buddhassa sāvako, sakkāraṃ n'ābhinandeyya, vivekam'anubrūhaye.

anubyañjana →

bodhirasa

secondary characteristic, detail

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī na-anubyañjana-ggāhī

anubyañjana →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) detailed exposition of a rule

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

ubhayāni kho pana me pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

anubyañjanaggāhī →

bodhirasa

enticed by the details, grasping the secondary characteristics

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī na-anubyañjanaggāhī

anuddayatā →

bodhirasa

compassion, sympathy

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

anuddayataṃ paṭicca kathaṃ kathessāmī'ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo.

anuggahāya →

bodhirasa

not grasping, not embracing, not taking up

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

idaṃ vadāmī'ti na tassa hoti, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ, passañ'ca diṭṭhīsu anuggahāya, ajjhattasantiṃ pacinaṃ adassaṃ.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sīlabbataṃ vā'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, kammañ'ca sāvajj'anavajjam'etaṃ, suddhiṃ asuddhin'ti apatthayāno, virato care santim'anuggahāya.

anukampaṃ upādāya →

bodhirasa

out of compassion, lit. taking pity

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṃ upādāya

anukkhitta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) not suspended

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

anumīyati →

bodhirasa

is measured (by), is defined (by)

SN 22.36 dutiyāññatarabhikkhusuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, anuseti taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati. yaṃ n'ānuseti na taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ n'ānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatī'ti. aññātaṃ, bhagavā, aññātaṃ, sugatā'ti.

anupadajjeyya →

bodhirasa

should continue, should undertake, should follow through, lit. should give more

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

kusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākan'ti, anupadajjeyyāsi tvaṃ, rāhula, evarūpaṃ kāyakammaṃ.

anuparivattiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being revolved around, being rotated, being circled around

AN 4.147 dutiyakālasuttaṃ

cattāro'me, bhikkhave, kālā sammā bhāviyamānā sammā anuparivattiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpenti

anuppadiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being given, being offered

DN 26.6 cakkavattisuttaṃ

adhanānaṃ dhane an-anuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullam'agamāsi. dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. tam'enaṃ aggahesuṃ.

anupādiyanta →

bodhirasa

not attaching (to), not taking as “mine”, not grasping (onto), not clinging (to)

SN 35.234 udāyīsuttaṃ

so evaṃ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññ'eva parinibbāyati.

anupādiyāna →

bodhirasa

not attaching (to), not taking as “mine”, not grasping (onto), not clinging (to)

DHP 20 yamakavaggo

appam'pi ce sahitaṃ bhāsamāno, dhammassa hoti anudhammacārī, rāgañ'ca dosañ'ca pahāya mohaṃ, sammappajāno suvimuttacitto, anupādiyāno idha vā huraṃ vā, sa bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

pucchāmi taṃ ādiccabandhu, vivekaṃ santipadañ'ca mahesi, kathaṃ disvā nibbāti bhikkhu, anupādiyāno lokasmiṃ kiñci.

anupādāya →

bodhirasa

not holding (onto), not grasping (onto), detaching (from)

DHP 89 paṇḍitavaggo

yesaṃ sambodhiyaṅgesu, sammā cittaṃ subhāvitaṃ, ādānapaṭinissagge, anupādāya ye ratā, khīṇ'āsavā jutimanto, te loke parinibbutā.

AN 3.93 accāyikasuttaṃ

ajj'eva me anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimuccatu sve vā uttarasve vā'ti

anupāyāsa →

bodhirasa

unafflicted, unagitated, peaceful, trouble-free

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, yam'idaṃ ataramānassa bhāsitaṃ, adukkho eso dhammo anupaghāto anupāyāso apariḷāho, sammāpaṭipadā. tasmā eso dhammo araṇo.

anusaya →

bodhirasa

underlying tendency, inclination, lit. dormant, sleeping

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yassa-anusayā na santi keci, mūlā ca akusalā samūhatāse, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

AN 6.103 ukkhittāsikasuttaṃ

nibbāne ca santadassāvī bhavissāmi, anusayā ca me samugghātaṃ gacchissanti, kiccakārī ca bhavissāmi, satthā ca me pariciṇṇo bhavissati mettāvatāyā'ti.

anusaṃyāyitvā →

bodhirasa

having accompanied, having gone along (with)

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ca anuruddho āyasmā ca nandiyo āyasmā ca kimilo bhagavantaṃ anusaṃyāyitvā tato paṭinivattitvā

anusūyāyamāna →

bodhirasa

not causing jealousy, not causing irritation

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

anusūyāyamāno so, samma'd'aññāya bhāsati, subhāsitaṃ anumodeyya, dubbhaṭṭhe n'āpasādaye.

anuvicintayanta →

bodhirasa

thining (about), pondering (over), reflecting (on), meditating (on)

DHP 364 bhikkhuvaggo

dhamm'ārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ, dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati.

anuvicārayanta →

bodhirasa

re-looking at, re-examining, verbally thinking (about)

AN 3.113 dutiyanidānasuttaṃ

tassa atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato chando jāyati. chandajāto tehi dhammehi saṃyutto hoti.

anuvidhāyati →

bodhirasa

follows, submits (to), yields (to), conforms (to)

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha kho yo nesaṃ pāṇakānaṃ balavataro assa tassa te anuvatteyyuṃ, anuvidhāyeyyuṃ vasaṃ gaccheyyuṃ.

anuvitakkayanta →

bodhirasa

pondering (over), reflecting (on), rethinking, reconsidering

AN 3.113 dutiyanidānasuttaṃ

tassa atīte chandarāgaṭṭhāniye dhamme ārabbha cetasā anuvitakkayato anuvicārayato chando jāyati. chandajāto tehi dhammehi saṃyutto hoti.

anuyanta →

bodhirasa

vassal, subordinate, dependent, lit. following

AN 10.15 appamādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuḍḍarājāno, sabbe te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṃ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati

anuyantā bhavanti →

bodhirasa

they are vassals, they are subordinate to

AN 10.15 appamādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ye keci kuḍḍarājāno, sabbe te rañño cakkavattissa anuyantā bhavanti, rājā tesaṃ cakkavattī aggamakkhāyati

anuyāta →

bodhirasa

followed (by), travelled (by)

SN 12.65 nagarasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso araññe pavane caramāno passeyya purāṇaṃ maggaṃ purāṇ'añjasaṃ pubbakehi manussehi anuyātaṃ.

anvaya →

bodhirasa

emulation, following along

SN 1.32 maccharisuttaṃ

duddadaṃ dadamānānaṃ, dukkaraṃ kamma kubbataṃ, asanto n'ānukubbanti, sataṃ dhammo dur'anvayo.

anvānayati →

bodhirasa

incurs, brings upon oneself, invites upon oneself

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

ye kec'ime diṭṭhiparibbasānā, idam'eva saccan'ti vivādayanti, sabb'eva te nindam'anvānayanti, atho pasaṃsam'pi labhanti tattha.

anvāya →

bodhirasa

by means (of), through, lit. experiencing

DN 1.6 brahmajālasuttaṃ

idha bhikkhave ekacco samaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā ātappam'anvāya padhānam'anvāya anuyogam'anvāya appamādam'anvāya sammā-manasikāram'anvāya tathārūpaṃ cetosamādhiṃ phusati yathā-samāhite citte anekavihitaṃ pubbenivāsaṃ anussarati

anādiya →

bodhirasa

not taking up

SN 22.22 bhārasuttaṃ

nikkhipitvā garuṃ bhāraṃ, aññaṃ bhāraṃ anādiya, samūlaṃ taṇham'abbuyha, nicchāto parinibbuto'ti.

anālasya →

bodhirasa

not being lazy, activity, effort

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

uṭṭhānaṃ anālasyaṃ bhogānaṃ āhāro, maṇḍanā vibhūsanā vaṇṇassa āhāro, sappāyakiriyā ārogyassa āhāro

anālaya →

bodhirasa

non-clinging, non-attachment

DN 22.17 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, dukkhanirodhaṃ ariyasaccaṃ? yo tassā'y'eva taṇhāya asesavirāganirodho cāgo paṭinissaggo mutti anālayo

anānuyāyī →

bodhirasa

who does not return, who does not fall away

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

sabbesu kāmesu yo vītarāgo, ākiñcaññaṃ nissito hitvā m'aññaṃ, saññāvimokkhe parame'dhimutto, tiṭṭheyya so tattha anānuyāyī.

anāriya →

bodhirasa

ignoble, vulgar, coarse

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

methunam'anuyuttassa, mussate vā'pi sāsanaṃ, micchā ca paṭipajjati, etaṃ tasmiṃ anāriyaṃ.

JA 468 janasandha jātakaṃ

pāṇātipātī pure āsiṃ, luddo c'āpi anāriyo, bhūtānaṃ nāpacāyissaṃ, iti pacchānutappati.

anāyāsa →

bodhirasa

trouble-free, untroubled

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

vītakodhā anāyāsā, vītalobhā anussukā, dantā kodhaṃ pahantvāna, parinibbanti anāsavā'ti.

anūpaya →

bodhirasa

unattached, lit. not going near

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

upayo hi dhammesu upeti vādaṃ, anūpayaṃ kena kathaṃ vadeyya, attā nirattā na hi tassa atthi, adhosi so diṭṭhim'idh'eva sabbanti.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

yā kācimā sammutiyo puthujjā, sabbāva etā na upeti vidvā, anūpayo so upayaṃ kim'eyya, diṭṭhe sute khantim'akubbamāno.

apacaya →

bodhirasa

decrease, reduction, discarding, less

AN 8.53 saṃkhittasuttaṃ

ācayāya saṃvattanti no apacayāya

apaccakkhāya →

bodhirasa

not giving up, not disavowing, not renouncing

VIN PA 1 paṭhama pārājikaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso'ti

apacāyamāna →

bodhirasa

honouring, paying respect to

JA 154 uraga jātaka

idh'ūragānaṃ pavaro paviṭṭho, selassa vaṇṇena pamokkham'icchaṃ, brahmañ'ca vaṇṇaṃ apacāyamāno, bubhukkhito no visahāmi bhottuṃ.

apanīyati →

bodhirasa

is led away (from), is taken away (from)

SN 7.14 mahāsālasuttaṃ

asso'va jiṇṇo nibbhogo, khādanā apanīyati, bālakānaṃ pitā thero, parāgāresu bhikkhati.

aparimeyya →

bodhirasa

immeasurable, lit. could not be measured

BV 28 buddha pakiṇṇaka kaṇḍaṃ

aparimeyy'ito kappe, caturo āsuṃ vināyakā, taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro, atho'pi saraṇaṅkaro, dīpaṅkaro ca sambuddho, ekakappamhi te jinā.

apariyādinna →

bodhirasa

is not used up, is not exhausted, is not consumed

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṃ mātā’ti, apariyādinnā'va bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya.

apariyādinna →

bodhirasa

not overwhelmed, not overpowered, not under the control of, lit. not completely taken

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

yad'api aluddho lobhena anabhibhūto apariyādinna-citto na parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati, vadhena vā bandhanena vā jāniyā vā garahāya vā pabbājanāya vā balav'amhi bal'attho iti'pi tad'api kusalaṃ.

apariyādiṇṇa →

bodhirasa

is used up, is exhausted, is consumed

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṃ mātā’ti, apariyādiṇṇā'va bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya.

apatthayāna →

bodhirasa

not wishing (for), not aspiring (for), not craving (for), not hoping (for)

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sīlabbataṃ vā'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, kammañ'ca sāvajj'anavajjam'etaṃ, suddhiṃ asuddhin'ti apatthayāno, virato care santim'anuggahāya.

apaṇidhāya →

bodhirasa

not guiding, not applying, not directing

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

kathañ'c'ānanda appaṇidhāya bhāvanā hoti?

apeyya →

bodhirasa

undrinkable, lit. could not be drunk

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso loṇakapallaṃ paritte udakamallake pakkhipeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu taṃ parittaṃ udakaṃ amunā loṇakapallena loṇaṃ assa apeyyan'ti?

appaccaya →

bodhirasa

indignation, outrage

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo, appam'pi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañ'ca dosañ'ca appaccayañ'ca pātukaroti.

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno aññen'aññaṃ paṭicarati, bahiddhā kathaṃ apanāmeti, kopañ'ca dosañ'ca appaccayañ'ca pātukaroti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

appahāya →

bodhirasa

not leaving behind, not giving up, not abandoning

AN 5.51 āvaraṇasuttaṃ

so vata, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ime pañca āvaraṇe nīvaraṇe cetaso ajjhāruhe paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe appahāya, abalāya paññāya dubbalāya att'atthaṃ vā ñassati

appameyya →

bodhirasa

immeasurable, inestimable

APA 27 annasaṃsāvaka therāpadānaṃ

siddhatthaṃ lokapajjotaṃ, appameyyaṃ anopamaṃ, alatthaṃ paramaṃ pītiṃ, disvā dantaṃ jutindharaṃ.

appasādanīya →

bodhirasa

not inspiring confidence

AN 2.135 āyācanavaggo

ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti

appaṭibhaya →

bodhirasa

not fearful, not frightful, not risky, not dangerous

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno. so passeyya mahantaṃ udak'aṇṇavaṃ, orimaṃ tīraṃ sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, pārimaṃ tīraṃ khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ.

appaṭivattiya →

bodhirasa

can not be rolled backwards, unstoppable

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

iti kho, bhikkhave, vīsati kusalapakkhā, vīsati akusalapakkhā, mahācattārīsako dhammapariyāyo pavattito appaṭivattiyo samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.

appiya →

bodhirasa

not dear (to), unloved (by), disliked (by)

DHP 77 paṇḍitavaggo

ovadeyy'ānusāseyya, asabbhā ca nivāraye, satañ'hi so piyo hoti, asataṃ hoti appiyo.

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

ye ca kho keci kāyena duccaritaṃ caranti vācāya duccaritaṃ caranti manasā duccaritaṃ caranti tesaṃ appiyo attā

appiya →

bodhirasa

enemy, foe, opposition, lit. unloved

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

yañ'hi appiyo appiyassa kareyya, taṃ te attanāva attano karonti, tasmā tesaṃ appiyo attā.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

sabbattha munī anissito, na piyaṃ kubbati no'pi appiyaṃ, tasmiṃ paridevamaccharaṃ, paṇṇe vāri yathā na limpati.

appiyarūpa →

bodhirasa

unpleasant, disliked, bad, lit. unlovely form

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe n'ādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso

apāpurīyati →

bodhirasa

is opened

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena tassa mahānirayassa puratthimaṃ dvāraṃ apāpurīyati.

apāya →

bodhirasa

state of loss, state of misery, hell, lit. going away

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā apāyaṃ duggatiṃ vinipātaṃ nirayaṃ upapajjeyyā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu?

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

ayaṃ varāko kiñcā'pi idāni sukhito susajjito bhoge paribhuñjati, atha kho tīsu dvāresu ekenā'pi katassa kalyāṇakammassa abhāvā idāni apāyesu anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedissatī'ti.

apāya →

bodhirasa

separation, loss, departure, lit. going away

DHP 211 piyavaggo

tasmā piyaṃ na kayirātha, piya-apāyo hi pāpako, ganthā tesaṃ na vijjanti, yesaṃ n'atthi piyāppiyaṃ.

araññāyatana →

bodhirasa

forest region, wilderness area

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, araññ'āyatane mahāsarasī. taṃ nāgā upanissāya viharanti. te taṃ sarasiṃ ogāhetvā soṇḍāya bhisamuḷālaṃ abbuhetvā suvikkhālitaṃ vikkhāletvā akaddamaṃ saṅkhāditvā ajjhoharanti.

ariya aṭṭhaṅgika magga →

bodhirasa

Buddha’s eight-part path

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano, tatr'imāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañc'indriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ayam'eva ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

ariya tuṇhībhāva →

bodhirasa

noble silence

SN 21.1 kolitasuttaṃ

idha mayhaṃ, āvuso, rahogatassa paṭisallīnassa evaṃ cetaso parivitakko udapādi, ariyo tuṇhībhāvo, ariyo tuṇhībhāvo'ti vuccati.

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

saṅghagato kho pana anānākathiko hoti atiracchānakathiko. sāmaṃ vā dhammaṃ bhāsati, paraṃ vā ajjhesati, ariyaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvaṃ n'ātimaññati.

ariya →

bodhirasa

noble, distinguished, of the Buddha

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

saṅghagato kho pana anānākathiko hoti atiracchānakathiko. sāmaṃ vā dhammaṃ bhāsati, paraṃ vā ajjhesati, ariyaṃ vā tuṇhībhāvaṃ n'ātimaññati.

SN 37.34 vaḍḍhīsuttaṃ

pañcahi, bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariya-sāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassa. katamehi pañcahi?

ariya →

bodhirasa

(abhidhamma) supra-mundane

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiṃ'p'ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ vadāmi. atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā, atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

ariya →

bodhirasa

noble man, man of integrity

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

vivekaññ'eva sikkhetha, etad'ariyānam'uttamaṃ, na tena seṭṭho maññetha, sa ve nibbānasantike.

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

idha, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpaṃ attato samanupassati

ariya →

bodhirasa

enlightened one

SN 1.71 chetvāsuttaṃ

kodhaṃ jhatvā sukhaṃ seti, kodhaṃ jhatvā na socati, kodhassa visamūlassa, madhuraggassa devate, vadhaṃ ariyā pasaṃsanti, tañ'hi jhatvā na socatī'ti.

ariyabhūmi →

bodhirasa

realm of the noble ones, state of enlightenment

DHP 236 malavaggo

so karohi dīpam'attano, khippaṃ vāyama paṇḍito bhava, niddhantamalo anaṅgaṇo, dibbaṃ ariyabhūmiṃ upehisi.

ariyacarita →

bodhirasa

of noble conduct, of noble behaviour

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sace c'assa kathākāmo, kālam'aññāya paṇḍito, dhammaṭṭhapaṭisaṃyuttā, yā ariyacaritā kathā.

ariyacitta →

bodhirasa

noble heart, enlightened mind

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṃ bhāvayato paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo sammādiṭṭhi maggaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

ariyadhamma →

bodhirasa

noble character, noble nature

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

santo ca bhikkhu abhinibbut'atto, iti'han'ti sīlesu akatthamāno, tam'ariyadhammaṃ kusalā vadanti, yass'ussadā n'atthi kuhiñci loke.

ariyadhamma →

bodhirasa

teaching of the Buddha, noble teaching

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

ariyānaṃ adassāvī ariyadhammassa akovido ariyadhamme avinīto, sappurisānaṃ adassāvī sappurisadhammassa akovido sappurisadhamme avinīto

TH 264 vaṅgīsa theragāthā

paroparaṃ ariyadhammaṃ viditvā, mā mohayī jānam'anomavīriya, vāriṃ yathā ghammani ghammatatto, vāc'ābhikaṅkhāmi sutaṃ pavassa.

ariyamagga →

bodhirasa

path of the noble ones, path to awakening

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

yā kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamagga-samaṅgino ariyamaggaṃ bhāvayato paññā paññindriyaṃ paññābalaṃ dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo sammādiṭṭhi maggaṅgaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

ariyappavedita →

bodhirasa

taught by the Noble One, proclaimed by the Buddha

DHP 79 paṇḍitavaggo

dhammapīti sukhaṃ seti, vippasannena cetasā, ariyappavedite dhamme, sadā ramati paṇḍito.

ariyasacca →

bodhirasa

truth of the Buddha, noble truth

DHP 190 buddhavaggo

yo ca buddhañ'ca dhammañ'ca, saṅghañ'ca saraṇaṃ gato, cattāri ariyasaccāni, sammappaññāya passati.

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

tapo ca brahmacariyañca, ariyasaccāna dassanaṃ, nibbānasacchikiriyā ca, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

ariyassa vinaye →

bodhirasa

in the Buddha’s training, in the discipline of the noble one

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

maraṇañ'h'etaṃ, sunakkhatta, ariyassa vinaye yo sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvattati, maraṇamattañ'h'etaṃ, sunakkhatta, dukkhaṃ yaṃ aññataraṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati.

ariyasāvaka →

bodhirasa

disciple of the Buddha

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

kittāvatā nu kho āvuso ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

idha, gahapati, sutavā ariyasāvako ariyānaṃ dassāvī ariyadhammassa kovido ariyadhamme suvinīto sappurisānaṃ dassāvī sappurisadhammassa kovido sappurisadhamme suvinīto na rūpaṃ attato samanupassati

ariyasāvikā →

bodhirasa

female disciple of the Buddha

SN 37.34 vaḍḍhīsuttaṃ

pañcahi, bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassa. katamehi pañcahi?

ariyavihāra →

bodhirasa

noble state, noble meditation, lit. noble dwelling

SN 54.11 icchānaṅgalasuttaṃ

yañ'hi taṃ, bhikkhave, sammā vadamāno vadeyya, ariyavihāro iti'pi, brahmavihāro iti'pi, tathāgatavihāro iti'pi, ānāpānassatisamādhiṃ sammā vadamāno vadeyya, ariyavihāro iti'pi, brahmavihāro iti'pi, tathāgatavihāro iti'pī'ti.

arukāya →

bodhirasa

collection of wounds, mass of sores

DHP 147 jarāvaggo

passa cittakataṃ bimbaṃ, arukāyaṃ samussitaṃ, āturaṃ bahusaṅkappaṃ, yassa n'atthi dhuvaṃ ṭhiti.

asajjhāya →

bodhirasa

not reciting, not repeating, not rehearsing

DHP 241 malavaggo

asajjhāya-malā mantā, anuṭṭhānamalā gharā, malaṃ vaṇṇassa kosajjaṃ, pamādo rakkhato malaṃ.

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

indriyāsaṃvaro brahmacariyassa paripantho, visaṃvādanā mittānaṃ paripantho, asajjhāya-kiriyā bāhusaccassa paripantho

asajjhāyakata →

bodhirasa

not rehearsed, not repeated, not recited

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo yen'ekadā dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatā'pi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pag'eva asajjhāyakatā?

asakyaputtiya →

bodhirasa

not a son of the Sakyan, not a Buddhist monk

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

yassa kho, gāmaṇi, jātarūparajataṃ kappati, pañca'pi tassa kāmaguṇā kappanti. yassa pañca kāmaguṇā kappanti, ekaṃsen'etaṃ, gāmaṇi, dhāreyyāsi assamaṇadhammo asakyaputtiya-dhammo'ti.

asamaya →

bodhirasa

wrong time, inopportune time, inappropriate occasion

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

pañc'ime, bhikkhave, asamayā padhānāya. katame pañca? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu jiṇṇo hoti jarāyābhibhūto. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo asamayo padhānāya.

asantiyā →

bodhirasa

when not existing, when … does not exist

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

nāmañ'ca rūpañ'ca paṭicca phasso, icchānidānāni pariggahāni, icchāya asanityā na mamattam'atthi, rūpe vibhūte na phusanti phassā.

asappāya →

bodhirasa

not suitable, not beneficial, unhealthy

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

ālasyaṃ anuṭṭhānaṃ bhogānaṃ paripantho, amaṇḍanā avibhūsanā vaṇṇassa paripantho, asappāya-kiriyā ārogyassa paripantho

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

so yāni sammā nibbān'ādhimuttassa asappāyāni tāni anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ cakkhunā rūpadassanaṃ anuyuñjeyya, asappāyaṃ sotena saddaṃ anuyuñjeyya

asaṃhāriya →

bodhirasa

unshakable (by), unassailable (by), lit. cannot be carried away (by)

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, uṇṇābhassa brāhmaṇassa tathāgate saddhā niviṭṭhā mūlajātā patiṭṭhitā daḷhā asaṃhāriyā samaṇena vā brāhmaṇena vā devena vā mārena vā brahmunā vā kenaci vā lokasmiṃ.

asaṃvāsa →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) not living together, not part of the community, lit. not co-resident

VIN PA 1 paṭhama pārājikaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso'ti

asaṅkheyya →

bodhirasa

incalculable, innumerable (period of time), lit. cannot be counted

JAa 1.N.2 sumedha kathā

ayaṃ buddhattāya abhinīhāraṃ katvā nipanno, samijjhissati imassa patthanā, ito kappa-satasahass'ādhikānaṃ catunnaṃ asaṅkhyeyyānaṃ matthake gotamo nāma buddho bhavissati.

asmamaya →

bodhirasa

made of stone i.e. hard

DHP 161 attavaggo

attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attajaṃ attasambhavaṃ, abhimatthati dummedhaṃ, vajiraṃ'v'asmamayaṃ maṇiṃ.

assaddhiya →

bodhirasa

lack of confidence, no faith, disbelief

AN 10.61 avijjāsuttaṃ

ko c'āhāro ayonisomanasikārassa? assaddhiyan'ti'ssa vacanīyaṃ. assaddhiyam'p'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko c'āhāro assaddhiyassa? asaddhammassavanan'ti'ssa vacanīyaṃ

assājānīya →

bodhirasa

thoroughbred horse, good breed of horse

MN 107 gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi brāhmaṇa dakkho assadammako bhaddaṃ assājānīyaṃ labhitvā paṭhameneva mukhādhāne kāraṇaṃ kāreti atha uttariṃ kāraṇaṃ kāreti

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

aṭṭhahi, bhikkhave, aṅgehi samannāgato rañño bhaddo assājānīyo rājāraho hoti rājabhoggo, rañño aṅgant'eva saṅkhaṃ gacchati. katamehi aṭṭhahi?

asurakāya →

bodhirasa

host of Dark Ones

DN 18.4 janavasabhasuttaṃ

tena sudaṃ, bhante, devatā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā'ti

atammaya →

bodhirasa

not identified with that, not fashioned by that, not identical to that, lit. not made of that

AN 6.104 atammayasuttaṃ

sabbaloke ca atam'mayo bhavissāmi, ahaṅ'kārā ca me uparujjhissanti, mamaṅ'kārā ca me uparujjhissanti

athāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

but this, then this, and this

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yadā kho, āvuso, imaṃ kāyaṃ tayo dhammā jahanti, āyu usmā ca viññāṇaṃ, ath'āyaṃ kāyo ujjhito avakkhitto seti, yathā kaṭṭhaṃ acetanan'ti.

DHP 85 paṇḍitavaggo

appakā te manussesu, ye janā pāragāmino, ath'āyaṃ itarā pajā, tīram'ev'ānudhāvati.

atibyā →

bodhirasa

too much, very, exceedingly

DN 26.7 cakkavattisuttaṃ

dasavassāyukesu, bhikkhave, manussesu dasa kusalakammapathā sabbena sabbaṃ antaradhāyissanti, dasa akusalakammapathā atibyā-dippissanti

atippiyasahāyaka →

bodhirasa

very dear companion, good friend, close ally

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

tañ'ca pana ārabhantena paṭhamaṃ piyapuggal'ādīsu na ārabhitabbā. piyo hi piyaṭṭhāne'y'eva tiṭṭhati, atippiyasahāyako atippiyasahāyaka-ṭṭhāne-y'eva.

atisāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

too late (in the day), too late at night

DN 31.11 siṅgālasuttaṃ

ati-sītan'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-uṇhan'ti kammaṃ na karoti, atisāyan'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-pāto'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-chātosmī'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-dhātosmī'ti kammaṃ na karoti.

ativiya →

bodhirasa

too much, very, extremely, exceedingly

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

evam'etaṃ, ānanda, evam'etaṃ, ānanda dvīsu kālesu ativiya tathāgatassa kāyo parisuddho hoti chavivaṇṇo pariyodāto

ativākya →

bodhirasa

abuse, blame, verbal assault

DHP 320 nāgavaggo

ahaṃ nāgo'va saṅgāme, cāpato patitaṃ saraṃ, ativākyaṃ titikkhissaṃ, dussīlo hi bahujjano.

atiyācanā →

bodhirasa

asking too much

JA 253 maṇikaṇṭha jātakaṃ

na taṃ yāce yassa piyaṃ jigiṃse, desso hoti atiyācanāya, nāgo maṇiṃ yācito brāhmaṇena, adassanaṃ'y'eva tad'ajjhagamā'ti.

attabyābādha →

bodhirasa

hurting oneself, harm to oneself, self-affliction

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ nu kho ahaṃ idaṃ kāyena kammaṃ kattu'kāmo idaṃ me kāyakammaṃ attabyābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṃvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṃvatteyya

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nev'attabyābādhāya ceteti na parabyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti attahita-parahita-ubhayahita-sabbalokahitam'eva cintayamāno cinteti.

attaniya →

bodhirasa

one’s own, belonging to oneself, fit to be a self

SN 35.68 suññatalokasuttaṃ

kittāvatā nu kho, bhante, suñño loko'ti vuccatī'ti? yasmā ca kho ānanda suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā tasmā suñño loko'ti vuccati.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

attani vā, bhikkhave, sati attaniyaṃ me'ti assā'ti? evaṃ, bhante. attaniye vā, bhikkhave, sati attā me'ti assā'ti? evaṃ, bhante.

atthamaññāya →

bodhirasa

understanding the meaning, comprehending the significance

AN 4.97 khippanisantisuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañ'ca dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañ'ca dhammānaṃ atth'ūpaparikkhī hoti attham'aññāya dhammam'aññāya, dhamm'ānudhammappaṭipanno hoti.

atthassa viññāpanāya →

bodhirasa

to convey a meaning, to make a point, lit. for the communication of a meaning

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

upamā kho my'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, katā atthassa viññāpanāya. ayaṃ c'ev'ettha attho, samatittiko telapatto'ti kho, bhikkhave, kāyagatāya etaṃ satiyā adhivacanaṃ.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

upamā kho me ayaṃ, sunakkhatta, katā atthassa viññāpanāya.

atthiya →

bodhirasa

purpose of, use of

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rāhula, kim'atthiyo ādāso'ti? paccavekkhaṇattho, bhante'ti.

atthāya hitāya sukhāya →

bodhirasa

for the good, the benefit and the happiness (of)

DN 14.6 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

caratha, bhikkhave, cārikaṃ bahujanahitāya bahujanasukhāya lokānukampāya atthāya hitāya sukhāya devamanussānaṃ, mā ekena dve agamittha

atthāya →

bodhirasa

for the purpose (of), for the sake (of), for the good (of)

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

yassa khv'āhaṃ atthāya cittaṃ paṇidahiṃ so me attho abhinipphanno

TH 203 nadīkassapa theragāthā

atthāya vata me buddho, nadiṃ nerañjaraṃ agā, yass'āhaṃ dhammaṃ sutvāna, micchādiṭṭhiṃ vivajjayiṃ.

avacanīya →

bodhirasa

incorrigible, uninstructable, unteachable, unadmonishable, lit. can not be spoken to

VIN 1.2.12 dubbaca sikkhāpadaṃ

mā āyasmā attānaṃ avacanīyaṃ akāsi

avadāniya →

bodhirasa

incorrigible, uninstructable, unteachable, unadmonishable, lit. can not be spoken to

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā, avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā, dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti, kiṃ'sū bhavissāma ito cutāse.

avijjāpaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of not understanding, ignorance as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ, sa'ḷ'āyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā

avinayavādī →

bodhirasa

who speaks against the discipline, who doesn’t speak about the training

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

evarūpo c'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo vuccati akālavādī'ti'pi, abhūtavādī'ti'pi, anatthavādī'ti'pi, adhammavādī'ti'pi, avinayavādī'ti'pi.

avinodayanta →

bodhirasa

not dispelling, not driving out, not removing

MN 2.7 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, avinodayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, vinodayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā.

avisaya →

bodhirasa

outside of one’s element, out of one’s domain, not within one’s range

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃ puṭṭhā, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā na c'eva sampāyissanti, uttariñ'ca vighātaṃ āpajjissanti. taṃ kissa hetu? yathā taṃ, bhikkhave, avisayasmiṃ.

aviññeyya →

bodhirasa

not understandable, cannot be understood, hard to make out, lit. cannot be known

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, taramānassa bhāsato kāyo'pi kilamati, cittam'pi upahaññati, saro'pi upahaññati, kaṇṭho'pi āturīyati, avisaṭṭham'pi hoti aviññeyyaṃ taramānassa bhāsitaṃ.

avyaya →

bodhirasa

indeclinable particle

avyāpajjha →

bodhirasa

freedom from oppressive pain, relief

MN 2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

paṭisaṅkhā yoniso gilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati, yāva'd'eva uppannānaṃ veyyābādhikānaṃ vedanānaṃ paṭighātāya, avyāpajjha-paramatāya

avāpurīyati →

bodhirasa

is opened

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena tassa mahānirayassa puratthimaṃ dvāraṃ avāpurīyati.

aya →

bodhirasa

iron

DHP 240 malavaggo

ayasā'va malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tat'uṭṭhāya tam'eva khādati, evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni kammāni nayanti duggatiṃ.

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

ayo, lohaṃ, tipu, sīsaṃ, sajjhaṃ, ime kho, bhikkhave, pañca jātarūpassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya

ayamantarākathā →

bodhirasa

this conversation, this discussion, lit. this in-between talk

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena rāj'antepure rājaparisāya sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi

ayameva →

bodhirasa

just this, simply this, this exact

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ayam'eva ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

AN 4.3 paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ

appamatto ayaṃ kali, yo akkhesu dhanaparājayo, sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, ayam'eva mahantataro kali.

ayampi →

bodhirasa

one too, this too

VIN 1.1.2 dutiya pārājikaṃ

coro'si bālo'si mūḷho'si theno'sī'ti, tathārūpaṃ bhikkhu adinnaṃ ādiyamāno ayam'pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso'ti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

addhā ayam'āyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī'ti. ayam'pi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

ayamāyasmā →

bodhirasa

this venerable

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

addhā ayam'āyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī'ti. ayam'pi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

ayana →

bodhirasa

way, going

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

eka-ayano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad'idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā.

ayañca →

bodhirasa

but this

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco bhikkhu gāmagato vā araññagato vā labhati vattāraṃ, ayañ'ca kho āyasmā evaṃkārī evaṃsamācāro asucigāmakaṇṭako'ti.

ayañhi →

bodhirasa

this person certainly

DN 14.3 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

ayañ'hi, deva, kumāro nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo yāvatakv'assa kāyo tāvatakvassa byāmo, yāvatakv'assa byāmo, tāvatakvassa kāyo

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

ayañ'hi dīpobhāsaṃ vā aggiobhāsaṃ vā adisvā maṇiāloken'eva bhuñjati ca nisīdati ca nipajjati ca, devo pana dīp'ālokena nisinno bhavissatī'ti?

ayaṃ →

bodhirasa

this, this person, this thing

DN 16.36 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi, handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā'ti. ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ pajānāti evaṃ passati, ayaṃ vuccati, sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano'ti.

ayojayanta →

bodhirasa

not joining (in), not engaging (in), not participating (in)

DHP 209 piyavaggo

ayoge yuñjam'attānaṃ, yogasmiñ'ca ayojayaṃ, atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī, pihet'att'ānuyoginaṃ.

ayya →

bodhirasa

master, noble, gentleman, sir

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi tassaṃ parisāyaṃ nisinno hoti. atha kho maṇicūḷako gāmaṇi taṃ parisaṃ etad'avoca, mā ayyā evaṃ avacuttha.

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

bhante, sace ayyā imaṃ temāsaṃ idha vaseyyuṃ, mayaṃ saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya sīlāni gaṇheyyāmā'ti āhaṃsu

ayyaputta →

bodhirasa

young gentleman, noble son, master’s son

VIN 4.6.177 licchavī vatthu

sace'pi me ayyaputtā vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dajjeyyātha n'eva dajjāhaṃ taṃ bhattan'ti

ayyā →

bodhirasa

mistress, lady, madam

DHPa 2.17.3 uttarāupāsikā vatthu

atha naṃ, idaṃ sītalaṃ bhavissatī'ti kaṭacchuṃ pūretvā ādāya āgacchantiṃ uttarāya dāsiyo disvā, apehi dubbinīte, na tvaṃ amhākaṃ ayyāya pakkuthitaṃ sappiṃ āsiñcituṃ anucchavikā'ti.

añjalikaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

worthy of reverence, lit. should make anjali to

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.

aññatitthiya →

bodhirasa

who belongs to another sect, who follows another religion, lit. another fording place

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

imesam'pi candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃmah'ānubhāvānaṃ tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyyātha, ko pana vādo aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānan'ti!

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ, kiṃmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṃsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā

aññāya →

bodhirasa

understanding, comprehending

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya sallakantanaṃ.

SNP 63 hemaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 8

etad'aññāya ye satā, diṭṭhadhamm'ābhinibbutā, upasantā ca te sadā, tiṇṇā loke visattikan'ti.

aḍḍhateyya →

bodhirasa

two and a half, lit. three minus half

DHPa 1.1.8 sāriputtatthera vatthu

tehi'pi saddhiṃ gacchantesu pañcasu paribbājakasatesu sañcayassa aḍḍhateyya-satāni nivattiṃsu, atha kho te attano antevāsikehi aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi saddhiṃ veḷuvanaṃ agamaṃsu.

aṅgaṇa →

bodhirasa

courtyard

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

rājā te sabbe gāhāpetvā rāj'aṅgaṇe nābhippamāṇe āvāṭe khaṇāpetvā te tattha nisīdāpetvā paṃsūhi pūretvā upari palāle vikirāpetvā aggiṃ dāpesi.

JAa 14 vātamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

mige anto paviṭṭhe dvāraṃ pidahiṃsu. migo manusse disvā kampamāno maraṇabhayatajjito anto-nivesana-aṅgaṇe ādhāvati paridhāvati.

aṭṭīyamāna →

bodhirasa

being troubled (by), being repelled (by), being perturbed (by)

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

te iminā kāyena aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṃ pariyesanti.

aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati →

bodhirasa

is troubled by ashamed of and disgusted with, is distressed disturbed and disgusted

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

so tena uppannena manāpena uppannena amanāpena uppannena manāpāmanāpena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati. evaṃ kho, ānanda, sekho hoti pāṭipado.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, pathaviyā sucim'pi nikkhipanti, asucim'pi nikkhipanti, gūthagatam'pi nikkhipanti, muttagatam'pi nikkhipanti, kheḷagatam'pi nikkhipanti, pubbagatam'pi nikkhipanti, lohitagatam'pi nikkhipanti, na ca tena pathavī aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā.

aṭṭīyati →

bodhirasa

is troubled (by), is repelled (by), is perturbed (by)

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, itthī vā puriso vā daharo yuvā maṇḍanakajātiko ahikuṇapena vā kukkurakuṇapena vā manussakuṇapena vā kaṇṭhe āsattena aṭṭiyeyya harāyeyya jiguccheyya.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, pathaviyā sucim'pi nikkhipanti, asucim'pi nikkhipanti, gūthagatam'pi nikkhipanti, muttagatam'pi nikkhipanti, kheḷagatam'pi nikkhipanti, pubbagatam'pi nikkhipanti, lohitagatam'pi nikkhipanti, na ca tena pathavī aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā.

bahupāyāsa →

bodhirasa

troublesome, problematic, full of irritation

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

appassādā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo. aṭṭhikaṅkal'ūpamā kāmā vuttā bhagavatā bahudukkhā bah'upāyāsā, ādīnavo ettha bhiyyo.

balīyati →

bodhirasa

overpowers, prevails

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddant'enaṃ parissayā, tato naṃ dukkham'anveti, nāvaṃ bhinnam'iv'odakaṃ.

bandhanīya →

bodhirasa

captivating, bewitching, enchanting, enthralling, lit. able to bind

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃ-bandhanīyo'ti?

bhariyā →

bodhirasa

wife, lit. who is supported

DHPa 1.6.4 mahākappinatthera vatthu

tasmiṃ khaṇe jeṭṭhapesakārassa bhariyā kenaci'd'eva karaṇīyena bārāṇasiṃ gacchantī te paccekabuddhe disvā vanditvā

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

tadā seṭṭhino bhariyā garugabbhā hoti. tasmā so sīghaṃ gehaṃ purisaṃ pesesi, gaccha bhaṇe, jānāhi naṃ vijātā vā, no vā'ti.

bhavapaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of being, existence as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti.

bhaya →

bodhirasa

dangerous, perilous, frightening

DHP 123 pāpavaggo

vāṇijo'va bhayaṃ maggaṃ, appasattho mahaddhano, visaṃ jīvitu'kāmo'va, pāpāni parivajjaye.

bhaya →

bodhirasa

fear, fright, terror, dismay

DHP 212 piyavaggo

piyato jāyatī soko, piyato jāyatī bhayaṃ, piyato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.

SN 11.3 dhajaggasuttaṃ

araññe rukkhamūle vā, suññāgāre'va bhikkhavo, anussaretha sambuddhaṃ, bhayaṃ tumhāka no siyā.

bhaya →

bodhirasa

danger (of), peril (of)

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udak'orohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. katamāni cattāri? ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

pañcannaṃ dhīro bhayānaṃ na bhāye, bhikkhu sato sapariyantacārī, ḍaṃsādhipātānaṃ sarīsapānaṃ, manussaphassānaṃ catuppadānaṃ.

bhayabherava →

bodhirasa

fearful and terrifying

SN 4.17 chaphassāyatanasuttaṃ

atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahantaṃ bhayabheravaṃ saddamakāsi, apissudaṃ pathavī maññe undrīyati

bhayabherava →

bodhirasa

fear and terror, fear and dread

AN 10.71 ākaṅkhasuttaṃ

bhayabheravasaho assaṃ, na ca maṃ bhayabheravo saheyya, uppannaṃ bhayabheravaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyyan'ti

bhayabheravasaha →

bodhirasa

who overcomes fear and terror

AN 10.71 ākaṅkhasuttaṃ

bhayabheravasaho assaṃ, na ca maṃ bhayabheravo saheyya, uppannaṃ bhayabheravaṃ abhibhuyya abhibhuyya vihareyyan'ti

bhayadassāvī →

bodhirasa

who has seen the danger (of), aware of the danger (of)

MN 107 gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṃ

ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī samādāya sikkhassu sikkhāpadesū'ti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

sīlavā hoti, pātimokkhasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati ācāragocarasampanno aṇumattesu vajjesu bhayadassāvī, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.

bhayadassī →

bodhirasa

knowing the danger (of), wary (of), fearful (of), apprehensive (of), lit. seeing danger (in)

DHP 31 appamādavaggo

appamādarato bhikkhu, pamāde bhayadassi vā, saṃyojanaṃ aṇuṃ thūlaṃ, ḍahaṃ aggī'va gacchati.

AN 4.37 aparihāniyasuttaṃ

appamādarato bhikkhu, pamāde bhayadassi vā, abhabbo parihānāya, nibbānass'eva santike'ti.

bhayamantarato →

bodhirasa

danger from within

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

anatthajanano kodho, kodho cittappakopano, bhayam'antarato jātaṃ, taṃ jano n'āvabujjhati.

bhayatajjita →

bodhirasa

startled by fear, threatened by danger

DHP 188 buddhavaggo

bahuṃ ve saraṇaṃ yanti, pabbatāni vanāni ca, ārāmarukkhacetyāni, manussā bhayatajjitā.

bheda →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) schism, break

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

sace mayaṃ imāhi āpattīhi aññamaññaṃ kāressāma, siy'āpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṃvatteyya.

bhikkhunupassaya →

bodhirasa

nun’s dwelling

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya yena aññataro bhikkhun'upassayo ten'upasaṅkami

bhikkhācariyā →

bodhirasa

wandering for alms, begging for food

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anagāriy'upetassa, bhikkhācariyaṃ jigīsato, muni pabrūhi me puṭṭho, moneyyaṃ uttamaṃ padaṃ.

bhiyyosomattāya →

bodhirasa

extremely, greatly, lit. even more amount

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evañ'hi so, bhikkhave, puriso bhiyyosomattāya tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha.

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, duṭṭhāruko kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭito bhiyyosomattāya āsavaṃ deti.

bhojanīya →

bodhirasa

food, soft food, lit. could be eaten

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

yam'pi no saddhā gahapatikā divā vikāle paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā denti, tatra'p'ime mukh'āvaraṇaṃ maññe karontī'ti.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

tassa manussā khādanīyam'pi bhojanīyam'pi mālā-gandha-vilepana-tambulāni'pi denti.

bhottukamyatā →

bodhirasa

desire to eat, wish to eat

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, puriso manuññabhojanaṃ bhuttāvī chaḍḍeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu tassa purisassa tasmiṃ vante puna bhottu'kamyatā assā'ti?

bhāgineyya →

bodhirasa

nephew, sister’s son

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

ko'si tvaṃ, bhante'ti? therassa bhāgineyyo'mhī'ti

JAa 126 asilakkhaṇa jātakavaṇṇanā

rājā'pi amacce pakkosāpetvā, mayhaṃ bhāgineyyo'pi imassa rajjassa sāmiko'va, dhītaraṃ etass'eva datvā abhisekam'assa karomī'ti.

bhāgiya →

bodhirasa

belonging to, connected with, sharing in

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiṃ'p'ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ vadāmi. atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puñña-bhāgiyā upadhivepakkā, atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

AN 10.13 saṃyojanasuttaṃ

dasay'imāni, bhikkhave, saṃyojanāni. katamāni dasa? pañcoram'bhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni, pañcuddham'bhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.

bhāriya →

bodhirasa

heavy, serious, grave

DHPa 2.24.11 aputtakaseṭṭhi vatthu

rājā satthu vacanaṃ sutvā aho bhante bhāriyaṃ kammaṃ ettake nāma bhoge vijjamāne n'eva attanā paribhuñji na tumhādise buddhe dhuravihāre viharante puññakammaṃ akāsī'ti āha

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

taṃ sutvā itaro saṃvegajāto, bhāriyaṃ vata me sāhasikaṃ ananucchavikaṃ kammaṃ katan'ti bāhā paggayha kandanto vanasaṇḍaṃ pakkhanditvā tathā pakkanto'va ahosi.

bhāsayati →

bodhirasa

makes shine, illuminates

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

bhāsaye jotaye dhammaṃ, paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhajaṃ, subhāsitadhajā isayo, dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo'ti.

bhāvanīya →

bodhirasa

respected, honoured, worthy of esteem

AN 10.71 ākaṅkhasuttaṃ

ākaṅkheyya ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu, sabrahmacārīnaṃ piyo c'assaṃ manāpo ca garu ca bhāvanīyo cā'ti, sīlesv'ev'assa paripūrakārī ajjhattaṃ cetosamatham'anuyutto anirākatajjhāno vipassanāya samannāgato brūhetā suññ'āgārānaṃ.

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

aniccadassāvī kho pan'āhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato mano-bhāvanīyānañ'ca bhikkhūnaṃ.

bhāvayanta →

bodhirasa

cultivating, developing

SN 7.6 jaṭāsuttaṃ

sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño, cittaṃ paññañ'ca bhāvayaṃ, ātāpī nipako bhikkhu, so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ.

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

so taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti.

bhāvayate →

bodhirasa

one oneself cultivates, one oneself develops

DHP 350 taṇhāvaggo

vitakk'ūpasame ca yo rato, asubhaṃ bhāvayate sadā sato, esa kho byanti kāhiti, esa checchati mārabandhanaṃ.

bhāvayati →

bodhirasa

cultivates, develops

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

mātā yathā niyaṃ puttaṃ, āyusā ekaputtam'anurakkhe, evam'pi sabbabhūtesu, mānasaṃ bhāvaye aparimāṇaṃ.

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

tath'eva tvam'pi ahitahite, samaṃ mettāya bhāvaya, mettāpāramitaṃ gantvā, sambodhiṃ pāpuṇissasī'ti.

bhāvitakāya →

bodhirasa

physically restrained, lit. developed in body

AN 10.24 mahācundasuttaṃ

bhāvanāvādaṃ, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno, bhāvitakāyo'mhi bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño'ti. tañce, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ lobho abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati, doso abhibhuyya tiṭṭhati

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo bhāvitakāyo hoti bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño aparitto mahatto appamāṇavihārī.

bhāvitindriya →

bodhirasa

developed faculties

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

evaṃ sante kho, uttara, andho bhāvitindriyo bhavissati, badhiro bhāvitindriyo bhavissati yathā pārāsiviyassa brāhmaṇassa vacanaṃ

bhāviyamāna →

bodhirasa

being cultivated, being developed

AN 4.147 dutiyakālasuttaṃ

cattāro'me, bhikkhave, kālā sammā bhāviyamānā sammā anuparivattiyamānā anupubbena āsavānaṃ khayaṃ pāpenti

bhāyati →

bodhirasa

is afraid (of), fears

DHP 129 daṇḍavaggo

sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbe bhāyanti maccuno, attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

pañcannaṃ dhīro bhayānaṃ na bhāye, bhikkhu sato sapariyantacārī, ḍaṃsādhipātānaṃ sarīsapānaṃ, manussaphassānaṃ catuppadānaṃ.

bhūmirāmaṇeyyaka →

bodhirasa

delightful place, lovely area, wonderful region

DHP 98 arahantavaggo

gāme vā yadi v'āraññe, ninne vā yadi vā thale, yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ.

DN 23.10 pāyāsisuttaṃ

abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, rājañña, divā seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan'ti

bhūmyā →

bodhirasa

in the earth

JA 149 ekapaṇṇa jātakaṃ

ekapaṇṇo ayaṃ rukkho, na bhūmyā caturaṅgulo, phalena visakappena, mahāyaṃ kiṃ bhavissatī'ti.

bhūrisaṅkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of wisdom, loss of discernment

DHP 282 maggavaggo

yogā ve jāyatī bhūri, ayogā bhūrisaṅkhayo, etaṃ dvedhāpathaṃ ñatvā, bhavāya vibhavāya ca, tath'āttānaṃ niveseyya, yathā bhūri pavaḍḍhati.

brahmacariya →

bodhirasa

spiritual path, holy life, celibacy

VIN 4.1.6 pañcavaggiya kathā

etha bhikkhavo'ti bhagavā avoca. svākkhāto dhammo caratha brahmacariyaṃ sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāyā'ti. sāva tesaṃ āyasmantānaṃ upasampadā ahosi

SN 22.96 gomayapiṇḍasuttaṃ

ettako ce'pi, bhikkhu, attabhāvapaṭilābho abhavissa nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, na'y'idaṃ brahmacariya-vāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.

brahmacariyasāruppa →

bodhirasa

in conformity with the spiritual path, proper for the the holy life

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

yāni ca kho tāni sikkhāpadāni ādibrahmacariyakāni brahmacariyasāruppāni tattha dhuvasīlo ca hoti ṭhitasīlo ca, samādāya sikkhati sikkhāpadesu.

brahmacariyavantu →

bodhirasa

living the holy life, following the spiritual path, celibate renunciant

SNP 57 tissametteyya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 2

kāmesu brahmacariyavā, vītataṇho sadā sato, saṅkhāya nibbuto bhikkhu, tassa no santi iñjitā.

brahmacariyavāsa →

bodhirasa

living the holy life, following the spiritual path

SN 22.96 gomayapiṇḍasuttaṃ

ettako ce'pi, bhikkhu, attabhāvapaṭilābho abhavissa nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, na'y'idaṃ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yath'āyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

brahmacariyā →

bodhirasa

spiritual path, holy life, celibacy

DHP 155 jarāvaggo

acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ, aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ, jiṇṇakoñcā'va jhāyanti, khīṇamacche'va pallale.

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, nāparaṃ itthattāyā'ti abbhaññāsi.

brūhayati →

bodhirasa

develops, practices, furthers, increases

DHP 285 maggavaggo

ucchinda sineham'attano, kumudaṃ sāradikaṃ'va, santimaggam'eva brūhaya, nibbānaṃ sugatena desitaṃ.

byaggha →

bodhirasa

tiger, panther

DN 22.7 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā'pi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ kākehi vā khajjamānaṃ kulalehi vā khajjamānaṃ gijjhehi vā khajjamānaṃ kaṅkehi vā khajjamānaṃ sunakhehi vā khajjamānaṃ byagghehi vā khajjamānaṃ dīpīhi vā khajjamānaṃ siṅgālehi vā khajjamānaṃ vividhehi vā pāṇakajātehi khajjamānaṃ

JA 492 tacchasūkara jātakaṃ

eko'va indo asure jināti, eko'va seno hanti dije pasayha, eko'va byaggho migasaṅghapatto, varaṃ varaṃ hanti balañ'hi tādisaṃ.

byanta →

bodhirasa

end

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni tāni ca byantiṃ kareyya

byanti →

bodhirasa

end

DHP 350 taṇhāvaggo

vitakk'ūpasame ca yo rato, asubhaṃ bhāvayate sadā sato, esa kho byanti kāhiti, esa checchati mārabandhanaṃ.

byantiṃ karoti →

bodhirasa

makes an end of, finishes, gets rid of

DHP 350 taṇhāvaggo

vitakk'ūpasame ca yo rato, asubhaṃ bhāvayate sadā sato, esa kho byanti kāhiti, esa checchati mārabandhanaṃ.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so yāni ca porāṇāni iṇamūlāni tāni ca byantiṃ kareyya

byantīhoti →

bodhirasa

is removed, is eliminated, is got rid of

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

so taṃ maggaṃ āsevati bhāveti bahulīkaroti. tassa taṃ maggaṃ āsevato bhāvayato bahulīkaroto saṃyojanāni sabbaso pahīyanti anusayā byantīhonti.

byantīkaroti →

bodhirasa

removes, eliminates, gets rid of

MN 2.7 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso uppannaṃ kāmavitakkaṃ n'ādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, santi adhicittam'anuyuttassa bhikkhuno oḷārikā upakkilesā kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ, tam'enaṃ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti.

byantīkata →

bodhirasa

removed, eliminated, got rid of

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi adhicittam'anuyuttassa bhikkhuno majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko, tam'enaṃ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti.

byappanā →

bodhirasa

intense mental application

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

yo kho, bhikkhave, ariyacittassa anāsavacittassa ariyamaggasamaṅgino ariyamaggaṃ bhāvayato takko vitakko saṅkappo appanā byappanā cetaso abhiniropanā vacīsaṅkhāro, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, sammāsaṅkappo ariyo anāsavo lok'uttaro maggaṅgo.

byappathi →

bodhirasa

way of speech, mode of speaking

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

ky'āssa byappathayo assu, ky'āss'assu idha gocarā, kāni sīlabbatān'āssu, pahit'attassa bhikkhuno.

byasana →

bodhirasa

misfortune, disaster, calamity

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

evaṃ dīgharattaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ tibbaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ byasanaṃ paccanubhūtaṃ, kaṭasī vaḍḍhitā.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

yo'pi c'ettha katakusalo hoti, tam'pi ñāti-roga-bhoga-byasana-ādīnaṃ aññatarena byasanena samannāgataṃ disvā vā sutvā vā tesaṃ abhāve'pi vaṭṭadukkhaṃ anatikkantattā, dukkhito'va ayan'ti.

byatta →

bodhirasa

experienced, learned, competent, trained, lit. distinguished

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

evañ'ca pana, bhikkhave, vūpasametabbaṃ. sabbeh'eva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ, sannipatitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo.

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā paṇḍitā byattā khettaññū kusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.

byavadhāna →

bodhirasa

(a letter which causes) intervention, obstruction

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare'ty'asmiṃ opasilesiko kāsasattamī, tato vaṇṇakāla-byavadhāne kāriyaṃ na hoti.

byañjana →

bodhirasa

letter, syllable

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

so dhammaṃ deseti sātthaṃ sa-byañjanaṃ

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

iccā'ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjana-siliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ, iccā'ti.

byañjana →

bodhirasa

word, term, expression, name

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti, ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ek'atthā byañjanam'eva nānan'ti?

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

tesaṃ no, bhante, āyasmatā mahākaccānena imehi ākārehi imehi padehi imehi byañjanehi attho vibhatto'ti

byañjana →

bodhirasa

curry

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bhikkhu evaṃsīlo evaṃdhammo evaṃpañño sālīnaṃ ce'pi piṇḍapātaṃ bhuñjati vicitakāḷakaṃ anekasūpaṃ aneka-byañjanaṃ, nev'assa taṃ hoti antarāyāya.

byañjana →

bodhirasa

consonant

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

naye paraṃ yutte'ti assaro byañjano par'akkharaṃ netabbo. lokaggo.

byañjanasiliṭṭhatā →

bodhirasa

sticking together of letters, adhesion of syllables

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

iccā'ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkharasamavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ, iccā'ti.

byañjanā →

bodhirasa

consonant

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

saṃyogato pubbe eo rassā iv'occante kvaci, anantarā byañjanā saṃyogo.

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

sare ṭhapetvā sesā k'ādayo niggahīt'antā byañjanā.

byā →

bodhirasa

indeed, truly, certainly

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evaṃ-byā-kho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato n'ālaṃ antarāyāyā'ti.

byābādha →

bodhirasa

injury, harm, affliction

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nevatta-byābādhāya ceteti na para-byābādhāya ceteti na ubhaya-byābādhāya ceteti attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitam'eva cintayamāno cinteti

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ nu kho ahaṃ idaṃ kāyena kammaṃ kattukāmo idaṃ me kāyakammaṃ atta-byābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, para-byābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, ubhaya-byābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, akusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākan'ti?

byādhi →

bodhirasa

sickness, disease, lit. upset

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

kiñ'ca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca, byādhi-dhammo-amhi, byādhiṃ anatīto'ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā?

byādhidhamma →

bodhirasa

liable to get sick, of a nature to get ill, lit. sickness nature

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

byādhidhammo'mhi, byādhiṃ anatīto'ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā.

byādhita →

bodhirasa

sick, diseased, afflicted, lit. upset

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhu byādhito hoti byādhinābhibhūto. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo asamayo padhānāya.

byādiṇṇa →

bodhirasa

split apart, divided

AN 5.51 āvaraṇasuttaṃ

evañ'hi so, bhikkhave, majjhe nadiyā soto vikkhitto visaṭo byādiṇṇo n'eva dūraṅgamo assa na sīghasoto na hārahārī .

byākaramāna →

bodhirasa

stating, declaring, announcing

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

kacc'āhaṃ, bhante, evaṃ byākaramāno vuttavādī c'eva bhagavato homi, na ca bhagavantaṃ abhūtena abbhācikkhāmi, dhammassa c'ānudhammaṃ byākaromi, na ca koci sahadhammiko vādānuvādo gārayhaṃ ṭhānaṃ āgacchatī'ti?

byākaraṇa →

bodhirasa

answer, explanation

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, pañha-byākaraṇāni. katamāni cattāri? atthi, bhikkhave, pañho ekaṃsa-byākaraṇīyo, atthi, bhikkhave, pañho vibhajja-byākaraṇīyo.

byākaroti →

bodhirasa

answers, replies

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

tena hi, gāmaṇi, taññ'ev'ettha paṭipucchissāmi. yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsī'ti.

byākaroti →

bodhirasa

explain, defines

DN 18.1 janavasabhasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena bhagavā parito parito janapadesu paricārake abbhatīte kālaṅkate upapattīsu byākaroti

byākaroti →

bodhirasa

states, declares, announces

AN 5.179 gihisuttaṃ

so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇ'āpāyaduggativinipāto sotāpannoham'asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo'ti

byākata →

bodhirasa

answered, replied

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, byākataṃ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeh'eva yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ.

byākata →

bodhirasa

explained, defined, taught

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

maṃ ce'pi tumhe, bhikkhave, etam'atthaṃ paṭipuccheyyātha, aham'pi taṃ evam'evaṃ byākareyyaṃ yathā taṃ mahākaccānena byākataṃ

byākata →

bodhirasa

stated, declared, announced

AN 8.23 paṭhamahatthakasuttaṃ

sattahi kho tvaṃ, āvuso, acchariyehi abbhutehi dhammehi samannāgato bhagavatā byākato. katamehi sattahi?

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulehi bhikkhūhi bhagavato santike aññā byākatā hoti, khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, n'āparaṃ itthattāyā'ti pajānāmā'ti.

byākaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they stated, they declared, they announced

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kacci te, bhante, bhikkhū samma'd'eva aññaṃ byākaṃsu udāhu sant'etth'ekacce bhikkhū adhimānena aññaṃ byākaṃsū'ti?

byākāsi →

bodhirasa

answered, explained

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

dv'āhaṃ sakkaṃ apucchissaṃ, na me byākāsi cakkhumā, yāvatatiyañ'ca devīsi, byākarotī'ti me sutaṃ.

byāma →

bodhirasa

fathom, measure of two arms extended

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

api c'āhaṃ, āvuso, imasmiṃ'y'eva byāma-matte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañ'ca paññāpemi lokasamudayañ'ca lokanirodhañ'ca lokanirodhagāminiñ'ca paṭipadan'ti.

byāmamatta →

bodhirasa

fathom long, lit. fathom measure

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

api c'āhaṃ, āvuso, imasmiṃ'y'eva byāmamatte kaḷevare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañ'ca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadan'ti.

byāpajjati →

bodhirasa

hates, dislikes

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso.

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo, appam'pi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañ'ca dosañ'ca appaccayañ'ca pātukaroti.

byāpanna →

bodhirasa

malevolent, evil, hating

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

byāpanna-citto hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo, ime sattā haññantu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesun'ti

byāpannacitta →

bodhirasa

with a malicious mind, evil minded, hateful

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

byāpannacitto hoti paduṭṭhamanasaṅkappo, ime sattā haññantu vā bajjhantu vā ucchijjantu vā vinassantu vā mā vā ahesun'ti

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhālussa abhijjhā appahīnā hoti, byāpannacittassa byāpādo appahīno hoti, kodhanassa kodho appahīno hoti

byāpāda →

bodhirasa

dislike, ill will, hatred, hostility, enmity, malevolence

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

mettaṃ, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvehi. mettañ'hi te, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvayato yo byāpādo so pahīyissati.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno abhijjhālussa abhijjhā appahīnā hoti, byāpannacittassa byāpādo appahīno hoti, kodhanassa kodho appahīno hoti

byāpādapadosa →

bodhirasa

ill will and hatred

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

byāpādapadosaṃ pahāya abyāpannacitto viharati, sabba-pāṇabhūta-hita-anukampī byāpādapadosā cittaṃ parisodheti

byāpādasaṅkappa →

bodhirasa

malevolent intention, malicious wish, intention of ill-ill

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, micchāsaṅkappo? kāmasaṅkappo, byāpādasaṅkappo, vihiṃsāsaṅkappo, ayaṃ, bhikkhave, micchāsaṅkappo.

byāpādavitakka →

bodhirasa

malevolent thought, thought of ill-will

MN 2.7 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paṭisaṅkhā yoniso uppannaṃ byāpādavitakkaṃ n'ādhivāseti pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ pahīne tasmiṃ byantīkate santi adhicittam'anuyuttassa bhikkhuno majjhimasahagatā upakkilesā kāmavitakko byāpādavitakko vihiṃsāvitakko, tam'enaṃ sacetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko pajahati vinodeti byantīkaroti anabhāvaṃ gameti.

byārosa →

bodhirasa

anger, wrath

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? nindā-byārosa-upārambha-bhayā'ti.

byārosanā →

bodhirasa

causing anger

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

na paro paraṃ nikubbetha, n'ātimaññetha katthaci naṃ kañci, byārosanā paṭighasaññā, n'āññam'aññassa dukkham'iccheyya.

byāruddha →

bodhirasa

opposed (to), hostile (to), averse (to), at odds (with)

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

phandamānaṃ pajaṃ disvā, macche app'odake yathā, aññam'aññehi byāruddhe, disvā maṃ bhayam'āvisi.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

osāne'tv'eva byāruddhe, disvā me aratī ahu, ath'ettha sallam'addakkhiṃ, duddasaṃ hadayanissitaṃ.

byāsatta →

bodhirasa

attached, clinging

DHP 47 pupphavaggo

pupphāni h'eva pacinantaṃ, byāsatta-manasaṃ naraṃ, suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va, maccu ādāya gacchati.

DHP 287 maggavaggo

taṃ puttapasusammattaṃ, byāsatta-manasaṃ naraṃ, suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va, maccu ādāya gacchati.

byāsattamanasa →

bodhirasa

with an attached mind, with a clinging-mind

DHP 47 pupphavaggo

pupphāni h'eva pacinantaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ, suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va, maccu ādāya gacchati.

DHP 287 maggavaggo

taṃ puttapasusammattaṃ, byāsattamanasaṃ naraṃ, suttaṃ gāmaṃ mahogho'va, maccu ādāya gacchati.

byāthita →

bodhirasa

troubled, agitated, shaken, perturbed, reeling

BV 2.170 sumedha patthanā kathā

ubbiggā tasitā bhītā, bhantā byāthita-mānasā, mahājanā samāgamma, dīpaṅkaram'upāgamuṃ.

bāhiya →

bodhirasa

foreign, personal name

UD 10 bāhiyasuttaṃ

atha kho bāhiyassa dārucīriyassa bhagavato imāya saṃkhittāya dhammadesanāya tāva'd'eva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci

bālya →

bodhirasa

foolishness, childishness, ignorance

DHP 63 bālavaggo

yo bālo maññati bālyaṃ, paṇḍito vā'pi tena so, bālo ca paṇḍitamānī, sa ve bālo'ti vuccati.

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

yo hi, gahapati, imaṃ kāyaṃ pariharanto muhuttam'pi ārogyaṃ paṭijāneyya, kimaññatra bālyā?

cakkhundriya →

bodhirasa

sense of sight, lit. eye power

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjatha, rakkhatha cakkhundriyaṃ, cakkhundriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjatha.

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, bho gotama, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti. katamāni pañca? cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ.

cakkhuviññeyya →

bodhirasa

perceivable by the eye, lit. could be perceived by the eye

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccat'ānanda … anuttarā indriyabhāvanā cakkhuviññeyyesu rūpesu

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

cakkhuviññeyyā rūpā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā.

cakkhāyatana →

bodhirasa

field of the eye, vision

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ? cakkh'āyatanaṃ, sot'āyatanaṃ, ghān'āyatanaṃ, jivh'āyatanaṃ, kāy'āyatanaṃ, man'āyatanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ.

candimasuriya →

bodhirasa

moon and sun

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

ime'pi candimasuriye evaṃmahiddhike evaṃmahānubhāve pāṇinā parimaseyyaṃ parimajjeyyaṃ, yāva brahmalokā'pi kāyena vasaṃ vatteyyan'ti, tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

candimasūriya →

bodhirasa

moon and sun

SN 56.46 andhakārasuttaṃ

atthi, bhikkhave, lokantarikā aghā asaṃvutā andhakārā andhakāratimisā, yattham'imesaṃ candimasūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃ mahānubhāvānaṃ ābhāya n'ānubhontī'ti.

SN 20.6 dhanuggahasuttaṃ

yathā ca, bhikkhave, tassa purisassa javo, yathā ca candimasūriyānaṃ javo, tato sīghataro.

cariya →

bodhirasa

conduct, behaviour, state of life

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

paṇḍito'ti samaññāto, eka-cariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito, athā'pi methune yutto, mando'va parikissati.

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahma-cariyaṃ abhivadanti

cariyā →

bodhirasa

conduct, behaviour, state of life

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

dānañca dhamma-cariyā ca, ñātakānañca saṅgaho, anavajjāni kammāni, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anagāriy'upetassa, bhikkhā-cariyaṃ jigīsato, muni pabrūhi me puṭṭho, moneyyaṃ uttamaṃ padaṃ.

catthāya →

bodhirasa

and for the purpose (of), and for the sake (of), and for the good (of)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

te upārambh'ānisaṃsā c'eva dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti itivādappamokkh'ānisaṃsā ca. yassa c'atthāya dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti tañ'c'assa atthaṃ n'ānubhonti.

catupaccaya →

bodhirasa

four requisites, four supports, four necessities

DHPa 1.5.11 jambukatthera vatthu

atīte kira kassapasammāsambuddhakāle gāmavāsī eko kuṭumbiko ekassa therassa vihāraṃ katvā taṃ tattha viharantaṃ catūhi paccayehi upaṭṭhahi

caya →

bodhirasa

heap, pile, assortment

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattaṃ vā nāna-ccayehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa.

cetanākāyā →

bodhirasa

classes of thoughts, categories of intentions

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katame ca, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, cetanākāyā, rūpasañcetanā, saddasañcetanā, gandhasañcetanā, rasasañcetanā, phoṭṭhabbasañcetanā, dhammasañcetanā.

cetayati →

bodhirasa

thinks (about), gives thought (to), cares (about), has concern (for)

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

cudito vacībhi satim'ābhinande, sabrahmacārīsu khilaṃ pabhinde, vācaṃ pamuñce kusalaṃ n'ātivelaṃ, janavādadhammāya na cetayeyya.

cetiya →

bodhirasa

pagoda, cetiya, burial mound

JAa 16 tipallatthamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

ekasmiñ'hi kāle satthari āḷavinagaraṃ upanissāya aggāḷave cetiye viharante bahū upāsakā upāsikā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ca vihāraṃ dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti, divā dhammassavanaṃ hoti.

ANa 1.14.1 mahākassapatthera vatthu

niyyānikaṃ vata buddhasāsanan'ti pasīditvā yojanikaṃ suvaṇṇa-cetiyaṃ kambalakañcukena parikkhipitvā tattha tattha rathacakkappamāṇehi suvaṇṇapadumehi alaṅkari.

cetya →

bodhirasa

shrine

DHP 188 buddhavaggo

bahuṃ ve saraṇaṃ yanti, pabbatāni vanāni ca, ārāma-rukkha-cetyāni, manussā bhayatajjitā.

SN 11.15 rāmaṇeyyakasuttaṃ

ārāma-cetyā vana-cetyā, pokkharañño sunimmitā, manussarāmaṇeyyassa, kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ.

cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni →

bodhirasa

six internal sense organs

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, cha kho, āvuso, ajjhattikāni āyatanāni eko anto, cha bāhirāni āyatanāni dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṃ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

ayaṃyev'ettha attho, vaṇo'ti kho, sunakkhatta, chann'etaṃ ajjhattikānaṃ āyatanānaṃ adhivacanaṃ, visadoso'ti kho, sunakkhatta, avijjāy'etaṃ adhivacanaṃ

cha bāhirāni āyatanāni →

bodhirasa

six external sense fields

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, cha kho, āvuso, ajjhattikāni āyatanāni eko anto, cha bāhirāni āyatanāni dutiyo anto, viññāṇaṃ majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

chanda →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) consent

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

chanda-parisuddhi, utukkhānaṃ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca, ovādo, uposathassa etāni, pubbakiccan'ti vuccati.

chandaparisuddhi →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) consent and purity, consent and innocence

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

chandaparisuddhi, utukkhānaṃ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca, ovādo, uposathassa etāni, pubbakiccan'ti vuccati.

chandarāgavinaya →

bodhirasa

removal of desire and craving

SN 22.26 assādasuttaṃ

yaṃ rūpaṃ aniccaṃ dukkhaṃ vipariṇāmadhammaṃ, ayaṃ rūpassa ādīnavo. yo rūpasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ, idaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

yo rūpasmiṃ chandarāgavinayo chandarāgappahānaṃ, idaṃ rūpassa nissaraṇaṃ.

chaḍḍanīya →

bodhirasa

to be thrown away

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

idh'āhaṃ bhikkhave bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito paripuṇṇo pariyosito suhito yāva'd'attho, siyā ca me piṇḍapāto atirekadhammo chaḍḍanīya-dhammo

chaḍḍiya →

bodhirasa

to be thrown away

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

idh'āhaṃ bhikkhave bhuttāvī assaṃ pavārito paripuṇṇo pariyosito suhito yāva'd'attho, siyā ca me piṇḍapāto atirekadhammo chaḍḍiya-dhammo

chinnasaṃsaya →

bodhirasa

free from doubt, lit. severed doubt

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

yo atītaṃ ādisati, anejo chinnasaṃsayo, pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ.

chāyā →

bodhirasa

shade, shadow

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

antaken'ādhipannassa, jahato mānusaṃ bhavaṃ, kiñ'hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, kiñ'ca ādāya gacchati, kiñ'cassa anugaṃ hoti, chāyā'va anapāyinī.

chāyāva anapāyinī →

bodhirasa

like a shadow that never leaves

DHP 2 yamakavaggo

manopubbaṅ'gamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā, manasā ce pasannena, bhāsati vā karoti vā, tato naṃ sukhamanveti, chāyāva anapāyinī.

SN 3.20 dutiyāputtakasuttaṃ

tañ'hi tassa sakaṃ hoti, tañ'ca ādāya gacchati, tañ'c'assa anugaṃ hoti, chāyāva anapāyinī.

cicciṭāyati →

bodhirasa

hisses, sizzles, fizzles, crackles

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam'eva so habyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, tindukālātaṃ kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭitaṃ bhiyyosomattāya cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati.

cintayamāna →

bodhirasa

thinking, reflecting

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nev'attabyābādhāya ceteti na parabyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti attahita-parahita-ubhayahita-sabbalokahitam'eva cintayamāno cinteti

cintayanta →

bodhirasa

thinking, reflecting

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

atha tvaṃ pavitakkam'āgamā, manasā diṭṭhigatāni cintayanto, dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā, na hi tvaṃ sakkhasi sampayātave'ti.

cintayati →

bodhirasa

thinks, reflects

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

alīnacitto ca siyā, na c'āpi bahu cintaye, nirāmagandho asito, brahmacariyaparāyaṇo.

cirāya →

bodhirasa

for a long time

DHP 342 taṇhāvaggo

tasiṇāya purakkhatā pajā, parisappanti saso'va bādhito, saṃyojanasaṅgasattakā, dukkham'upenti punappunaṃ cirāya.

cittabyañjana →

bodhirasa

well-worded, ornately expressed, lit. beautiful letters

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye pana te suttantā kavikatā kāveyyā citt'akkharā cittabyañjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā, tesu bhaññamānesu sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissanti

ciṭiciṭāyati →

bodhirasa

hisses, sizzles, fizzles, crackles, splutters

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam'eva so habyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, tindukālātaṃ kaṭṭhena vā kaṭhalāya vā ghaṭṭitaṃ bhiyyosomattāya cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati.

curādigaṇa →

bodhirasa

√cur etc group, root group 8 e, aya

cāmara →

bodhirasa

yak’s tail used as a whisk (symbol of prestige)

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anekasākhañ'ca sahassamaṇḍalaṃ, chattaṃ marū dhārayum'antalikkhe, suvaṇṇadaṇḍā vītipatanti cāmarā, na dissare cāmara-chatta-gāhakā.

cāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

and this, but this, than this

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yo c'āyaṃ bhikkhu saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpanno tassa'pi kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu na parikkhīṇo, usmā avūpasantā, indriyāni vippasannāni.

DHP 103 sahassavaggo

yo sahassaṃ sahassena, saṅgāme mānuse jine, ekañ'ca jeyyam'attānaṃ, sa ve saṅgāmaj'uttamo, attā have jitaṃ seyyo, yā c'āyaṃ itarā pajā.

cīriya →

bodhirasa

(made of) wood fibre, bark strips

UD 10 bāhiyasuttaṃ

atha kho bāhiyassa dāru-cīriyassa bhagavato imāya saṃkhittāya dhammadesanāya tāva'd'eva anupādāya āsavehi cittaṃ vimucci

cūbhaya →

bodhirasa

and both, as well as

SNP 68 udaya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 13

pahānaṃ kāmacchandānaṃ, domanassāna c'ūbhayaṃ, thinassa ca panūdanaṃ, kukkuccānaṃ nivāraṇaṃ.

daddabhāyati →

bodhirasa

makes a heavy thud noise

JA 322 duddubha jātakaṃ

daddabhāyati bhaddante, yasmiṃ dese vasām'ahaṃ, aham'p'etaṃ na jānāmi, kim'etaṃ duddubhāyati.

dajjeyya →

bodhirasa

would give, should offer

VIN 4.6.177 licchavī vatthu

sace'pi me ayyaputtā vesāliṃ sāhāraṃ dajjeyyātha n'eva dajjaṃ ahaṃ taṃ bhattan'ti

dakkhiṇeyya →

bodhirasa

worthy of gifts, worthy of offerings

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

SNP 31 māghasuttaṃ, mahāvaggo 5

yo yajati tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ, ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādi, evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogo, upapajjati brahmalokan'ti brūmī'ti.

damayanta →

bodhirasa

taming, mastering, controlling, lit. making tame

DHP 305 pakiṇṇakavaggo

ek'āsanaṃ ekaseyyaṃ, eko caram'atandito, eko damayam'attānaṃ, vanante ramito siyā.

damayati →

bodhirasa

tames, masters, controls, lit. makes tame

DHP 80 paṇḍitavaggo

udakañ'hi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ, dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā.

dantebhidantamādhāya →

bodhirasa

clenching the teeth together

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā dante'bhidantam'ādhāya jivhāya tāluṃ āhacca cetasā cittaṃ abhiniggaṇhitabbaṃ abhinippīḷetabbaṃ abhisantāpetabbaṃ.

dassanāya →

bodhirasa

to see, in order to see, for the purpose of seeing

DN 5.2 kūṭadantasuttaṃ

na arahati bhavaṃ kūṭadanto samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ. samaṇo tv'eva gotamo arahati bhavantaṃ kūṭadantaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamituṃ

VIN 4.5.147 soṇakoḷivisa vatthu

sādhu mayaṃ, bhante, labheyyāma bhagavantaṃ dassanāyā'ti.

dassanīya →

bodhirasa

good to see (for), beautiful to behold (by)

DN 16.29 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni

dassayati →

bodhirasa

shows, exhibits, displays, lit. causes to see

DHP 83 paṇḍitavaggo

sabbattha ve sappurisā cajanti, na kāmakāmā lapayanti santo, sukhena phuṭṭhā atha vā dukhena, na ucc'āvacaṃ paṇḍitā dassayanti.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

patilīnacarassa bhikkhuno, bhajamānassa vivittam'āsanaṃ, sāmaggiyam'āhu tassa taṃ, yo attānaṃ bhavane na dassaye.

dayā →

bodhirasa

compassion, kindness, mercy, pity

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

ekajaṃ vā dvijaṃ vā'pi, yo'dha pāṇaṃ vihiṃsati, yassa pāṇe dayā n'atthi, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

dayāpanna →

bodhirasa

compassionate, sympathetic, full of kindness, lit. accomplished in kindness

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

idha cunda ekacco pāṇātipātaṃ pahāya pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti nihitadaṇḍo nihitasattho lajjī dayāpanno sabbapāṇabhūtahitānukampī viharati

daṭṭheyya →

bodhirasa

could be seen

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, n'āhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyanti vadāmī'ti.

desanā →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) confession, admission

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yass'āyasmato khamati amhākaṃ imāsaṃ āpattīnaṃ saṅghamajjhe tiṇ'avatthārakena desanā, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, so tuṇh'assa. yassa nakkhamati, so bhāseyya.

deseti →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) confesses, admits

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yad'āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ yā c'eva āyasmantānaṃ āpatti, yā ca attano āpatti, āyasmantānañc'eva atthāya, attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇ'avatthārakena deseyyaṃ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

desitāpattika →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) who have confessed their offences

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

[ārādhanaṃ] pubba-karaṇa-pubba-kiccāni samāpetvā desitāpattikassa samaggassa bhikkhusaṅghassa anumatiyā pātimokkhaṃ uddisituṃ ārādhanaṃ karomi. sādhu! sādhu! sādhu!

desiyamāna →

bodhirasa

is being preached, is being taught, is being explained

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

aññassa bhagavā buddho, dhammaṃ desesi cakkhumā, dhamme desiyamānamhi, sotam'odhesim'atthiko, taṃ me amoghaṃ savanaṃ, vimutto'mhi anāsavo.

devayāna →

bodhirasa

celestial chariot, vehicle of the gods, spaceship

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

devayānaṃ abhiruyha, virajaṃ so mahāpathaṃ, kāmarāgaṃ virājetvā, brahmalok'ūpago ahu, na naṃ jāti nivāresi, brahmalok'ūpapattiyā.

devo vassati devo gaḷagaḷāyati →

bodhirasa

sky is raining and pouring, sky is raining and thundering

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā

deyya →

bodhirasa

offering, giving, lit. what should be given

SN 1.32 maccharisuttaṃ

maccherā ca pamādā ca, evaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati, puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānena, deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā'ti.

dhammacariyā →

bodhirasa

conduct in line with the Dhamma, ethical conduct, moral behaviour

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

dānañca dhammacariyā ca, ñātakānañca saṅgaho, anavajjāni kammāni, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

AN 10.47 mahālisuttaṃ

ime ca, mahāli, dasa dhammā loke na saṃvijjeyyuṃ, na'y'idha paññāyetha adhammacariyā-visamacariyā'ti vā dhammacariyā-samacariyā'ti vā.

dhammadāyāda →

bodhirasa

spiritual heir, inheritor of the Dhamma

ITI 100 brāhmaṇadhammayāgasuttaṃ

tassa me tumhe puttā orasā mukhato jātā dhammajā dhammanimmitā dhammadāyādā, no āmisadāyādā.

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

tumhe ca me bhikkhave āmisadāyādā bhaveyyātha no dhammadāyādā, tumhe'pi tena ādiyā bhaveyyātha, āmisadāyādā satthusāvakā viharanti, no dhammadāyādā'ti

dhammamaññāya →

bodhirasa

understanding the Dhamma, comprehending the teaching

AN 4.97 khippanisantisuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo khippanisantī ca hoti kusalesu dhammesu, sutānañ'ca dhammānaṃ dhārakajātiko hoti, dhātānañ'ca dhammānaṃ atth'ūpaparikkhī hoti attham'aññāya dhammam'aññāya, dhamm'ānudhammappaṭipanno hoti.

dhammapariyatti →

bodhirasa

Dhamma learning, scriptural study

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

so tāya dhammapariyattiyā divasaṃ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, n'ānuyuñjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, bhikkhu pariyattibahulo, no dhammavihārī.

dhammapariyāya →

bodhirasa

Dhamma discourse, method of teaching

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

ko nāmo ayaṃ, bhante, dhammapariyāyo'ti? tasmā't'iha tvaṃ, ānanda, imaṃ dhammapariyāyaṃ madhupiṇḍikapariyāyo tv'eva naṃ dhārehī'ti

dhammassavanatthāya →

bodhirasa

for the sake of hearing a sermon, for the purpose of hearing the teaching

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

tesu ariyasāvakānaṃ dve'y'eva kiccāni ahesuṃ. purebhattaṃ dānaṃ denti, pacchābhattaṃ gandhamālādihatthā vatthabhesajjapānakādīni gāhāpetvā dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti.

JAa 16 tipallatthamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

ekasmiñ'hi kāle satthari āḷavinagaraṃ upanissāya aggāḷave cetiye viharante bahū upāsakā upāsikā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ca vihāraṃ dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti, divā dhammassavanaṃ hoti.

dhammavicaya →

bodhirasa

investigation of reality, analysing the teaching

DN 22.13 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhammavicaya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ, atthi me ajjhattaṃ dhammavicaya-sambojjhaṅgo'ti pajānāti

dhammavicayasambojjhaṅga →

bodhirasa

investigation of reality as an element of awakening, analysing the teaching as an factor of enlightenment

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

yasmiṃ samaye, bhikkhave, bhikkhu tathā sato viharanto taṃ dhammaṃ paññāya pavicinati pavicarati parivīmaṃsam'āpajjati, dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgo tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhuno āraddho hoti.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

yasmiñ'ca kho, bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.

dhammavinaya →

bodhirasa

teaching and training, doctrine and discipline

AN 8.19 pahārādasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho pahārāda imasmiṃ dhammavinaye anupubbasikkhā anupubbakiriyā anupubbapaṭipadā na āyatakeneva aññāpaṭivedho

SN 56.48 dutiyachiggaḷayugasuttaṃ

evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ manussattaṃ labhati. evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ tathāgato loke uppajjati arahaṃ sammāsambuddho. evaṃ adhiccam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, yaṃ tathāgatappavedito dhammavinayo loke dibbati.

dhammavinicchaya →

bodhirasa

discrimination of mental phenomena, evaluation of mental processes, investigation of reality

DHP 144 daṇḍavaggo

asso yathā bhadro kasāniviṭṭho, ātāpino saṃvegino bhavātha, saddhāya sīlena ca vīriyena ca, samādhinā dhammavinicchayena ca, sampannavijjācaraṇā patissatā, jahissatha dukkham'idaṃ anappakaṃ.

dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ →

bodhirasa

among doctrines grasped after evaluation, in ideas adopted after consideration

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

yass'ūbhay'ante paṇidh'īdha n'atthi, bhav'ābhavāya idha vā huraṃ vā, nivesanā tassa na santi keci, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ.

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

diṭṭhīnivesā na hi svātivattā, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ, tasmā naro tesu nivesanesu, nirassatī ādiyatī ca dhammaṃ.

dhammiyā kathāya →

bodhirasa

with a Dhamma talk

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti samādapeti samuttejeti sampahaṃseti

dhanakaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

business matter, lit. ought to be done with wealth

AN 10.24 mahācundasuttaṃ

so kismiñcid'eva dhanakaraṇīye samuppanne na sakkuṇeyya upanīhātuṃ dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā.

dheyya →

bodhirasa

in realm of, in sphere of, under power of

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

tasmā pajānaṃ na upādiyetha, bhikkhu sato kiñcanaṃ sabbaloke, ādānasatte iti pekkhamāno, pajaṃ imaṃ maccu-dheyye visattan'ti.

DHP 34 cittavaggo

vārijo'va thale khitto, okam'okata'ubbhato, pariphandat'idaṃ cittaṃ, māra-dheyyaṃ pahātave.

dheyya →

bodhirasa

putting on, assigning, imparting

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

ajito'ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāma-dheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpo'ti, iccāyasmā ajito.

dhārayati →

bodhirasa

holds, keeps, carries

SN 9.3 kassapagottasuttaṃ

sace'pi dasa pajjote, dhārayissasi kassapa, n'eva dakkhati rūpāni, cakkhu hi'ssa na vijjatī'ti.

dhārayati →

bodhirasa

takes as, believes, considers as

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

desitā amhākaṃ imā āpattiyo saṅghamajjhe tiṇ'avatthārakena, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttaṃ. khamati saṅghassa, tasmā tuṇhī, evam'etaṃ dhārayāmī'ti.

dhāriyamāna →

bodhirasa

being carried

DN 2.2 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto pañcasu hatthinikāsatesu paccekā itthiyo āropetvā ārohaṇīyaṃ nāgaṃ abhiruhitvā ukkāsu dhāriyamānāsu rājagahamhā niyyāsi

dhūmāyati →

bodhirasa

is smoking, is cloudy, is misty

DHPa 1.4.10 mahākassapatthera piṇḍapātadinna vatthu

so gehā nikkhamitvā … akkhīni me dhūmāyantī'ti vatvā nalāṭe hatthaṃ ṭhapetvā uddhaṃ oloketvā, aho dukkhaṃ, ayyo no mahākassapatthero cirassaṃ me kuṭidvāraṃ āgato, atthi nu kho kiñci gehe'ti āha

dinnanaya →

bodhirasa

method given (by), manner offered (by)

DHPa 2.26.33 jaṭilatthera vatthu

so satthārā dinnanaye ṭhatvā satthāraṃ vanditvā, ajja ādiṃ katvā mama santakaṃ dasikasuttamattam'pi maṃ abhibhavitvā anekasatā'pi rājāno vā corā vā gaṇhituṃ samatthā nāma mā hontu, agginā'pi mama santakaṃ mā ḍayhatu, udakena'pi mā vuyhatū'ti patthanaṃ akāsi.

divādigaṇa →

bodhirasa

√div etc group, root group 3 ya

divāseyyaṃ upagata →

bodhirasa

taking a siesta, having a nap

DN 23.10 pāyāsisuttaṃ

abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, rājañña, divā seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan'ti

divāseyyā →

bodhirasa

siesta, midday rest, nap

DN 23.10 pāyāsisuttaṃ

abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, rājañña, divā seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitā ārāmarāmaṇeyyakaṃ vanarāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇīrāmaṇeyyakan'ti

diyaḍḍha →

bodhirasa

one and a half, lit. two minus half

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

sādhikam'idaṃ, bhikkhave, diyaḍḍha-sikkhāpada-sataṃ anvaddhamāsaṃ uddesaṃ āgacchati yattha attakāmā kulaputtā sikkhanti.

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

puthulato pana diyaḍḍha-ratanaṃ dvīsu passesu ratanamatt'ānucaṅkamaṃ dīghato saṭṭhihatthaṃ mudutalaṃ samavippakiṇṇavālukaṃ caṅkamaṃ vaṭṭati cetiyagirimhi dīpappasādakamahindattherassa caṅkamanaṃ viya, tādisaṃ taṃ ahosi.

diṭṭhadhammavedanīya →

bodhirasa

to be felt in this life, to be experienced in this life

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

evarūpassa, bhikkhave, puggalassa tādisaṃ'y'eva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nāṇu'pi khāyati, kiṃ bahu'd'eva.

diṭṭhimānānusaya →

bodhirasa

underlying tendency towards comparative belief, underlying tendency towards opinions about oneself

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

so sabbaso rāg'ānusayaṃ pahāya paṭigh'ānusayaṃ paṭivinodetvā asmī'ti diṭṭhimān'ānusayaṃ samūhanitvā avijjaṃ pahāya vijjaṃ uppādetvā diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hoti

diṭṭhinissaya →

bodhirasa

support for views, foundation for opinions, basis for views

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ diṭṭhinissayaṃ yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

diṭṭhānusaya →

bodhirasa

underlying tendency towards views, opinions

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

es'ev'anto rāgānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto paṭighānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto diṭṭhānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto vicikicchānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto mānānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto bhavarāgānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto avijjānusayānaṃ, es'ev'anto daṇḍādāna-satthādāna-kalaha-viggaha-vivāda-tuvaṃtuvaṃ-pesuñña-musāvādānaṃ

dolāyanta →

bodhirasa

swinging back and forth

JAa 278 mahiṃsarāja jātakavaṇṇanā

ath'eko lolamakkaṭo rukkhā otaritvā tassa piṭṭhiṃ abhiruhitvā uccārapassāvaṃ katvā siṅge gaṇhitvā olambanto naṅguṭṭhe gahetvā dolāyanto'va kīḷi

dosakkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of ill-will, end of aversion

SN 22.106 pariññeyyasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, pariññā? rāgakkhayo, dosakkhayo, mohakkhayo, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pariññā

dubbalya →

bodhirasa

weakness, feebleness

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, seyyathā'pi, bhante, puriso jighacchā-dubbalya-pareto madhupiṇḍikaṃ adhigaccheyya, so yato yato sāyeyya, labhetheva sādurasaṃ asecanakaṃ

duggatyā →

bodhirasa

from a state of misery, from a bad destination, from hell

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

diṭṭh'eva dhamme gārayhā, samparāye ca duggati, na ne jāti nivāreti, duggatyā garahāya vā.

dukkhakkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of suffering, termination of tension

SN 48.9 paṭhama vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya, sammā dukkhakkhaya-gāminiyā. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññindriyaṃ

SN 22.96 gomayapiṇḍasuttaṃ

ettako ce'pi, bhikkhu, attabhāvapaṭilābho abhavissa nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, na'y'idaṃ brahmacariyavāso paññāyetha sammā dukkhakkhayāya.

dukkhasamudaya →

bodhirasa

origin of suffering, source of stress

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, avijjā? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, dukkhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhasamudaye aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhe aññāṇaṃ, dukkhanirodhagāminiyā paṭipadāya aññāṇaṃ.

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ayaṃ dukkhasamudayo'ti yathābhūtaṃ abbhaññāsiṃ

dukkhayati →

bodhirasa

suffers pain, suffers anguish

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

bālo puttataṇhāya c'eva dhanataṇhāya ca haññati vihaññati dukkhayati

dukkhudraya →

bodhirasa

with painful consequences, lit. yielding suffering

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

akusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākan'ti?

dunnivāraya →

bodhirasa

difficult to be restrained, hard to be held back

DHP 33 cittavaggo

phandanaṃ capalaṃ cittaṃ, dūrakkhaṃ dunnivārayaṃ, ujuṃ karoti medhāvī, usukāro'va tejanaṃ.

DHP 324 nāgavaggo

dhanapālo nāma kuñjaro, kaṭukabhedano dunnivārayo, baddho kabaḷaṃ na bhuñjati, sumarati nāgavanassa kuñjaro.

duppadhaṃsiya →

bodhirasa

difficult to defeat, difficult to overcome, hard to eradicate

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

durāsado duppasaho, gambhīro duppadhaṃsiyo, atho atthe anatthe ca, ubhayassa hoti kovido.

SN 20.3 kulasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici kulāni appitthikāni bahupurisāni tāni duppadhaṃsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi

duraccaya →

bodhirasa

difficult to escape, hard to cross, hard to overcome, difficult to get past

DHP 336 taṇhāvaggo

yo c'etaṃ sahate jammiṃ, taṇhaṃ loke duraccayaṃ, sokā tamhā papatanti, udabindu'va pokkharā.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

yo'dha kāme accatari, saṅgaṃ loke duraccayaṃ, na so socati n'ājjheti, chinnasoto abandhano.

durannaya →

bodhirasa

difficult to follow, tricky to trace, hard to understand

DHP 92 arahantavaggo

yesaṃ sannicayo natthi, ye pariññātabhojanā, suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yesaṃ gocaro, ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, gati tesaṃ durannayā.

DHP 93 arahantavaggo

yass'āsavā parikkhīṇā, āhāre ca anissito, suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yassa gocaro, ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, padaṃ tassa durannayaṃ.

dussamuṭṭhāpaya →

bodhirasa

difficult to arouse, hard to stimulate

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? līnaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ taṃ etehi dhammehi dussamuṭṭhāpayaṃ hoti.

dussanīya →

bodhirasa

hateful, detestable, loathsome, lit. could be disliked

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

rajanīye na rajjati, dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kuppanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati.

dussīlya →

bodhirasa

unprincipled behaviour, immoral conduct, bad character

DHP 162 attavaggo

yassa accanta-dussīlyaṃ, māluvā sālam'iv'otthataṃ, karoti so tath'attānaṃ, yathā naṃ icchatī diso.

dutiya →

bodhirasa

second (2nd)

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, phasso kho, āvuso, eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

ekañ'hi saccaṃ na dutīyam'atthi, yasmiṃ pajā no vivade pajānaṃ, nānā te saccāni sayaṃ thunanti, tasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadanti.

dutiya →

bodhirasa

companion, partner, lit. second person

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

sacassa hoti avisayhaṃ, hatthavikārena dutiyaṃ āmantetvā hatthavilaṅghakena upaṭṭhāpema, na tv'eva mayaṃ, bhante, tappaccayā vācaṃ bhindāma

dutiyampi →

bodhirasa

for the second time

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

dutiyam'pi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.

SN 12.31 bhūtasuttaṃ

imassa nu kho, sāriputta, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo'ti? dutiyam'pi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi.

dutiyaṃ →

bodhirasa

second time

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

dutiyam'pi kho bhagavā tuṇhī ahosi.

dutiyā →

bodhirasa

second woman, another woman

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

supupphit'aggaṃ upagamma bhikkhuni, ekā tuvaṃ tiṭṭhasi sālamūle, na c'atthi te dutiyā vaṇṇadhātu, bāle na tvaṃ bhāyasi dhuttakānan'ti.

dutiyā vibhatti →

bodhirasa

accusative case

duvūpasamaya →

bodhirasa

difficult to calm

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? uddhataṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ taṃ etehi dhammehi duvūpasamayaṃ hoti.

dvaya →

bodhirasa

twofold, dual, double

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

na h'eva saccāni bahūni nānā, aññatra saññāya niccāni loke, takkañ'ca diṭṭhīsu pakappayitvā, saccaṃ musā'ti dvaya-dhammam'āhu.

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

so taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti, kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca.

dvaya →

bodhirasa

two kinds, pair, couple, dyad

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiṃ'p'ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ vadāmi. atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā, atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

kodho mosavajjañ'ca kathaṃkathā ca, ete'pi dhammā dvayam'eva sante, kathaṃkathī ñāṇapathāya sikkhe, ñatvā pavuttā samaṇena dhammā.

dāliddiya →

bodhirasa

poverty, neediness, poorness

DN 26.6 cakkavattisuttaṃ

adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullam'agamāsi. dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. tam'enaṃ aggahesuṃ.

dārumaya →

bodhirasa

wooden, made of wood

DHPa 1.11 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

yathā pana dāruādīhi nipphannāni tāni tāni bhaṇḍāni dārumaya-ādīni nāma honti, tathā te'pi manato nipphannattā manomayā nāma.

dāsabya →

bodhirasa

state of slavery, servitude

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so aparena samayena tamhā dāsabyā mucceyya attādhīno aparādhīno

dāya →

bodhirasa

wood, grove, park, forest

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena āyasmā anuruddho cetīsu viharati pācīna-vaṃsa-dāye

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

ucc'āvacā niccharanti, dāye aggisikh'ūpamā, nāriyo muniṃ palobhenti, tāsu taṃ mā palobhayuṃ.

dāyaka →

bodhirasa

giver, donor, sponsor

AN 5.35 dānānisaṃsasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yad'eva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati, yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, visārado'va upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto.

dāyapāla →

bodhirasa

park keeper, forester, fire guard

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

addasā kho dāyapālo bhagavantaṃ dūrato'va āgacchantaṃ

dāyāda →

bodhirasa

heir, inheritor, lit. receiver of what is given

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

desetu me, bhante, bhagavā saṃkhittena dhammaṃ, desetu sugato saṃkhittena dhammaṃ, app'eva nām'āhaṃ bhagavato bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājāneyyaṃ. app'eva nām'āhaṃ bhagavato bhāsitassa dāyādo assan'ti.

dāyādaka →

bodhirasa

heir, lit. receiver of what is given

TH 262 tālapuṭa theragāthā

paññāya chetvā vipathānusārinaṃ, yogena niggayha pathe nivesiya, disvā samudayaṃ vibhavañ'ca sambhavaṃ, dāyādako hehisi aggavādino.

dāyādikā →

bodhirasa

female heir, lit. receiver of what is given

THI 69 sundarī therīgāthā

hatthī gav'assaṃ maṇikuṇḍalañ'ca, phītañ'c'imaṃ gahavibhavaṃ pahāya, pitā pabbajito tuyhaṃ, bhuñja bhogāni sundari, tuvaṃ dāyādikā kule.

dīghaṃ yāti →

bodhirasa

gets lengthened, becomes long

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare lutte paro saro kvaci ṭhān'āsannaṃ dīghaṃ yāti.

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare lutte pubbo ca kvaci dīghaṃ yāti.

dīyati →

bodhirasa

is given, is offered

SN 1.32 maccharisuttaṃ

maccherā ca pamādā ca, evaṃ dānaṃ na dīyati, puññaṃ ākaṅkhamānena, deyyaṃ hoti vijānatā'ti.

AN 9.20 velāmasuttaṃ

ekam'antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etad'avoca, api nu te, gahapati, kule dānaṃ dīyatī'ti? dīyati me, bhante, kule dānaṃ. tañ'ca kho lūkhaṃ kaṇājakaṃ biḷaṅgadutiyan'ti.

dūteyya →

bodhirasa

errand, message

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

khetta-vatthu-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti dūteyya-pahiṇagamana-anuyogā paṭivirato hoti kaya-vikkayā paṭivirato hoti

ekacariya →

bodhirasa

living alone, solitude, lit. walking alone

DHP 61 bālavaggo

carañ'ce n'ādhigaccheyya, seyyaṃ sadisam'attano, ekacariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā, n'atthi bāle sahāyatā.

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

paṇḍito'ti samaññāto, ekacariyaṃ adhiṭṭhito, athā'pi methune yutto, mando'va parikissati.

ekacciya →

bodhirasa

a certain, some

JA 73 saccaṃkira jātakaṃ

saccaṃ kir'evam'āhaṃsu, narā ekacciyā idha, kaṭṭhaṃ uplāvitaṃ seyyo, na tvev'ekacciyo naro'ti.

ekaseyya →

bodhirasa

sleeping alone

DHP 305 pakiṇṇakavaggo

ek'āsanaṃ ekaseyyaṃ, eko caram'atandito, eko damayam'attānaṃ, vanante ramito siyā.

ekatiya →

bodhirasa

some, any

TH 259 sāriputta theragāthā

na vissase ekatiyesu evaṃ, agārisu pabbajitesu c'āpi, sādhū'pi hutvā na asādhu honti, asādhu hutvā puna sādhu honti.

ekaṃ samayaṃ →

bodhirasa

at one time, on one occasion

SN 1.11 nandanasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā aṅgesu viharati assapuraṃ nāma aṅgānaṃ nigamo.

ekaṃsavyākaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

which should be given a straight answer, which should be answered directly

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

atthi bhikkhave pañho ekaṃsavyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho vibhajjavyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho paṭipucchāvyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho ṭhapanīyo

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

eko ekāya →

bodhirasa

alone together (of a man and a woman), lit. one (m) with one (f)

VIN 1.3.1 paṭhamāniyata sikkhāpadaṃ

atha kho āyasmā udāyī yena sā kumārikā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā tassā kumārikāya saddhiṃ eko ekāya raho paṭicchanne āsane alaṃkammaniye nisajjaṃ kappesi kālayuttaṃ samullapanto kālayuttaṃ dhammaṃ bhaṇanto

ekuddesa →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) following one Patimokkha, lit. one recitation

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅgho samaggo sammodamāno avivadamāno ekuddeso phāsu viharati. saṅghe kho pana, bhikkhave, samagge na c'eva aññamaññaṃ akkosā honti, na ca aññamaññaṃ paribhāsā honti, na ca aññamaññaṃ parikkhepā honti, na ca aññamaññaṃ pariccajā honti.

ekākiya →

bodhirasa

alone, solitary

TH 262 tālapuṭa theragāthā

kadā nu'haṃ pabbatakandarāsu, ekākiyo addutiyo vihassaṃ, aniccato sabbabhavaṃ vipassaṃ, taṃ me idaṃ taṃ nu kadā bhavissati.

ekāyana →

bodhirasa

direct path, one-way

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad'idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā

etadaññāya →

bodhirasa

understanding this

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

evamassu vacanīyā →

bodhirasa

should be answered thus, should be replied to in this way

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃvādino, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā, yasmiṃ, āvuso, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ akālo bhāvanāya, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ kālo bhāvanāya?

evaṃ santāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

in this case, this being the case

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

evaṃbyākho →

bodhirasa

yes indeed, exactly so, most certainly

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evaṃbyākho ahaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā dhammaṃ desitaṃ ājānāmi yathā ye'me antarāyikā dhammā vuttā bhagavatā te paṭisevato n'ālaṃ antarāyāyā'ti.

evāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

so this, so like this

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati, seyyathidaṃ, doṇiñ'ca paṭicca cammañ'ca paṭicca daṇḍañ'ca paṭicca upadhāraṇe ca paṭicca tantiyo ca paṭicca koṇañ'ca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca ev'āyaṃ, bhante, vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā.

eyya →

bodhirasa

would go (to), should come

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

yā kācimā sammutiyo puthujjā, sabbāva etā na upeti vidvā, anūpayo so upayaṃ kim'eyya, diṭṭhe sute khantim'akubbamāno.

VIN 1.1.2 dutiya pārājikaṃ

gacch'āvuso aham'pi āgacchāmī'ti. eyyāsi bhante pur'āhaṃ haññāmī'ti

gabbhaseyyā →

bodhirasa

conception in a womb, lit. lying in a womb

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

diṭṭhiñ'ca anupaggamma, sīlavā dassanena sampanno, kāmesu vineyya gedhaṃ, na hi jātu gabbhaseyya punaretī'ti.

gahaṇatthāya →

bodhirasa

for the purpose of holding onto, for the sake of grasping

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

kull'ūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi nittharaṇ'atthāya, no gahaṇ'atthāya.

gahāyanta →

bodhirasa

picking up, grabbing hold (of), grasping

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

purimaṃ pahāya aparaṃ sitāse, ej'ānugā te na taranti saṅgaṃ, te uggahāyanti nirassajanti, kapī'va sākhaṃ pamuñcaṃ gahāyaṃ.

garuṭṭhāniya →

bodhirasa

standing in for the teacher, substituting the teacher

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatth'assa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañ'ca gāravo ca.

gaḷagaḷāyanta →

bodhirasa

pouring, thundering, making a gala-gala sound

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

idāni, bhante, deve vassante deve gaḷagaḷāyante vijjullatāsu niccharantīsu asaniyā phalantiyā dve kassakā bhātaro hatā cattāro ca balibaddā

gaḷagaḷāyati →

bodhirasa

pours, thunders, makes a gala-gala sound

TH 155 sambulakaccāna theragāthā

devo ca vassati devo ca gaḷagaḷāyati, ekako c'āhaṃ bherave bile viharāmi, tassa mayhaṃ ekakassa bherave bile viharato, n'atthi bhayaṃ vā chambhitattaṃ vā lomahaṃso vā.

gaṇayanta →

bodhirasa

counting, calculating

DHP 19 yamakavaggo

bahum'pi ce sahitaṃ bhāsamāno, na takkaro hoti naro pamatto, gopo'va gāvo gaṇayaṃ paresaṃ, na bhāgavā sāmaññassa hoti.

gaṇhiya →

bodhirasa

grasping, grabbing hold (of)

THI 71 vacchapāla theragāthā

āsādiya edisaṃ janaṃ, aggiṃ pajjalitaṃ va liṅgiya, gaṇhiya āsīvisaṃ viya, api nu sotthi siyā khamehi no.

geyya →

bodhirasa

mixed verse, mixed prose, lit. song

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.

ghaṭṭayanta →

bodhirasa

colliding, conflicting, clashing, offending

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

saññāvirattassa na santi ganthā, paññāvimuttassa na santi mohā, saññañ'ca diṭṭhiñ'ca ye aggahesuṃ, te ghaṭṭayantā vicaranti loke'ti.

ghānaviññeyya →

bodhirasa

known by the nose, lit. could be known by the nose

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ye te ghānaviññeyyā gandhā aghāyitā aghāyitapubbā, na ca ghāyasi, na ca te hoti ghāyeyyanti? atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

ghānaviññeyyā gandhā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā

ghānindriya →

bodhirasa

sense of smell, power of smell, lit. nose faculty

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjissāma, rakkhissāma ghānindriyaṃ, ghānindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjissāma

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, bho gotama, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti. katamāni pañca? cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ.

ghānāyatana →

bodhirasa

field of the nose, sense of smell

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ? cakkh'āyatanaṃ, sot'āyatanaṃ, ghān'āyatanaṃ, jivh'āyatanaṃ, kāy'āyatanaṃ, man'āyatanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ.

ghātayati →

bodhirasa

causes to kill

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

yathā ahaṃ tathā ete, yathā ete tathā ahaṃ, attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

DHP 130 daṇḍavaggo

sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbesaṃ jīvitaṃ piyaṃ, attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

ghāyanta →

bodhirasa

smelling

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yath'āssa ghāyato gandhaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

ghāyati →

bodhirasa

smells

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ye te ghānaviññeyyā gandhā aghāyitā aghāyitapubbā, na ca ghāyasi, na ca te hoti ghāyeyyanti? atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

gihippaṭisaṃyutta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) connected with laypeople

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasameyya, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

gilānappaccaya →

bodhirasa

support for the sick, healthcare

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yesañ'ca mayaṃ cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma, tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā

gocaravisaya →

bodhirasa

feeding ground, lit. pasture and environment

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

daḷhāya rajjuyā bandhitvā majjhe gaṇṭhiṃ karitvā ossajjeyya. atha kho, te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā nānāvisayā nānāgocarā sakaṃ sakaṃ gocaravisayaṃ āviñcheyyuṃ

gocaravisaya →

bodhirasa

range and domain, sense range, sense field

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

imesaṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, pañcannaṃ indriyānaṃ nānāvisayānaṃ nānāgocarānaṃ na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhontānaṃ mano paṭisaraṇaṃ, mano'va nesaṃ gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhotī'ti.

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, āvuso, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti, seyyathidaṃ, cakkhu'ndriyaṃ, sot'indriyaṃ, ghān'indriyaṃ, jivh'indriyaṃ, kāy'indriyaṃ.

gomaya →

bodhirasa

cow-dung, lit. made of cow

SN 22.96 gomayapiṇḍasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā parittaṃ gomaya-piṇḍaṃ pāṇinā gahetvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ etad'avoca. ettako'pi kho, bhikkhu, attabhāvapaṭilābho n'atthi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tath'eva ṭhassati.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

so tattha allāni c'eva tiṇāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca gomayāni pakkhipeyya, allāni ca kaṭṭhāni pakkhipeyya, udakavātañ'ca dadeyya, paṃsukena ca okireyya.

guhāsaya →

bodhirasa

dwelling in a cave, i.e. hidden in the heart

DHP 37 cittavaggo

dūraṅgamaṃ ekacaraṃ, asarīraṃ guhāsayaṃ, ye cittaṃ saṃyamessanti, mokkhanti mārabandhanā.

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

it'āyaṃ kodharūpena, maccupāso guhāsayo, taṃ damena samucchinde, paññāvīriyena diṭṭhiyā.

guttindriya →

bodhirasa

protecting the mind, guarding the sense faculties

AN 3.91 dutiya sikkhattayasuttaṃ

adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ, adhipaññañ'ca vīriyavā, thāmavā dhitimā jhāyī, sato guttindriyo care.

gāhayati →

bodhirasa

seizes (on), grabs hold (of)

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

upārambhaṃ na sikkheyya, khalitañ'ca na gāhaye, n'ābhihare n'ābhimadde, na vācaṃ payutaṃ bhaṇe.

gāthāya ajjhabhāsi →

bodhirasa

one addressed (one) in verse

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo bhagavantaṃ gāthāya ajjhabhāsi.

gāyati →

bodhirasa

sings

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

janapadakalyāṇī naccati gāyatī'ti kho, bhikkhave, bhiyyosomattāya mahājanakāyo sannipateyya.

gīveyyaka →

bodhirasa

necklace, neck chain

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci piḷandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati, yadi muddikāya yadi kuṇḍalāya yadi gīveyyakāya yadi suvaṇṇamālāya, tañ'c'assa atthaṃ anubhoti.

habya →

bodhirasa

oblation, offering

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam'eva so habya-seso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati

habyasesa →

bodhirasa

remains of a sacrificial offering

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam'eva so habyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati

hadaya →

bodhirasa

heart

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ, hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

osāne'tv'eva byāruddhe, disvā me aratī ahu, ath'ettha sallam'addakkhiṃ, duddasaṃ hadaya-nissitaṃ.

hadayanissita →

bodhirasa

stuck in the heart, embedded in the heart

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

osāne'tv'eva byāruddhe, disvā me aratī ahu, ath'ettha sallam'addakkhiṃ, duddasaṃ hadayanissitaṃ.

hadayaṅgama →

bodhirasa

heart warming, from the heart, touching the heart, lit. going to the heart

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

harāyamāna →

bodhirasa

being ashamed (of), being humiliated (by), being worried (by)

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

te iminā kāyena aṭṭīyamānā harāyamānā jigucchamānā satthahārakaṃ pariyesanti.

harāyati →

bodhirasa

is ashamed (of), is humiliated (by), is worried (by)

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

so tena uppannena manāpena uppannena amanāpena uppannena manāpāmanāpena aṭṭīyati harāyati jigucchati

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, pathaviyā sucim'pi nikkhipanti, asucim'pi nikkhipanti, gūthagatam'pi nikkhipanti, muttagatam'pi nikkhipanti, kheḷagatam'pi nikkhipanti, pubbagatam'pi nikkhipanti, lohitagatam'pi nikkhipanti, na ca tena pathavī aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā.

harīyati →

bodhirasa

is carried, is being carried around

MN 5 anaṅgaṇasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ jano disvā evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kim'ev'idaṃ harīyati jaññajaññaṃ viyā'ti?

hatthināga →

bodhirasa

mighty elephant, royal elephant

DHPa 1.1.5 kosambaka vatthu

tathāgatassa tattha hatthināgena upaṭṭhiyamānassa vasanabhāvo sakalajambudīpe pākaṭo ahosi

himavantu →

bodhirasa

Himalayas, lit. having snow

DHP 304 pakiṇṇakavaggo

dūre santo pakāsenti, himavanto'va pabbato, asant'ettha na dissanti, rattiṃ khittā yathā sarā.

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

te upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya pañcasatatāpase himavantato āgantvā nagare bhikkhāya carante disvā pasīditvā nisīdāpetvā bhojetvā paṭiññaṃ gahetvā cattāro māse attano santike vasāpetvā puna vassāratte āgamanatthāya paṭijānāpetvā uyyojesuṃ.

hirīyati →

bodhirasa

is ashamed (of), is humiliated (by), feels guilty (about)

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, hirīdhanaṃ

hiyyamāna →

bodhirasa

is decreasing, is diminishing, is vanishing, is perishing

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

purāṇaṃ n'ābhinandeyya, nave khantiṃ na kubbaye, hiyyamāne na soceyya, ākāsaṃ na sito siyā.

hupeyya →

bodhirasa

it could be, it may be

MN 26 pāsarāsisuttaṃ

hupeyya'pāvuso'ti vatvā

huveyya →

bodhirasa

it could be, it may be

- -

only occurs in pāli grammarian's imaginations

hāpayati →

bodhirasa

neglects, omits, forgets, lit. causes to abandon

DHP 166 attavaggo

atta'd'atthaṃ par'atthena, bahunā'pi na hāpaye, atta'd'attham'abhiññāya, sadatthapasuto siyā.

hārayati →

bodhirasa

causes to take, causes to steal

SNP 26 dhammikasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 14

tato adinnaṃ parivajjayeyya, kiñci kvaci sāvako bujjhamāno, na hāraye harataṃ n'ānujaññā, sabbaṃ adinnaṃ parivajjayeyya.

hāyati →

bodhirasa

decreases, dwindles, diminishes, declines, disappears

DN 18.4 janavasabhasuttaṃ

tena sudaṃ, bhante, devatā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pīti-somanassajātā dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asurakāyā'ti

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, na ca hāyetha kadāci tulyasevī, seṭṭham'upanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā'ti.

hāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

indeed this

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

evam'etaṃ, gahapati, evam'etaṃ, gahapati! āturo h'āyaṃ, gahapati, kāyo aṇḍabhūto pariyonaddho.

hīnavīriya →

bodhirasa

low in energy, unenergetic, weak, feeble

DHP 7 yamakavaggo

subh'ānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ, bhojanamhi c'āmattaññuṃ, kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ, taṃ ve pasahati māro, vāto rukkhaṃ'va dubbalaṃ.

DHP 112 sahassavaggo

yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, kusīto hīnavīriyo, ek'āhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, vīriyam'ārabhato daḷhaṃ.

hīnāyāvatta →

bodhirasa

reverted back to lay-life, returned to the secular world, lit. gone back to the low

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ūmibhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvatto. ūmibhayan'ti kho, bhikkhave, kodh'ūpāyāsass'etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ūmibhayaṃ.

hīnāyāvattati →

bodhirasa

reverts back to lay-life, returns to the secular world, lit. goes back to the low

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

so kupito anattamano sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvattati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ūmibhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvatto.

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

so rāg'ānuddhaṃsena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigacchati maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. maraṇañ'h'etaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye yo sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvattati.

hīnāyāvattitvā →

bodhirasa

having reverted back to lay-life, having returned to the secular world, lit. having gone back to the low

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

sakkā bhoge ca bhuñjituṃ puññāni ca kātuṃ. yaṃnūn'āhaṃ sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvattitvā bhoge ca bhuñjeyyaṃ puññāni ca kareyyan'ti.

hīyattanī →

bodhirasa

imperfect past tense, used to describe ongoing action

icchāyasantyā →

bodhirasa

when desire does not exist

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

nāmañ'ca rūpañ'ca paṭicca phasso, icchānidānāni pariggahāni, icchāy'asantyā na mamattam'atthi, rūpe vibhūte na phusanti phassā.

idamavocāyasmā →

bodhirasa

venerable said this

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

idam'avoc'āyasmā sāriputto. attamano āyasmā mahākoṭṭhiko āyasmato sāriputtassa bhāsitaṃ abhinandī'ti.

idappaccayatā →

bodhirasa

conditionality, dependence

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjāya nivuto loko'ti. avijjā'ti … idappaccayatā-paṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ

iddhipāṭihāriya →

bodhirasa

miracle of psychic power

DN 11.2 kevaṭṭasuttaṃ

imaṃ kho ahaṃ, kevaṭṭa, iddhipāṭihāriye ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno iddhipāṭihāriyena aṭṭīyāmi harāyāmi jigucchāmi

iddhiyā →

bodhirasa

psychically, lit. with psychic power

DHP 175 lokavaggo

haṃs'ādiccapathe yanti, ākāse yanti iddhiyā, nīyanti dhīrā lokamhā, jetvā māraṃ savāhiniṃ.

SN 21.1 kolitasuttaṃ

atha kho maṃ, āvuso, bhagavā iddhiyā upasaṅkamitvā etad'avoca, moggallāna, moggallāna, mā, brāhmaṇa, ariyaṃ tuṇhībhāvaṃ pamādo, ariye tuṇhībhāve cittaṃ saṇṭhapehi

imāya →

bodhirasa

by this

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

imāya ca, kassapa, mattāya iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā abhavissa brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, n'etaṃ abhavissa kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

ayaṃ loko imāya avijjāya āvuto nivuto ovuto pihito paṭicchanno paṭikujjito'ti, avijjāya nivuto loko.

indriya →

bodhirasa

sense, mental faculty, power, lit. belonging to Indra

DHP 7 yamakavaggo

subh'ānupassiṃ viharantaṃ, indriyesu asaṃvutaṃ, bhojanamhi c'āmattaññuṃ, kusītaṃ hīnavīriyaṃ, taṃ ve pasahati māro, vāto rukkhaṃ'va dubbalaṃ.

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, indriyesu guttadvārā viharatha.

indriya →

bodhirasa

features, appearance, faculties

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

vippasannāni kho te, gahapati, indriyāni, parisuddho mukhavaṇṇo pariyodāto.

indriyabhāvanā →

bodhirasa

development of the sense faculties, mental development

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

kathañ'c'ānanda ariyassa vinaye anuttarā indriyabhāvanā hoti?

indriyasaṃvara →

bodhirasa

control of the mind, sense restraint

DN 2.16 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

so iminā ariyena indriyasaṃvarena samannāgato ajjhattaṃ abyāsekasukhaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti

indriyāsaṃvara →

bodhirasa

not restraining the senses, not controlling the mind, lit. non-restraint of faculties

AN 10.61 avijjāsuttaṃ

ko c'āhāro tiṇṇaṃ duccaritānaṃ? indriyāsaṃvaro'ti'ssa vacanīyaṃ. indriyāsaṃvaram'p'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, sāhāraṃ vadāmi, no anāhāraṃ. ko c'āhāro indriyāsaṃvarassa? asatāsampajaññan'ti'ssa vacanīyaṃ

iriyamāna →

bodhirasa

moving about, going around

SNP 60 dhotaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 5

passām'ahaṃ devamanussaloke, akiñcanaṃ brāhmaṇam'iriyamānaṃ, taṃ taṃ namassāmi samantacakkhu, pamuñca maṃ sakka kathaṃkathāhi.

iriyati →

bodhirasa

behaves, acts, conducts oneself, lives, lit. moves about

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

bhagavā hi kāme abhibhuyya iriyati, ādicco'va pathaviṃ tejī tejasā, parittapaññassa me bhūripañña, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

iriyā →

bodhirasa

posture, deportment

DN 22.3 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

iriyā-patha-pabbaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ

iriyā →

bodhirasa

conduct, behaviour, way of living, lit. movement

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

ye ca saṅkhātadhammāse, ye ca sekhā puthū idha, tesaṃ me nipako iriyaṃ, puṭṭho pabrūhi mārisa.

iriyāna →

bodhirasa

moving about, going around

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

sa ve vidvā sa vedagū, ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito, sammā so loke iriyāno, na pihet'īdha kassaci.

iriyāpatha →

bodhirasa

way of carrying oneself, range of postures, mode of deportment

MN 20 vitakkasaṇṭhānasuttaṃ

evañ'hi so, bhikkhave, puriso oḷārikaṃ oḷārikaṃ iriyāpathaṃ abhinivajjetvā sukhumaṃ sukhumaṃ iriyāpathaṃ kappeyya.

issariya →

bodhirasa

in charge (of), in power (of), in control (of)

DHP 73 bālavaggo

asantaṃ bhāvanam'iccheyya, purekkhārañ'ca bhikkhusu, āvāsesu ca issariyaṃ, pūjā parakulesu ca.

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

itthiṃ soṇḍiṃ vikiraṇiṃ, purisaṃ vā'pi tādisaṃ, issariyasmiṃ ṭhāpeti, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

iṇaṃ ādāya →

bodhirasa

having taken a loan, having taken on a debt, having borrowed capital

DN 2.19 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

ahaṃ kho pubbe iṇaṃ ādāya kammante payojesiṃ.

jambuka →

bodhirasa

jackal, lit. yawner

DHPa 1.5.11 jambukatthera vatthu

kiṃ pana tvaṃ mahābrahmato'pi uttaritaro'ti? āma, jambuka, ahañ'hi brahmunā'pi atibrahmā'ti

janakāya →

bodhirasa

crowd of people, lit. people body

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ mahā janakāyo saṅgamma samāgamma āyāceyya thomeyya pañjaliko anuparisakkeyya, ayaṃ puriso kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjatū'ti.

janapadakalyāṇī →

bodhirasa

beauty queen, beauty of the land

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, janapadakalyāṇī, janapadakalyāṇī'ti kho, bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo sannipateyya.

jaya →

bodhirasa

victory, conquest, winning

DHP 201 sukhavaggo

jayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, dukkhaṃ seti parājito, upasanto sukhaṃ seti, hitvā jayaparājayaṃ.

jayampatikā →

bodhirasa

wife and husband

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, dve jayampatikā parittaṃ sambalaṃ ādāya kantāramaggaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ

jayaparājaya →

bodhirasa

victory and defeat, conquest and loss, winning and losing

DHP 201 sukhavaggo

jayaṃ veraṃ pasavati, dukkhaṃ seti parājito, upasanto sukhaṃ seti, hitvā jayaparājayaṃ.

jayati →

bodhirasa

defeats, conquers, beats

VVa 1.3.5 guttila vimānavaṇṇanā

aññadatthu sissaṃ musilaṃ ācariya tvam'eva jayissasi

jeyya →

bodhirasa

should conquer, could defeat, could overcome

DHP 103 sahassavaggo

yo sahassaṃ sahassena, saṅgāme mānuse jine, ekañ'ca jeyya'm'attānaṃ, sa ve saṅgāmaj'uttamo, attā have jitaṃ seyyo, yā c'āyaṃ itarā pajā.

jhāyanta →

bodhirasa

meditating, contemplating

DHP 27 appamādavaggo

mā pamādam'anuyuñjetha, mā kāmaratisanthavaṃ, appamatto hi jhāyanto, pappoti vipulaṃ sukhaṃ.

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

jhāyanta →

bodhirasa

burning, blazing

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, āvuso, telappadīpassa jhāyato acciṃ paṭicca ābhā paññāyati, ābhaṃ paṭicca acci paññāyati, evam'eva kho, āvuso, āyu usmaṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhati, usmā āyuṃ paṭicca tiṭṭhatī'ti.

jhāyati pajjhāyati nijjhāyati apajjhāyati →

bodhirasa

meditates, over-meditates, under-meditates, mis-meditates

MN 50 māratajjanīyasuttaṃ

evam'ev'ime muṇḍakā samaṇakā ibbhā kiṇhā bandhupādāpaccā, jhāyino'smā jhāyino'smā'ti pattakkhandhā adhomukhā madhurakajātā jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti.

AN 6.46 mahācundasuttaṃ

idh'āvuso, dhammayogā bhikkhū jhāyī bhikkhū apasādenti, ime pana jhāyino'mhā, jhāyino'mhā'ti jhāyanti pajjhāyanti nijjhāyanti apajjhāyanti.

jhāyati →

bodhirasa

meditates, contemplates, lit. thinks

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

etāni, bhikkhu, rukkhamūlāni, etāni suññāgārāni. jhāyatha, bhikkhu, mā pamād'attha, mā pacchā vippaṭisārino ahuvattha. ayaṃ vo amhākaṃ anusāsanī'ti.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa jhānapasuto dhīro, vanante ramito siyā, jhāyetha rukkhamūlasmiṃ, attānam'abhitosayaṃ.

jhāyati →

bodhirasa

broods, thinks moodily, hangs the head down

DHP 155 jarāvaggo

acaritvā brahmacariyaṃ, aladdhā yobbane dhanaṃ, jiṇṇakoñcā'va jhāyanti, khīṇamacche'va pallale.

jhāyati →

bodhirasa

is burned, is on fire, is consumed

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

saṅkappehi pareto so, kapaṇo viya jhāyati, sutvā paresaṃ nigghosaṃ, maṅku hoti tathāvidho.

jimheyya →

bodhirasa

crookedness, dishonesty, subterfuge

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

yāni kho pan'assa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu.

jivhindriya →

bodhirasa

sense of taste, power of taste, lit. tongue faculty

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjissāma, rakkhissāma jivhindriyaṃ, jivhindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjissāma

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, bho gotama, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti. katamāni pañca? cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ.

jivhāviññeyya →

bodhirasa

known by the tongue, lit. could be known by the tongue

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ye te jivhāviññeyyā rasā asāyitā asāyitapubbā, na ca sāyasi, na ca te hoti sāyeyyanti? atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

jivhāviññeyyā rasā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā

jivhāyatana →

bodhirasa

field of taste, sense of taste

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ? cakkh'āyatanaṃ, sot'āyatanaṃ, ghān'āyatanaṃ, jivh'āyatanaṃ, kāy'āyatanaṃ, man'āyatanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ.

jiyyati →

bodhirasa

grows old, gets worn out, gets tired of

TH 179 sāṭimattiya theragāthā

aniccā hi calā saddhā, evaṃ diṭṭhā hi sā mayā, rajjanti'pi virajjanti, tattha kiṃ jiyyate muni.

jotayanta →

bodhirasa

radiating, shining, beaming, glowing

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

ṭhitako'va mātukucchisambhavena kenaci asucinā amakkhito suddho visado kāsikavatthe nikkhittamaṇiratanaṃ viya jotayanto mātukucchito nikkhami.

jotayati →

bodhirasa

makes clear, explains, illuminates, lit. cause to illuminate

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

bhāsaye jotaye dhammaṃ, paggaṇhe isinaṃ dhajaṃ, subhāsitadhajā isayo, dhammo hi isinaṃ dhajo'ti.

jāgariya →

bodhirasa

being awake, wakefulness

AN 4.37 aparihāniyasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sīlasampanno hoti, indriyesu guttadvāro hoti, bhojane mattaññū hoti, jāgariyaṃ anuyutto hoti.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

niddaṃ na bahulīkareyya, jāgariyaṃ bhajeyya ātāpī, tandiṃ māyaṃ hassaṃ khiḍḍaṃ, methunaṃ vippajahe savibhūsaṃ.

jāniyāma →

bodhirasa

we may know, we could understand

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

kathaṃ sametassa vibhoti rūpaṃ, sukhaṃ dukhañ'cā'pi kathaṃ vibhoti, etaṃ me pabrūhi yathā vibhoti, taṃ jāniyāmā'ti me mano ahu.

jātijarāmaraṇiya →

bodhirasa

leading to birth old age and death

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

bāhitāssa honti pāpakā akusalā dhammā saṃkilesikā ponobbhavikā sadarā dukkhavipākā āyatiṃ jātijarāmaraṇiyā

jātikkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of rebirth, end of being born

MN 91 brahmāyusuttaṃ

pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedi, sagg'āpāyañ'ca passati, atho jātikkhayaṃ patto, abhiññā vosito muni.

jātipaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of birth, birth as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti.

jāyampatikā →

bodhirasa

wife and husband

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, dve jāyampatikā parittaṃ sambalaṃ ādāya kantāramaggaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ

jāyapatikā →

bodhirasa

wife and husband

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, dve jāyapatikā parittaṃ sambalaṃ ādāya kantāramaggaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ

jāyati →

bodhirasa

is born, comes into being

DN 14.11 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

kicchaṃ vat'āyaṃ loko āpanno, jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca, atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhaddo assājānīyo ubhato sujāto hoti, mātito ca pitito ca. yassaṃ disāyaṃ aññe'pi bhaddā assājānīyā jāyanti, tassaṃ disāyaṃ jāto hoti.

jāyati →

bodhirasa

arises, is produced

DHP 212 piyavaggo

piyato jāyatī soko, piyato jāyatī bhayaṃ, piyato vippamuttassa, natthi soko kuto bhayaṃ.

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

jāyā →

bodhirasa

wife

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, dve jāyam'patikā parittaṃ sambalaṃ ādāya kantāramaggaṃ paṭipajjeyyuṃ

jīrīyati →

bodhirasa

is aged, is matured, grows old

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ tejo tejogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, yena ca santappati yena ca jīrīyati yena ca pariḍayhati yena ca asitapītakhāyitasāyitaṃ sammā pariṇāmaṃ gacchati … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā tejodhātu.

jīvitapariyādāna →

bodhirasa

exhaustion of life, using up lifespan

DN 1.21 brahmajālasuttaṃ

yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati tāva naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā na naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā'ti

jīvitasaṅkhaya →

bodhirasa

end of life, life is exhausted

DHP 331 nāgavaggo

atthamhi jātamhi sukhā sahāyā, tuṭṭhī sukhā yā itarītarena, puññaṃ sukhaṃ jīvitasaṅkhayamhi, sabbassa dukkhassa sukhaṃ pahānaṃ.

jīvitindriya →

bodhirasa

life faculty, life force, power of life

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ? yaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyass'upacchedo, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ

jīyati →

bodhirasa

diminishes, decreases, gets less

JA 528 mahābodhi jātakaṃ

tasmā n'ābhikkhaṇaṃ gacche, na ca gacche cirāciraṃ, kālena yācaṃ yāceyya, evaṃ mittā na jīyare.

jīyati →

bodhirasa

grows old, gets old

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

yattha nu kho, bhante, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, sakkā nu kho so, bhante, gamanena lokassa anto ñātuṃ vā daṭṭhuṃ vā pāpuṇituṃ vā'ti?

jīyati →

bodhirasa

is defeated (in), is conquered (in), suffers loss (in)

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

sabbaso nāmarūpasmiṃ, yassa n'atthi mamāyitaṃ, asatā ca na socati, sa ve loke na jīyati.

kadariya →

bodhirasa

miserly, stingy, niggardly

DHP 177 lokavaggo

na ve kadariyā devalokaṃ vajanti, bālā have nappasaṃsanti dānaṃ, dhīro ca dānaṃ anumodamāno, ten'eva so hoti sukhī parattha.

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

rosako kadariyo ca, pāpiccho maccharī saṭho, ahiriko anottappī, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

kadariya →

bodhirasa

miserliness, stinginess, tight-fistedness

DHP 223 kodhavaggo

akkodhena jine kodhaṃ, asādhuṃ sādhunā jine, jine kadariyaṃ dānena, saccen'ālikavādinaṃ.

kallaṃ vacanāya →

bodhirasa

it is suitable to say, it is correct to say

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatr'eva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā hoti brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, tasmā etaṃ kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

kalyāṇa →

bodhirasa

good, favourable, propitious, beneficial

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

kammassakomhi kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko'ti.

kalyāṇa →

bodhirasa

goodness, good deeds, virtue, merit, benefit

DHP 116 pāpavaggo

abhittharetha kalyāṇe, pāpā cittaṃ nivāraye, dandhañ'hi karoto puññaṃ, pāpasmiṃ ramatī mano.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇa-pīti, vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni, aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante, caturo sahetha paridevadhamme.

kalyāṇadhamma →

bodhirasa

good-natured, upright nature, of solid character

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, puggalo sevitabbo bhajitabbo payirupāsitabbo? idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sīlavā hoti kalyāṇadhammo.

kalyāṇakamma →

bodhirasa

good deed, beneficial action, act of kindness

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

ayaṃ varāko kiñcā'pi idāni sukhito susajjito bhoge paribhuñjati, atha kho tīsu dvāresu ekenā'pi katassa kalyāṇakammassa abhāvā idāni apāyesu anappakaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedissatī'ti.

kalyāṇamitta →

bodhirasa

with excellent friends, with good spiritual companions

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko'ti.

kalyāṇamitta →

bodhirasa

excellent friend, good spiritual companion

THI 63 kisāgotamī therīgāthā

kalyāṇamittatā muninā, lokaṃ ādissa vaṇṇitā, kalyāṇamitte bhajamāno, api bālo paṇḍito assa.

kalyāṇamittatā →

bodhirasa

excellent friendship, spiritual companionship

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

uṭṭhānaṃ anālasyaṃ bhogānaṃ āhāro, maṇḍanā vibhūsanā vaṇṇassa āhāro, sappāyakiriyā ārogyassa āhāro, kalyāṇamittatā sīlānaṃ āhāro

kalyāṇapāpaka →

bodhirasa

good and bad, good and evil

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

atha vā pan'assa evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti, yo me ayaṃ attā vado vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti so kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tath'eva ṭhassatī'ti

kalyāṇapīti →

bodhirasa

good delight, excellent joy

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇapīti, vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni, aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante, caturo sahetha paridevadhamme.

kalyāṇasahāya →

bodhirasa

with good companions, having good friends

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko'ti.

kalyāṇasampavaṅka →

bodhirasa

with good associates, having good companions

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ kalyāṇo kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, kalyāṇamitto purisapuggalo kalyāṇasahāyo kalyāṇasampavaṅko'ti.

kalyāṇavāca →

bodhirasa

well-spoken, eloquent

AN 4.97 khippanisantisuttaṃ

no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā

kalyāṇavākkaraṇa →

bodhirasa

well-spoken, eloquent

DN 4.5 soṇadaṇḍasuttaṃ

bahussuto ca soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo, kalyāṇavākkaraṇo ca soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo, paṇḍito ca soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo, pahoti ca soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo samaṇena gotamena saddhiṃ asmiṃ vacane paṭimantetun'ti

AN 4.97 khippanisantisuttaṃ

no ca kalyāṇavāco hoti kalyāṇavākkaraṇo poriyā vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā

kalyāṇī →

bodhirasa

excellent, good, auspicious, most fortunate

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu! bhaddako kho te, bhikkhu, ummaggo, bhaddakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ, kalyāṇī paripucchā

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

sādhu sādhu, bhikkhu, suggahitāni te, bhikkhu, soḷasa aṭṭhakavaggikāni sumanasikatāni sūpadhāritāni, kalyāṇiyā'si vācāya samannāgato vissaṭṭhāya anelagaḷāya atthassa viññāpaniyā.

kamanīya →

bodhirasa

desirable, beautiful, sweet

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃ-kamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti?

kammadhāraya samāsa →

bodhirasa

adjectival compound, descriptive determinative compound

kammadāyāda →

bodhirasa

heir of actions, who bears the consequences of actions

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

kammassakomhi kammadāyādo kammayoni kammabandhu kammapaṭisaraṇo, yaṃ kammaṃ karissāmi kalyāṇaṃ vā pāpakaṃ vā tassa dāyādo bhavissāmī'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ

kammaniya →

bodhirasa

ready, workable, suitable for use

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

pañc'ime, bhikkhave, jātarūpassa upakkilesā, yehi upakkilesehi upakkiliṭṭhaṃ jātarūpaṃ na c'eva mudu hoti na ca kammaniyaṃ na ca pabhassaraṃ pabhaṅgu ca na ca sammā upeti kammāya.

kammappatta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) eligible to take part in the legal action, entitled to participate in the formal act

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

uposatho, yāvatikā ca bhikkhū, kammappattā, sabhāgāpattiyo ca, na vijjanti, vajjanīyā ca, puggalā tasmiṃ na honti, pattakallan'ti vuccati.

kammappavacanīya →

bodhirasa

use of the accusative case

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

evaṃ liṅga, sabbanāma, pada, upasagga, nipāta, taddhita, ākhyāta, kammappavacanīya-ādisaññā ca.

kamya →

bodhirasa

wishing for, desiring, longing for

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

lābha-kamyā na sikkhati, alābhe ca na kuppati, aviruddho ca taṇhāya, rasesu n'ānugijjhati.

kamyatā →

bodhirasa

wish, desire, longing

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo ve kiñcikkha-kamyatā, panthasmiṃ vajantaṃ janaṃ, hantvā kiñcikkham'ādeti, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, sunakkhatta, puriso manuññabhojanaṃ bhuttāvī chaḍḍeyya. taṃ kiṃ maññasi, sunakkhatta, api nu tassa purisassa tasmiṃ vante puna bhottu'kamyatā assā'ti?

kamyā →

bodhirasa

out of desire for, from wish for

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

lābha-kamyā na sikkhati, alābhe ca na kuppati, aviruddho ca taṇhāya, rasesu n'ānugijjhati.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya, upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci, gāme ca n'ābhisajjeyya, lābha-kamyā janaṃ na lapayeyya.

kappayati →

bodhirasa

(of ideas and opinions) makes up, forms, fashions, constructs, plans, devises

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

na kappayanti na purekkharonti, dhammā'pi tesaṃ na paṭicchitāse, na brāhmaṇo sīlavatena neyyo, pāraṅgato na pacceti tādī'ti.

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

na kappayanti na purekkharonti, accantasuddhī'ti na te vadanti, ādānaganthaṃ gathitaṃ visajja, āsaṃ na kubbanti kuhiñci loke.

kappiya →

bodhirasa

allowable, suitable, appropriate

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

kappiyaṃ taṃ ce chādeti, cīvaraṃ idam'atthikaṃ, alaṃ phāsuvihārāya, pahit'attassa bhikkhuno.

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

kappiyaṃ te khāditabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na khāditabbaṃ, kappiyaṃ te bhuñjitabbaṃ, akappiyaṃ te na bhuñjitabbaṃ

kappiya →

bodhirasa

constructed, fashioned, fabricated

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sa pannabhāro muni vippamutto, na kappiyo n'ūparato na patthiyo'ti.

karaṇīya →

bodhirasa

duty, obligation, what should be done, which should have been done

TH 172 bākula theragāthā

yo pubbe karaṇīyāni, pacchā so kātum'icchati, sukhā so dhaṃsate ṭhānā, pacchā ca manutappati.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

khīṇā jāti, vusitaṃ brahmacariyaṃ, kataṃ karaṇīyaṃ, n'āparaṃ itthattāyā'ti pajānāti.

karaṇīya →

bodhirasa

should be done, must be done, ought to be made

AN 10.51 sacittasuttaṃ

tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesaṃ'y'eva pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ pahānāya adhimatto chando ca vāyāmo ca ussāho ca ussoḷhī ca appaṭivānī ca sati ca sampajaññañ'ca karaṇīyaṃ.

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

akusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkhudrayaṃ dukkhavipākan'ti, evarūpaṃ te, rāhula, kāyena kammaṃ sasakkaṃ na karaṇīyaṃ.

karuṇāyamāna →

bodhirasa

pitying, feeling compassion (for), having kindness (for unfortunate beings)

SNP 60 dhotaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 5

anusāsa brahme karuṇāyamāno, vivekadhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, yath'āhaṃ ākāso'va abyāpajjamāno, idh'eva santo asito careyyaṃ.

karuṇāyati →

bodhirasa

pities, feels sorry (for), feels compassion (for), has kindness (for unfortunate beings)

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

kathañ'ca bhikkhu karuṇāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati? seyyathā'pi nāma ekaṃ puggalaṃ duggataṃ durūpetaṃ disvā karuṇāyeyya, evam'eva sabbasatte karuṇāya pharatī'ti

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

aññadatthu, ayaṃ varāko idāni marissati, yaṃ yad'eva hi ayaṃ padaṃ nikkhipati, tena tena santike maraṇassa hotī'ti taṃ jano karuṇāyati.

kathayati →

bodhirasa

speaks, tells, relates

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

taṃ kathaṃ kathaye dhīro, aviruddho anussito, anunnatena manasā, apaḷāso asāhaso.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

na ca katthitā siyā bhikkhu, na ca vācaṃ payuttaṃ bhāseyya, pāgabbhiyaṃ na sikkheyya, kathaṃ viggāhikaṃ na kathayeyya.

kaya →

bodhirasa

buying

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

khetta-vatthu-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti dūteyya-pahiṇagamana-anuyogā paṭivirato hoti kaya-vikkayā paṭivirato hoti

kayavikkaya →

bodhirasa

buying and selling, trade

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

khetta-vatthu-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti dūteyya-pahiṇagamana-anuyogā paṭivirato hoti kayavikkayā paṭivirato hoti

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya, upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci, gāme ca n'ābhisajjeyya, lābhakamyā janaṃ na lapayeyya.

kaṅkhāṭhāniya →

bodhirasa

doubtful, uncertain, perplexing, lit. based on doubt

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

tassa te āyasmanto avivaṭañ'c'eva vivaranti, anuttānīkatañ'ca uttānī karonti, anekavihitesu ca kaṅkhāṭhāniyesu dhammesu kaṅkhaṃ paṭivinodenti.

kaṇājaka bilaṅgadutiya →

bodhirasa

rice husk porridge served with sour gruel

AN 9.20 velāmasuttaṃ

ekam'antaṃ nisinnaṃ kho anāthapiṇḍikaṃ gahapatiṃ bhagavā etad'avoca, api nu te, gahapati, kule dānaṃ dīyatī'ti? dīyati me, bhante, kule dānaṃ. tañ'ca kho lūkhaṃ kaṇājakaṃ biḷaṅgadutiyan'ti.

khamanīya →

bodhirasa

bearable, tolerable, holding up, lit. able to be endured

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

kacci vo, anuruddhā, khamanīyaṃ, kacci yāpanīyaṃ, kacci piṇḍakena na kilamathā'ti?

khattiya →

bodhirasa

of warrior caste, of high caste, of ruling caste

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

appabhogo mahātaṇho, khattiye jāyate kule, so ca rajjaṃ patthayati, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

khattiya →

bodhirasa

(man of the) warrior caste, high caste, ruling caste, noble man

DHP 294 pakiṇṇakavaggo

mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca khattiye, raṭṭhaṃ sānucaraṃ hantvā, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

anejaṃ mūladassāviṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ, kiṃ nissitā isayo manujā, khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ, yaññam'akappayiṃsu puthū'dha loke, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

khattiyakula →

bodhirasa

family of the ruling class

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, khattiyakulā ce'pi agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, so ca tathāgatappaveditaṃ dhammavinayaṃ āgamma, evaṃ mettaṃ karuṇaṃ muditaṃ upekkhaṃ bhāvetvā labhati ajjhattaṃ vūpasamaṃ.

khattiyaparisā →

bodhirasa

assembly of the ruling caste

AN 5.35 dānānisaṃsasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yad'eva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati, yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, visārado'va upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto.

khaya →

bodhirasa

exhaustion (of), extinction (of), depletion (of), annihilation (of), destruction (of)

ITI 16 paṭhamasekhasuttaṃ

yoniso manasikāro, dhammo sekhassa bhikkhuno, natth'añño evaṃ bahukāro, uttam'atthassa pattiyā, yoniso padahaṃ bhikkhu, khayaṃ dukkhassa pāpuṇe'ti.

AN 10.51 sacittasuttaṃ

tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesu'y'eva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṃ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo'ti.

khiyati →

bodhirasa

is destroyed, is exhausted, is worn away, is drained

SN 20.6 dhanuggahasuttaṃ

yathā ca bhikkhave tassa purisassa javo, yathā ca candimasuriyānaṃ javo, yathā ca yā devatā candimasuriyānaṃ purato dhāvanti, tāsaṃ devatānaṃ javo, tato sīghataraṃ āyusaṅkhārā khiyanti.

khvāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

indeed this, truly this

SN 5.5 uppalavaṇṇāsuttaṃ

atha kho uppalavaṇṇāya bhikkhuniyā etad'ahosi, ko nu khv'āyaṃ manusso vā amanusso vā gāthaṃ bhāsatī'ti?

khādanīya →

bodhirasa

edible food, non-staple food e.g. vegetables, sweets etc.

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

yam'pi no saddhā gahapatikā divā vikāle paṇītaṃ khādanīyaṃ vā bhojanīyaṃ vā denti, tatra'p'ime mukh'āvaraṇaṃ maññe karontī'ti.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

annānam'atho pānānaṃ, khādanīyānaṃ atho'pi vatthānaṃ, laddhā na sannidhiṃ kayirā, na ca parittase tāni alabhamāno.

khāyati →

bodhirasa

appears to be, seems to be, is seen as

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

tassa taṃ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññ'eva khāyeyya, tucchakaññ'eva khāyeyya, asārakaññ'eva khāyeyya.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

idha pana, bhikkhave, ekaccassa puggalassa tādisaṃ'y'eva appamattakaṃ pāpakammaṃ kataṃ diṭṭhadhammavedanīyaṃ hoti, nānupi khāyati, kiṃ bahu'd'eva.

khīyati →

bodhirasa

is destroyed, is exhausted, is worn away, is drained

TH 133 heraññakāni theragāthā

accayanti ahorattā, jīvitaṃ uparujjhati, āyu khīyati maccānaṃ, kunnadīnaṃ'va odakaṃ.

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yathā'ssa passato rūpaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

khīṇaniraya →

bodhirasa

finished with (rebirth in) hell

AN 5.179 gihisuttaṃ

so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya khīṇanirayo-amhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇ'āpāyaduggativinipāto sotāpannoham'asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo'ti

kicca →

bodhirasa

primary derivative, an affix added to roots to form passive past participles and potential particles, e.g. -anīya, -tabba etc

kiccakaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

work to be done, duties to do

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

santi hi, moggallāna, kulesu kiccakaraṇīyāni

kimatthiya →

bodhirasa

what’s the purpose of?

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

paññā pan'āvuso, kim'atthiyā'ti? paññā kho, āvuso, abhiññatthā pariññatthā pahān'atthā'ti.

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññasi, rāhula, kimatthiyo ādāso'ti? paccavekkhaṇattho, bhante'ti.

kiriyā →

bodhirasa

action, activity, deed, performance, process

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

ālasyaṃ anuṭṭhānaṃ bhogānaṃ paripantho, amaṇḍanā avibhūsanā vaṇṇassa paripantho, asappāya-kiriyā ārogyassa paripantho

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

tassa imissā ca asappāya-kiriyāya, asuci visadoso apanīto saupādiseso tad'ubhayena vaṇo puthuttaṃ gaccheyya.

kittayati →

bodhirasa

explains, declares, relates

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

kittayissāmi te dhammaṃ, diṭṭhe dhamme anītihaṃ, yaṃ viditvā sato caraṃ, tare loke visattikaṃ.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

attadaṇḍā bhayaṃ jātaṃ, janaṃ passatha medhagaṃ, saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi, yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā.

kiyādigaṇa →

bodhirasa

√kī etc group, root group 5 nā

kiñhi no siyā →

bodhirasa

what else could it be? how could it be otherwise? certainly!

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

nan'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, kevalo paripūro bāladhammo'ti? kiñ'hi no siyā, bhante, kevalo hi, bhante, paripūro bāladhammo'ti.

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

etassa pana vo, anuruddhā, vihārassa samatikkamāya etassa vihārassa paṭippassaddhiyā atthañño uttarimanussadhammā alam'ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro'ti? kiñ'hi no siyā, bhante.

kodhūpāyāsa →

bodhirasa

anger and irritation, wrath and agitation

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ūmibhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvatto. ūmibhayan'ti kho, bhikkhave, kodh'ūpāyāsassa-etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ūmibhayaṃ.

koseyya →

bodhirasa

silken, lit. from a cocoon

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ

koseyya →

bodhirasa

silk, lit. from a cocoon

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyya-sukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ

koseyyasukhuma →

bodhirasa

finest silk

DN 30.10 lakkhaṇasuttaṃ

dātā ca ahosi sukhumānaṃ mudukānaṃ attharaṇānaṃ pāvuraṇānaṃ khomasukhumānaṃ kappāsikasukhumānaṃ koseyyasukhumānaṃ kambalasukhumānaṃ

koṭṭhāsaya →

bodhirasa

intestinal, abdominal, in the abdomen, lit. lying in the abdomen

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭh'āsayā vātā, aṅgam'aṅg'ānusārino vātā, assāso passāso … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu.

kucchisaya →

bodhirasa

lying in the stomach, i.e. gastric, abdominal

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭh'āsayā vātā, aṅgam'aṅg'ānusārino vātā, assāso passāso … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu.

kukkucciya →

bodhirasa

restlessness, uneasiness, anxiety, remorse

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

okkhittacakkhu na ca pādalolo, jhān'ānuyutto bahujāgarassa, upekkham'ārabbha samāhit'atto, takk'āsayaṃ kukkucciy'ūpachinde.

kumbhīlabhaya →

bodhirasa

danger of crocodiles

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udak'orohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. katamāni cattāri? ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu kumbhīlabhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvatto. kumbhīlabhayan'ti kho, bhikkhave, odarikattass'etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, kumbhīlabhayaṃ.

kuppanīya →

bodhirasa

irritating, annoying, provocative

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

rajanīye rajjati, dussanīye dussati, mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye kuppati, madanīye majjati.

kurute piyaṃ →

bodhirasa

holds dear, loves, lit. makes dear

DHP 217 piyavaggo

sīladassanasampannaṃ, dhammaṭṭhaṃ saccavedinaṃ, attano kamma kubbānaṃ, taṃ jano kurute piyaṃ.

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

asantassa piyā honti, sante na kurute piyaṃ, asataṃ dhammaṃ roceti, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

kākapeyya →

bodhirasa

drinkable by a crow, i.e. full to the brim

AN 5.28 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, udakamaṇiko ādhāre ṭhapito pūro udakassa samatittiko kākapeyyo. tam'enaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya, āgaccheyya udakan'ti? evaṃ, bhante.

kālabyavadhāna →

bodhirasa

pause which blocks sandhi, e.g. mātāpitu upaṭṭhāna

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare'ty'asmiṃ opasilesiko kāsasattamī, tato vaṇṇa-kālabyavadhāne kāriyaṃ na hoti.

kālakiriyā →

bodhirasa

dying, death, lit. time is done, black deed

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ? yaṃ tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhā tamhā sattanikāyā cuti cavanatā bhedo antaradhānaṃ maccu maraṇaṃ kālakiriyā khandhānaṃ bhedo kaḷevarassa nikkhepo jīvitindriyassupacchedo, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, maraṇaṃ

kālamaññāya →

bodhirasa

knowing the right time

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sace c'assa kathākāmo, kālam'aññāya paṇḍito, dhammaṭṭhapaṭisaṃyuttā, yā ariyacaritā kathā.

kāmayamāna →

bodhirasa

wanting, desiring, craving

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

kāmaṃ kāmayamānassa, tassa ce taṃ samijjhati, addhā pītimano hoti, laddhā macco yadicchati.

kāmayāna →

bodhirasa

wanting, desiring, craving

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno, te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddho'va ruppati.

kāreti →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) deal with, settle, lit. cause to do

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

sace mayaṃ imāhi āpattīhi aññamaññaṃ kāressāma, siy'āpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṃvatteyya.

kāriya →

bodhirasa

could be done, possible to do, lit. could cause to do

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare'ty'asmiṃ opasilesiko kāsasattamī, tato vaṇṇakālabyavadhāne kāriyaṃ na hoti.

kāsāya →

bodhirasa

brownish, colour of Buddhist monks’ robes

DN 19.15 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

atha kho bho mahāgovindo brāhmaṇo tassa sattāhassa accayena kesamassuṃ ohāretvā kāsāyāni vatthāni acchādetvā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbaji

kāveyya →

bodhirasa

poetry, verse

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

ye pana te suttantā kavikatā kāveyyā citt'akkharā cittabyañjanā bāhirakā sāvakabhāsitā, tesu bhaññamānesu sussūsissanti, sotaṃ odahissanti

kāya →

bodhirasa

body, physical body, physical process

DN 1.21 brahmajālasuttaṃ

yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati tāva naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā na naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā'ti

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tassa sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddham'attānaṃ samanupassato, vimuttam'attānaṃ samanupassato, pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

kāya →

bodhirasa

group, host, multitude

DN 18.4 janavasabhasuttaṃ

tena sudaṃ, bhante, devatā tāvatiṃsā attamanā honti pamuditā pītisomanassajātā dibbā vata bho kāyā paripūrenti, hāyanti asura-kāyā'ti

kāya →

bodhirasa

process, collection

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, sabba-kāya-paṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī'ti sikkhati. passambhayaṃ kāya-saṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāya-saṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati

kāya →

bodhirasa

category, class, group

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, taṇhā? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, taṇhā-kāyā, rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā, gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā, phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, taṇhā.

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, vedanā-kāyā, cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.

kāya →

bodhirasa

physical existence, material existence

SN 37.34 vaḍḍhīsuttaṃ

pañcahi, bhikkhave, vaḍḍhīhi vaḍḍhamānā ariyasāvikā ariyāya vaḍḍhiyā vaḍḍhati sārādāyinī ca hoti varādāyinī ca kāyassa. katamehi pañcahi?

kāyaduccarita →

bodhirasa

physical misconduct, misbehaviour with the body

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako hirīmā hoti, hirīyati kāyaduccaritena vacīduccaritena manoduccaritena, hirīyati pāpakānaṃ akusalānaṃ dhammānaṃ samāpattiyā. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, hirīdhanaṃ

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, santi adhicittam'anuyuttassa bhikkhuno oḷārikā upakkilesā kāyaduccaritaṃ vacīduccaritaṃ manoduccaritaṃ

kāyagata →

bodhirasa

immersed in the body, focused on the body, lit. gone into the body

TH 225 lakuṇḍaka bhaddiya theragāthā

buddho ce me varaṃ dajjā, so ca labbhetha me varo, gaṇhe'haṃ sabbalokassa, niccaṃ kāyagataṃ satiṃ.

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

daḷhe khīle vā thambhe vā'ti kho, bhikkhave, kāyagatāya satiyā etaṃ adhivacanaṃ. tasmā't'iha vo, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, kāyagatā no sati bhāvitā bhavissati bahulīkatā yānīkatā vatthukatā anuṭṭhitā paricitā susamāraddhā'ti.

kāyagatāsati →

bodhirasa

awareness immersed in the body, dwelling in the body, lit. mindfulness gone into the body

TH 225 lakuṇḍaka bhaddiya theragāthā

buddho ce me varaṃ dajjā, so ca labbhetha me varo, gaṇhe'haṃ sabbalokassa, niccaṃ kāyagataṃ satiṃ.

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatāsati abhāvitā abahulīkatā, taṃ cakkhu āviñchati manāpiyesu rūpesu, amanāpiyā rūpā paṭikūlā honti

kāyagutta →

bodhirasa

controlled in action, lit. guarded with body

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

kāyagutto vacīgutto, āhāre udare yato, saccaṃ karomi niddānaṃ, soraccaṃ me pamocanaṃ.

kāyakamma →

bodhirasa

physical action, bodily action

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, pāpabhikkhu visamena kāyakammena samannāgato hoti, visamena vacīkammena samannāgato hoti, visamena manokammena samannāgato hoti.

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, imesu āyasmantesu mettaṃ kāyakammaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ āvi c'eva raho ca

kāyaparihārika →

bodhirasa

looking after the body

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

so santuṭṭho hoti kāyaparihārikena cīvarena kucchiparihārikena piṇḍapātena so yena yen'eva pakkamati samādā'y'eva pakkamati

kāyappakopa →

bodhirasa

physical agitation, physical irritation, physical disturbance

DHP 231 kodhavaggo

kāyappakopaṃ rakkheyya, kāyena saṃvuto siyā, kāyaduccaritaṃ hitvā, kāyena sucaritaṃ care.

kāyasamphassa →

bodhirasa

physical contact, somatic experience

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, phasso? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, phassakāyā, cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, phasso.

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāyasamphassa-jaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ

kāyasamphassaja →

bodhirasa

caused by physical contact, produced by somatic experience

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, vedanā? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, vedanākāyā, cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, jivhāsamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ? yaṃ kho, bhikkhave, kāyikaṃ dukkhaṃ kāyikaṃ asātaṃ kāyasamphassajaṃ dukkhaṃ asātaṃ vedayitaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ

kāyasamācāra →

bodhirasa

physical conduct, bodily behaviour

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

codakena bhikkhave bhikkhunā paraṃ codetu'kāmena evaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ, parisuddha-kāyasamācāro nu kho'mhi, parisuddhen'amhi kāyasamācārena samannāgato acchiddena appaṭimaṃsena

kāyasaṅkhāra →

bodhirasa

physical activity, bodily intention

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yv'āyaṃ, āvuso, mato kālaṅkato tassa kāyasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, vacīsaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, cittasaṅkhārā niruddhā paṭippassaddhā, āyu parikkhīṇo, usmā vūpasantā, indriyāni paribhinnāni.

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā →

bodhirasa

after the breakup of the body, after the end of one’s lifespan

DN 1.21 brahmajālasuttaṃ

yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati tāva naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvitapariyādānā na naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā'ti

kāyassati →

bodhirasa

awareness of the body, mindfulness of the body

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, bhikkhave, saṃvaro hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe n'ādhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe na byāpajjati, upaṭṭhita-kāyassati ca viharati appamāṇacetaso

kāyasucarita →

bodhirasa

good physical conduct, virtuous bodily behaviour

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

ime vā pana bhonto sattā kāyasucaritena samannāgatā vacīsucaritena samannāgatā manosucaritena samannāgatā ariyānaṃ anupavādakā sammādiṭṭhikā sammādiṭṭhikammasamādānā

kāyaviññeyya →

bodhirasa

known by the body, lit. could be known by the body

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ye te kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā asamphuṭṭhā asamphuṭṭhapubbā, na ca phusasi, na ca te hoti phuseyyanti? atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kāyaviññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, ime kho, sunakkhatta, pañca kāmaguṇā.

kāyaviññāṇa →

bodhirasa

body consciousness, tactile awareness, sense of touch

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

kāyañcāvuso paṭicca phoṭṭhabbe ca uppajjati kāyaviññāṇaṃ

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, viññāṇakāyā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃ.

kāyavūpakāsa →

bodhirasa

physical seclusion, bodily isolation

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

tathārūpānaṃ, bhikkhave, bhikkhūnaṃ dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena vūpakaṭṭho viharati, kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca.

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

so taṃ dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti, kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca.

kāyindriya →

bodhirasa

sense of touch, power of touch, lit. body faculty

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

yatv'ādhikaraṇam'enaṃ kāyindriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, bho gotama, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti. katamāni pañca? cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ.

kāyānupassī →

bodhirasa

observer of the body, body watcher

SN 47.14 ukkacelasuttaṃ

idha bhikkhave bhikkhu kāye kāy'ānupassī viharati

kāyārammaṇa →

bodhirasa

based in the body, related to the body

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

tassa kāye kāy'ānupassino viharato kāyārammaṇo vā uppajjati kāyasmiṃ pariḷāho cetaso vā līnattaṃ bahiddhā vā cittaṃ vikkhipati

kāyāyatana →

bodhirasa

field of the body, sense of touch

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ? cakkh'āyatanaṃ, sot'āyatanaṃ, ghān'āyatanaṃ, jivh'āyatanaṃ, kāy'āyatanaṃ, man'āyatanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ.

kūṭeyya →

bodhirasa

crookedness, fraud, deceit, trickery

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

yāni kho pan'assa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu.

lajjitāya →

bodhirasa

should be ashamed (of)

DHP 316 nirayavaggo

alajjitāye lajjanti, lajjitāye na lajjare, micchādiṭṭhisamādānā, sattā gacchanti duggatiṃ.

lapayati →

bodhirasa

talks (to), addresses repeatedly, appeals (to), chats up

DHP 83 paṇḍitavaggo

sabbattha ve sappurisā cajanti, na kāmakāmā lapayanti santo, sukhena phuṭṭhā atha vā dukhena, na ucc'āvacaṃ paṇḍitā dassayanti.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya, upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci, gāme ca n'ābhisajjeyya, lābhakamyā janaṃ na lapayeyya.

laya →

bodhirasa

instant, moment

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

itiha te āyasmanto tena khaṇena tena layena tena muhuttena yāvabrahmalokā viditā ahesuṃ

leyya →

bodhirasa

sticky food, lickable food, lit. to be licked or slurped

AN 10.107 dhovanasuttaṃ

atthi, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇesu janapadesu dhovanaṃ nāma. tattha hoti annam'pi pānam'pi khajjam'pi bhojjam'pi leyyam'pi peyyam'pi naccam'pi gītam'pi vāditam'pi. atth'etaṃ, bhikkhave, dhovanaṃ, n'etaṃ n'atthī'ti vadāmi.

liṅgiya →

bodhirasa

embracing, clinging

THI 71 vacchapāla theragāthā

āsādiya edisaṃ janaṃ, aggiṃ pajjalitaṃ va liṅgiya, gaṇhiya āsīvisaṃ viya, api nu sotthi siyā khamehi no.

lokanāyaka →

bodhirasa

world leader, master of the world

BV 2.77 sumedha patthanā kathā

dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake, sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.

APA 474 maṇipūjaka therāpadānaṃ

bhavanā abhinikkhamma, addasaṃ lokanāyakaṃ, indīvaraṃ'va jalitaṃ, ādittaṃ'va hut'āsanaṃ.

lokasamudaya →

bodhirasa

origin of the world, source of the world

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

api c'āhaṃ, āvuso, imasmiṃ'y'eva byāmamatte kaḷebare sasaññimhi samanake lokañca paññāpemi lokasamudayañ'ca lokanirodhañca lokanirodhagāminiñca paṭipadan'ti.

lupyati →

bodhirasa

is elided, is dropped, is cut off

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

asamānarūpā saramhā paro saro vā lupyate.

lābhakamyā →

bodhirasa

from desire for gain, out of desire to profit

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

lābhakamyā na sikkhati, alābhe ca na kuppati, aviruddho ca taṇhāya, rasesu n'ānugijjhati.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

kayavikkaye na tiṭṭheyya, upavādaṃ bhikkhu na kareyya kuhiñci, gāme ca n'ābhisajjeyya, lābhakamyā janaṃ na lapayeyya.

lāyaka →

bodhirasa

reaper, mower, cutter

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, pabbaja-lāyako pabbajaṃ lāyitvā agge gahetvā odhunāti niddhunāti nicchoṭeti

macchariya →

bodhirasa

selfishness, stinginess, meanness, tight-fistedness

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

macchariyaṃ cittassa upakkileso'ti, iti viditvā macchariyaṃ cittassa upakkilesaṃ pajahati.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

nindāya nappavedheyya, na uṇṇameyya pasaṃsito bhikkhu, lobhaṃ saha macchariyena, kodhaṃ pesuṇiyañca panudeyya.

maccharāyati →

bodhirasa

becomes envious, is jealous

DHPa 1.5.9 sumanamālākāra vatthu

guṇavantānañ'hi guṇaṃ buddhā eva pākaṭaṃ kātuṃ sakkonti, avasesajano guṇavantānaṃ guṇaṃ kathento maccharāyati

maccudheyya →

bodhirasa

realm of death, sphere of death, power of death

DHP 86 paṇḍitavaggo

ye ca kho samma'd'akkhāte, dhamme dhamm'ānuvattino, te janā pāram'essanti, maccudheyyaṃ suduttaraṃ.

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

tasmā pajānaṃ na upādiyetha, bhikkhu sato kiñcanaṃ sabbaloke, ādānasatte iti pekkhamāno, pajaṃ imaṃ maccudheyye visattan'ti.

maccuparāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

subject to death, lit. ending in death

SN 48.41 jarādhammasuttaṃ

yo'pi vassasataṃ jīve, so'pi maccuparāyaṇo, na kiñci parivajjeti, sabbam'ev'ābhimaddatī'ti.

madanīya →

bodhirasa

intoxicating, exciting, stupefying, befuddling

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃ-madanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti?

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

rajanīye rajjati, dussanīye dussati, mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye kuppati, madanīye majjati.

maggayamāna →

bodhirasa

hunting (for), searching (for), seeking (for)

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre ṭhito ahosi mudumūsiṃ maggayamāno, yad'āyaṃ mudumūsi gocarāya pakkamissati, tatth'eva naṃ gahetvā khādissāmī'ti.

mahabbhaya →

bodhirasa

great fear, great danger, enormous risk

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

kena'ssu nivuto loko, kena'ssu nappakāsati, kiss'ābhilepanaṃ brūsi, kiṃ'su tassa mahabbhayaṃ.

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

kiṃ'su tassa mahabbhayan'ti kiṃ lokassa bhayaṃ mahabbhayaṃ pīḷanaṃ ghaṭṭanaṃ upaddavo upasaggoti, kiṃ'su tassa mahabbhayaṃ.

mahājanakāya →

bodhirasa

great crowd of people, lit. great body of people

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, janapadakalyāṇī, janapadakalyāṇī'ti kho, bhikkhave, mahājanakāyo sannipateyya.

mahāniraya →

bodhirasa

great hell

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

hoti kho so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ kadāci karahaci dīghassa addhuno accayena tassa mahānirayassa puratthimaṃ dvāraṃ apāpurīyati.

mahāsayana →

bodhirasa

grand chair, grand bed, great couch

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

uccāsayana-mahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti jātarūpa-rajata-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti

mahāyañña →

bodhirasa

great sacrifice, great offering

DN 5.8 kūṭadantasuttaṃ

siyā kho pana bhoto rañño mahāyaññaṃ yajamānassa koci'd'eva vippaṭisāro, mahā vata me bhogakkhandho vigacchatī'ti, so bhotā raññā vippaṭisāro na karaṇīyo

majjhanhikasamaya →

bodhirasa

noon time, midday

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha rājā majjhanhikasamayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kathaṃ so puriso'ti?

majjhantikasamaya →

bodhirasa

noon time, midday

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha rājā majjhanhikasamayaṃ evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kathaṃ so puriso'ti?

SN 20.4 okkhāsuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, pubbaṇhasamayaṃ okkhāsataṃ dānaṃ dadeyya, yo majjhanhikasamayaṃ okkhāsataṃ dānaṃ dadeyya, yo sāyanhasamayaṃ okkhāsataṃ dānaṃ dadeyya

majjhekalyāṇa →

bodhirasa

good in the middle, beneficial in the middle

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

majjhima →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) monk of 5 to 10 vassa, lit. middle

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

tatrāvuso, majjhimā bhikkhū tīhi ṭhānehi pāsaṃsā bhavanti. satthu pavivittassa viharato sāvakā vivekamanusikkhantī'ti

majjhimanikāya →

bodhirasa

collection of middle (length discourses)

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

majjhimanikāyo samatto

majjhimayāma →

bodhirasa

middle part (of the night)

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

ath'assa majjhimayāme atikkante apubbaṃ acarimaṃ akkhīni c'eva kilesā ca bhijjiṃsu

mamāyati →

bodhirasa

takes as “mine”, makes “mine”, treasures, cherishes

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

cakkhūhi n'eva lol'assa, gāmakathāya āvaraye sotaṃ, rase ca n'ānugijjheyya, na ca mamāyetha kiñci lokasmiṃ.

manasikaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

should be attended to, should be kept in mind

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, assutavā puthujjano manasikaraṇīye dhamme nappajānāti, a-manasikaraṇīye dhamme nappajānāti

manindriya →

bodhirasa

mental faculty, mind, power of mind

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

yatv'ādhikaraṇam'enaṃ man'indriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ

manobhāvanīya →

bodhirasa

who are worthy of respect, lit. who should be developed in mind

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

aniccadassāvī kho pan'āhaṃ, bhante, bhagavato manobhāvanīyānañ'ca bhikkhūnaṃ.

manomaya →

bodhirasa

mind made, produced by consciousness

DHP 1 yamakavaggo

manopubbaṅ'gamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā manomayā, manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā, tato naṃ dukkham'anveti, cakkaṃva vahato padaṃ.

DHPa 1.11 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

yathā pana dāruādīhi nipphannāni tāni tāni bhaṇḍāni dārumay'ādīni nāma honti, tathā te'pi manato nipphannattā manomayā nāma.

manoviññeyya →

bodhirasa

known by the mind, lit. could be known by the mind

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ye te manoviññeyyā dhammā aviññātā aviññātapubbā, na ca vijānāsi, na ca te hoti vijāneyyanti? atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

mantajjhāyaka →

bodhirasa

who masters the Vedas, reciter of the Vedas

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, mantajjhāyakassa mantajjhāyaka-mattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.

mantayamāna →

bodhirasa

discussing, consulting

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

assosi kho āyasmā anuruddho dāyapālassa bhagavatā saddhiṃ mantayamānassa

mantayati →

bodhirasa

consults, discusses, takes counsel

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

aññāt'atthaṃ pasād'atthaṃ, sataṃ ve hoti mantanā, evaṃ kho ariyā mantenti, esā ariyāna mantanā, etad'aññāya medhāvī, na samusseyya mantaye'ti.

VV 53 chattamāṇavaka vimānavatthu

kim'idaṃ kusalaṃ kim'ācarema, icc'eke hi samecca mantayanti, te mayaṃ puna'r'eva laddha mānusattaṃ, paṭipannā viharemu sīlavanto.

manāpiya →

bodhirasa

likeable, pleasant, attractive

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatāsati abhāvitā abahulīkatā, taṃ cakkhu āviñchati manāpiyesu rūpesu, amanāpiyā rūpā paṭikūlā honti

manāyatana →

bodhirasa

field of mind, intellect

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ? cakkh'āyatanaṃ, sot'āyatanaṃ, ghān'āyatanaṃ, jivh'āyatanaṃ, kāy'āyatanaṃ, man'āyatanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ.

maraṇabhaya →

bodhirasa

fear of death

JAa 14 vātamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

mige anto paviṭṭhe dvāraṃ pidahiṃsu. migo manusse disvā kampamāno maraṇabhaya-tajjito antonivesanaṅgaṇe ādhāvati paridhāvati.

maraṇabhayatajjita →

bodhirasa

startled by fear of death

JAa 14 vātamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

mige anto paviṭṭhe dvāraṃ pidahiṃsu. migo manusse disvā kampamāno maraṇabhayatajjito antonivesanaṅgaṇe ādhāvati paridhāvati.

mariyādā →

bodhirasa

boundary, border, limit

AN 10.81 vāhanasuttaṃ

katihi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi tathāgato nissaṭo visaṃyutto vippamutto vi-mariyādī-katena cetasā viharatī'ti?

matteyyatā →

bodhirasa

love for one’s mother, filial piety

DHP 332 nāgavaggo

sukhā matteyyatā loke, atho petteyyatā sukhā, sukhā sāmaññatā loke, atho brahmaññatā sukhā.

maya →

bodhirasa

made of, constructed by

DHP 1 yamakavaggo

manopubbaṅ'gamā dhammā, manoseṭṭhā mano-mayā, manasā ce paduṭṭhena, bhāsati vā karoti vā, tato naṃ dukkham'anveti, cakkaṃva vahato padaṃ.

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

na vedagū diṭṭhiyā na mutiyā, sa mānam'eti na hi tam'mayo so, na kammunā no'pi sutena neyyo, anūpanīto sa nivesanesu.

mayampetaṃ →

bodhirasa

we too this

JAa 1.N.1 sumedha kathā

nissaṃsayena tvaṃ buddho bhavissasi, mayam'p'etaṃ jānāma, yass'etāni nimittāni paññāyanti, ekantena so buddho hoti

mayampi →

bodhirasa

we too

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

mayam'pi kho, āvuso, sāvakānaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ desema, etha tumhe, āvuso, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvethā'ti.

mayaṃ →

bodhirasa

we, (royal) we

DHP 6 yamakavaggo

pare ca na vijānanti, mayam'ettha yamāmase, ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yesañ'ca mayaṃ cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilānappaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ paribhuñjāma, tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā

mayā →

bodhirasa

by me

DHP 275 maggavaggo

etañ'hi tumhe paṭipannā, dukkhass'antaṃ karissatha, akkhāto vo mayā maggo, aññāya sallakantanaṃ.

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

attadaṇḍā bhayaṃ jātaṃ, janaṃ passatha medhagaṃ, saṃvegaṃ kittayissāmi, yathā saṃvijitaṃ mayā.

meraya →

bodhirasa

(fermented) liquor e.g. wine and beer

AN 3.80 gandhajātasuttaṃ

pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surā-meraya-majjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

metteyyapañha →

bodhirasa

questions of Mettaya, a sutta in the Pārāyanavagga of the Sutta Nipāta, also known as tissametteyya-māṇava-pucchā

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

mettāyati →

bodhirasa

has goodwill towards, is kind (to)

AN 8.1 mettāsuttaṃ

ekam'pi ce pāṇamaduṭṭhacitto, mettāyati kusalī tena hoti, sabbe ca pāṇe manasānukampī, pahūtamariyo pakaroti puññaṃ.

migadāya →

bodhirasa

deer park

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bhaggesu viharati suṃsumāragire bhesakaḷāvane migadāye

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā bārāṇasiyaṃ viharati isipatane migadāye.

missakiriya →

bodhirasa

participle, lit. mixed action

miyyati →

bodhirasa

is killed (by), dies (from)

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ, oraṃ vassasatā'pi miyyati, yo ce'pi aticca jīvati, atha kho so jarasāpi miyyati.

miyyati →

bodhirasa

is killed, dies

APA 40 āyāgadāyaka therāpadānaṃ

kāye visaṃ na kamati, satthāni na ca hanti me udake'haṃ na miyyāmi, āyāgassa idaṃ phalaṃ.

mohakkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of delusion, extinction of stupidity

SN 22.106 pariññeyyasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, pariññā? rāgakkhayo, dosakkhayo, mohakkhayo, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pariññā

UD 24 sāriputtasuttaṃ

yathā'pi pabbato selo, acalo suppatiṭṭhito, evaṃ mohakkhayā bhikkhu, pabbato'va na vedhatī'ti.

mohanīya →

bodhirasa

illusory, deceptive, lit. could be fooled

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

rajanīye rajjati, dussanīye dussati, mohanīye muyhati, kuppanīye kuppati, madanīye majjati.

moneyya →

bodhirasa

sage-hood, sagacity, sainthood

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

anagāriy'upetassa, bhikkhācariyaṃ jigīsato, muni pabrūhi me puṭṭho, moneyyaṃ uttamaṃ padaṃ.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

moneyyaṃ te upaññissaṃ, dukkaraṃ durabhisambhavaṃ, handa te naṃ pavakkhāmi, santhambhassu daḷho bhava.

mucchanīya →

bodhirasa

entrancing, enchanting, bewitching

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃ-mucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti?

muddhāpi tassa vipateyyāti →

bodhirasa

one’s head might split open

AN 8.11 verañjasuttaṃ

yañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, tathāgato abhivādeyya vā paccuṭṭheyya vā āsanena vā nimanteyya, muddhāpi tassa vipateyyā'ti.

muṇḍeyya →

bodhirasa

baldness

SN 41.9 acelakassapasuttaṃ

imehi kho me, gahapati, tiṃsamattehi vassehi pabbajitassa n'atthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam'ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro, aññatra naggeyyā ca muṇḍeyyā ca pāvaḷanipphoṭanāya cā'ti

myāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

by me this

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

upamā kho my'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, katā atthassa viññāpanāya. ayaṃ c'ev'ettha attho, samatittiko telapatto'ti kho, bhikkhave, kāyagatāya etaṃ satiyā adhivacanaṃ.

mānābhisamaya →

bodhirasa

complete comprehension of conceit

MN 2.8 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sabb'āsavasaṃvarasaṃvuto viharati, acchecchi taṇhaṃ, vivattayi saṃyojanaṃ, sammā mānābhisamayā antamakāsi dukkhassā'ti

māradheyya →

bodhirasa

Mara’s realm, sphere of death, power of death

DHP 34 cittavaggo

vārijo'va thale khitto, okam'okata'ubbhato, pariphandat'idaṃ cittaṃ, māradheyyaṃ pahātave.

MN 106 āneñjasappāyasuttaṃ

yā ca diṭṭhadhammikā kāmasaññā, yā ca samparāyikā kāmasaññā, ubhayam'etaṃ māradheyyaṃ, mārassesa visayo, mārassesa nivāpo, mārassesa go-caro

māraṇiya →

bodhirasa

could cause (oneself) to be killed

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

bhūnahaccāni kammāni, atta-māraṇiyāni ca, karontā n'āvabujjhanti, kodhajāto parābhavo.

māyasmā →

bodhirasa

venerable don’t

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ bhikkhū evam'āhaṃsu, m'āyasmā ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamī'ti. so bhikkhu bhikkhūhi vuccamāno evam'āha, ime hi nāma therā bhikkhū kulāni upasaṅkamitabbaṃ maññissanti, kimaṅgaṃ pan'āhan'ti?

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena aññataro bhikkhu ativelaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjati. tam'enaṃ bhikkhū evam'āhaṃsu, m'āyasmā ativelaṃ kulesu cārittaṃ āpajjī'ti.

māyā →

bodhirasa

fraud, deceit, hypocrisy, lit. illusion

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

dhonassa hi n'atthi kuhiñci loke, pakappitā diṭṭhi bhav'ābhavesu, māyañ'ca mānañ'ca pahāya dhono, sa kena gaccheyya anūpayo so.

UD 26 pilindavacchasuttaṃ

yam'hī na māyā vasatī na māno, yo vītalobho amamo nirāso, panuṇṇakodho abhinibbutatto, so brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhū'ti.

māyā →

bodhirasa

magic, illusion, conjurer’s trick

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

pheṇapiṇḍ'ūpamaṃ rūpaṃ, vedanā bubbuḷ'ūpamā, marīcik'ūpamā saññā, saṅkhārā kadal'ūpamā, māy'ūpamañ'ca viññāṇaṃ, desit'ādiccabandhunā.

māyākāra →

bodhirasa

magician, illusionist, conjurer, lit. illusion maker

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, māyākāro vā māyākār'antevāsī vā cātummahāpathe māyaṃ vidaṃseyya.

māyāvī →

bodhirasa

deceitful, hypocritical, fraudulent

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

kodhano upanāhī ca, pāpamakkhī ca yo naro, vipannadiṭṭhi māyāvī, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

saṭhassa sāṭheyyaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, māyāvissa māyā appahīnā hoti, pāpicchassa pāpikā icchā appahīnā hoti, micchādiṭṭhikassa micchādiṭṭhi appahīnā hoti

mīyati →

bodhirasa

is killed, dies

DHP 21 appamādavaggo

appamādo amatapadaṃ, pamādo maccuno padaṃ, appamattā na mīyanti, ye pamattā yathā matā.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

appaṃ vata jīvitaṃ idaṃ, oraṃ vassasatā'pi mīyati, yo ce'pi aticca jīvati, atha kho so jarasāpi mīyati.

naggacariyā →

bodhirasa

nudity, lit. going around naked

DHP 141 daṇḍavaggo

na naggacariyā na jaṭā na paṅkā, n'ānāsakā thaṇḍilasāyikā vā, rajojallaṃ ukkuṭikappadhānaṃ, sodhenti maccaṃ avitiṇṇakaṅkhaṃ.

naggeyya →

bodhirasa

nudity, nakedness

SN 41.9 acelakassapasuttaṃ

imehi kho me, gahapati, tiṃsamattehi vassehi pabbajitassa n'atthi koci uttarimanussadhammā alam'ariyañāṇadassanaviseso adhigato phāsuvihāro, aññatra naggeyyā ca muṇḍeyyā ca pāvaḷanipphoṭanāya cā'ti

nahāniya →

bodhirasa

belonging to a bath, bath-

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpak'antevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nhānīya-cuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya

nahānīyacuṇṇa →

bodhirasa

soap, lit. bath-powder

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave dakkho nahāpako vā nahāpak'antevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nahānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya

nahānīyapiṇḍi →

bodhirasa

ball of soap, lit. bathing lump

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

sāyaṃ nahānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī

nahāyati →

bodhirasa

takes a bath, bathes, washes

VIN 2.5.6.7 nahāna sikkhāpadaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu oren'addhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, pācittiya'nti

namayati →

bodhirasa

makes straight, bends straight, lit. causes to bend

DHP 80 paṇḍitavaggo

udakañ'hi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ, dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā.

nandimukhiyā rattiyā →

bodhirasa

when smiling face of dawn, lit. when happy face of the night

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

tatiyam'pi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

nanāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

surely this? isn’t this?

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

attani ca, bhikkhave, attaniye ca saccato thetato anupalabbhamāne, yam'pi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tath'eva ṭhassāmī'ti, nan'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, kevalo paripūro bāladhammo'ti?

nava →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) newcomer, new monk, monk with less than 5 vassa

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

na ca bāhulikā, na sāthalikā okkamane nikkhitta-dhurā paviveke pubbaṅ'gamā'ti, iminā tatiyena ṭhānena navā bhikkhū pāsaṃsā bhavanti

SN 20.9 nāgasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sāvatthiyaṃ viharati jetavane anāthapiṇḍikassa ārāme. tena kho pana samayena aññataro navo bhikkhu ativelaṃ kulāni upasaṅkamati.

naya →

bodhirasa

inference, conclusion

ANa 2.23 bālavaggo vaṇṇanā

saddho vā duggahitenā'ti, yo hi ñāṇavirahitāya saddhāya atisaddho hoti muddhappasanno, so'pi, buddho nāma sabbalokuttaro, sabbe tassa kes'ādayo bāttiṃsa koṭṭhāsā lok'uttarāyevā'tiādinā nayena duggahitaṃ gaṇhitvā tathāgataṃ abbhācikkhati.

AN 3.66 kesamuttisuttaṃ

etha tumhe, kālāmā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā naya-hetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garū'ti.

nayahetu →

bodhirasa

inferential reasoning, lit. inference cause

AN 3.66 kesamuttisuttaṃ

etha tumhe, kālāmā, mā anussavena, mā paramparāya, mā itikirāya, mā piṭakasampadānena, mā takkahetu, mā nayahetu, mā ākāraparivitakkena, mā diṭṭhinijjhānakkhantiyā, mā bhabbarūpatāya, mā samaṇo no garū'ti.

nayati →

bodhirasa

leads, guides, carries, conducts

DHP 80 paṇḍitavaggo

udakañ'hi nayanti nettikā, usukārā namayanti tejanaṃ, dāruṃ namayanti tacchakā, attānaṃ damayanti paṇḍitā.

DHP 240 malavaggo

ayasā'va malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tat'uṭṭhāya tam'eva khādati, evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sakakammāni nayanti duggatiṃ.

nayati →

bodhirasa

draws a conclusion, passes judgement, infers

DHP 256 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena hoti dhammaṭṭho, yen'atthaṃ sāhasā naye, yo ca atthaṃ anatthañ'ca, ubho niccheyya paṇḍito.

DHP 257 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

asāhasena dhammena, samena nayatī pare, dhammassa gutto medhāvī, dhammaṭṭho'ti pavuccati.

nayati →

bodhirasa

joins (to), connects (to), lit. leads (to)

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

naye paraṃ yutte'ti assaro byañjano par'akkharaṃ netabbo. lokaggo.

nevasaññānāsaññāyatana →

bodhirasa

dimension of neither perception nor non-perception

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāva'd'eva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso ākiñcaññ'āyatanaṃ samatikkamma nevasaññānāsaññāyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāma

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, sunakkhatta, sammā nibbān'ādhimuttassa purisapuggalassa ye nevasaññānāsaññāyatana-saṃyojane se ucchinnamūle tālāvatthukate anabhāvaṃkate āyatiṃ anuppādadhamme.

neyya →

bodhirasa

lead about, dictated to

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

na kappayanti na purekkharonti, dhammā'pi tesaṃ na paṭicchitāse, na brāhmaṇo sīlavatena neyyo, pāraṅgato na pacceti tādī'ti.

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

na vedagū diṭṭhiyā na mutiyā, sa mānam'eti na hi tammayo so, na kammunā no'pi sutena neyyo, anūpanīto sa nivesanesu.

neyya →

bodhirasa

could be led, could be guided further, should be led on

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

vibhūtarūpasaññissa, sabbakāyappahāyino, ajjhattañ'ca bahiddhā ca, n'atthi kiñcī'ti passato, ñāṇaṃ sakk'ānupucchāmi, kathaṃ neyyo tathāvidho.

neyya →

bodhirasa

knowable, could be known, could be understood

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

nissaṭṭhena āvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena ananto ākāso'ti ākās'ānañc'āyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, anantaṃ viññāṇan'ti viññāṇ'añc'āyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, n'atthi kiñcī'ti ākiñcaññ'āyatanaṃ neyyan'ti.

nhānīya →

bodhirasa

belonging to a bath

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpak'antevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nhānīya-cuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya

nhānīyacuṇṇa →

bodhirasa

soap, lit. bath-powder

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave dakkho nhāpako vā nhāpak'antevāsī vā kaṃsathāle nhānīyacuṇṇāni ākiritvā udakena paripphosakaṃ paripphosakaṃ sanneyya

nhānīyapiṇḍi →

bodhirasa

ball of soap

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

sāyaṃ nhānīyapiṇḍi snehānugatā snehaparetā santarabāhirā phuṭā snehena na ca pagghariṇī

nhāyanta →

bodhirasa

bathing, taking a bath

DHPa 1.1.7 devadatta vatthu

ekassa paccekabuddhassa jātassaraṃ oruyha nhāyantassa tīre ṭhapitesu kāsāvesu cīvaraṃ thenetvā tesaṃ hatthīnaṃ gaman'āgamanamagge sattiṃ gahetvā sasīsaṃ pārupitvā nisīdati

nibbānaparāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

culminating in nibbāna, destined for nibbāna

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

accayāsi, brāhmaṇa, pañhaṃ, n'āsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. nibbānogadhañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyaṃ vussati nibbānaparāyaṇaṃ nibbānapariyosānan'ti.

nibbānasacchikiriyā →

bodhirasa

personally experiencing liberation, personal experience of the fire going out

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad'idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā

nicaya →

bodhirasa

provision, store, supply, accumulation, lit. collection

SN 3.4 piyasuttaṃ

tasmā kareyya kalyāṇaṃ, nicayaṃ samparāyikaṃ, puññāni paralokasmiṃ, patiṭṭhā honti pāṇinan'ti.

niccheyya →

bodhirasa

evaluating, ascertaining, discriminating, distinguishing the difference

DHP 256 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena hoti dhammaṭṭho, yen'atthaṃ sāhasā naye, yo ca atthaṃ anatthañ'ca, ubho niccheyya paṇḍito.

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

diṭṭhīnivesā na hi svātivattā, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ, tasmā naro tesu nivesanesu, nirassatī ādiyatī ca dhammaṃ.

nidhāya →

bodhirasa

putting down, laying aside

DHP 142 daṇḍavaggo

alaṅkato ce'pi samaṃ careyya, santo danto niyato brahmacārī, sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, so brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhu.

nigrodha →

bodhirasa

banyan tree, lit. growing down

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃ me sutaṃ, ekaṃ samayaṃ bhagavā sakkesu viharati kapilavatthusmiṃ nigrodh-ārāme

nigrodhaparimaṇḍala →

bodhirasa

well proportioned, lit. round like a banyan tree

DN 14.3 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

ayañ'hi, deva, kumāro nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo yāvatakv'assa kāyo tāvatakvassa byāmo, yāvatakv'assa byāmo, tāvatakvassa kāyo

nihīyati →

bodhirasa

is ruined, is destroyed, declines

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, na ca hāyetha kadāci tulyasevī, seṭṭham'upanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā'ti.

nijjhāyanta →

bodhirasa

meditating, reflecting, considering, pondering (over)

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

tassa taṃ passato nijjhāyato yoniso upaparikkhato rittakaññ'eva khāyeyya, tucchakaññ'eva khāyeyya, asārakaññ'eva khāyeyya.

nijjhāyati →

bodhirasa

meditates, reflects, considers, ponders (over)

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, ayaṃ gaṅgā nadī mahantaṃ pheṇapiṇḍaṃ āvaheyya, tam'enaṃ cakkhumā puriso passeyya nijjhāyeyya yoniso upaparikkheyya.

nikkhante paṭhame yāme →

bodhirasa

when the first part of the night was over

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante paṭhame yāme, uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

nikāya →

bodhirasa

group, type, class, order

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, jāti? yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi satta-nikāye jāti sañjāti okkanti abhinibbatti khandhānaṃ pātubhāvo āyatanānaṃ paṭilābho, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, jāti.

nindiya →

bodhirasa

blameworthy, lit. should be blamed

AN 4.3 paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ

yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati.

niraya →

bodhirasa

hell, lit. gone down

SNP 22 uṭṭhānasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 10

yāya devā manussā ca, sitā tiṭṭhanti atthikā, tarath'etaṃ visattikaṃ, khaṇo vo mā upaccagā, khaṇ'ātītā hi socanti, nirayamhi samappitā.

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ, yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjeyya, abhabbo'va tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sot'āpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti.

nissaya →

bodhirasa

dependence, reliance, support

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno, ñāṇe'pi so nissayaṃ no karoti, sa ve viyuttesu na vaggasārī, diṭṭhim'pi so na pacceti kiñci.

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

ete ca ñatvā upanissitā'ti, ñatvā munī nissaye so vimaṃsī, ñatvā vimutto na vivādam'eti, bhav'ābhavāya na sameti dhīro'ti.

nissayanta →

bodhirasa

depending (on), trusting (in), relying (on)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ diṭṭhinissayaṃ yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

nissayati →

bodhirasa

depends (on), trusts (in), relies (on)

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

taṃ vā'pi ganthaṃ kusalā vadanti, yaṃ nissito passati hīnam'aññaṃ, tasmā hi diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ bhikkhu na nissayeyya.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

taṃ, bhikkhave, diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayetha yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā.

nissayatā →

bodhirasa

dependence, reliance, something to rely on

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

yassa nissayatā n'atthi, ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito, bhavāya vibhavāya vā, taṇhā yassa na vijjati.

nissāya →

bodhirasa

leaning (on), depending (on), being supported (by)

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

namo te puris'ājañña, namo te puris'uttama, yassa te n'ābhijānāma, yam'pi nissāya jhāyasī'ti.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yaṃnūn'āhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttareyyan'ti.

nissāya →

bodhirasa

supporting, helping

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

atha naṃ piṇḍāya caritvā jīvituṃ samatthakāle sā kapālakaṃ hatthe ṭhapetvā, tāta, mayaṃ taṃ nissāya mahādukkhaṃ pattā, idāni na sakkomi taṃ posetuṃ

nissāya →

bodhirasa

because (of), on account (of)

DHPa 1.5.1 aññatarapurisa vatthu

so, bhariyaṃ me nissāya bhayena uppannena bhavitabban'ti cintetvā rañño āṇaṃ paṭibāhituṃ asakkonto gantvā rājānaṃ vanditvā aṭṭhāsi

DHPa 1.2 maṭṭhakuṇḍalī vatthu

andhabālapitaraṃ nissāya evarūpaṃ buddhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā kāyaveyyāvaṭikaṃ vā kātuṃ dānaṃ vā dātuṃ dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ n'ālatthaṃ, idāni me hatthā'pi anadhipateyyā, aññaṃ kattabbaṃ natthī'ti manam'eva pasādesi.

nittharaṇatthāya →

bodhirasa

for the purpose of crossing, for the sake of getting across

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

nanu te, bhikkhave, yāva'd'eva kantārassa nittharaṇ'atthāya āhāraṃ āhāreyyun'ti? evaṃ, bhante

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

kull'ūpamaṃ vo, bhikkhave, dhammaṃ desessāmi nittharaṇ'atthāya, no gahaṇ'atthāya.

nivesayati →

bodhirasa

establishes, settles, lit. causes to settle

DHP 158 attavaggo

attānam'eva paṭhamaṃ, patirūpe nivesaye, ath'aññam'anusāseyya, na kilisseyya paṇḍito.

nivārayati →

bodhirasa

prevents (from), obstructs (from), suppresses (from), restrains (from), blocks (from)

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

asappurisasevito c'eso maggo, na c'eso maggo sappurisehi sevito. na tvaṃ etaṃ arahasī'ti. tato cittaṃ nivāraye cakkhuviññeyyehi rūpehi.

DHP 116 pāpavaggo

abhittharetha kalyāṇe, pāpā cittaṃ nivāraye, dandhañ'hi karoto puññaṃ, pāpasmiṃ ramatī mano.

niya →

bodhirasa

one’s own, his own, her own

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

mātā yathā niyaṃ puttaṃ, āyusā ekaputtam'anurakkhe, evam'pi sabbabhūtesu, mānasaṃ bhāvaye aparimāṇaṃ.

niyata →

bodhirasa

controlled, restrained

DHP 142 daṇḍavaggo

alaṅkato ce'pi samaṃ careyya, santo danto niyato brahmacārī, sabbesu bhūtesu nidhāya daṇḍaṃ, so brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhu.

niyata →

bodhirasa

certain, of fixed destiny, unavoidable, lit. controlled down

AN 5.179 gihisuttaṃ

so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇapettivisayo khīṇ'āpāyaduggativinipāto sotāpannoham'asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo'ti

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ pajānāti evaṃ passati, ayaṃ vuccati, sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyano'ti.

niyyati →

bodhirasa

is lead away (to), is carried (to)

JA 488 bhisa jātakaṃ

so bajjhataṃ pāsasatehi chabbhi, rammā vanā niyyatu rājadhāniṃ, tuttehi so haññatu pācanehi, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi.

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

nirāsatti anāgate, atītaṃ n'ānusocati, vivekadassī phassesu, diṭṭhīsu ca na niyyati.

niyyādayati →

bodhirasa

hands over, returns

THI 69 sundarī therīgāthā

ehi sārathi gacchāhi, rathaṃ niyyādayāh'imaṃ, ārogyaṃ brāhmaṇiṃ vajja, pabbaji dāni brāhmaṇo, sujāto tīhi rattīhi, tisso vijjā aphassayi.

niyyānika →

bodhirasa

redemptive, salvatory, leading to deliverance, lit. leading out

ANa 1.14.1 mahākassapatthera vatthu

niyyānikaṃ vata buddhasāsanan'ti pasīditvā yojanikaṃ suvaṇṇacetiyaṃ kambalakañcukena parikkhipitvā tattha tattha rathacakkappamāṇehi suvaṇṇapadumehi alaṅkari.

niyyāsi →

bodhirasa

left, went out (of), exited

DN 2.2 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

atha kho rājā māgadho ajātasattu vedehiputto pañcasu hatthinikāsatesu paccekā itthiyo āropetvā ārohaṇīyaṃ nāgaṃ abhiruhitvā ukkāsu dhāriyamānāsu rājagahamhā niyyāsi

VIN 4.6.177 licchavī vatthu

atha kho vesālikā licchavī bhadrāni bhadrāni yānāni yojāpetvā bhadraṃ bhadraṃ yānaṃ abhiruhitvā bhadrehi bhadrehi yānehi vesāliyā niyyāsuṃ bhagavantaṃ dassanāya.

niyyātetvā →

bodhirasa

having handed over, having returned

AN 3.71 uposathasuttaṃ

gopālako sāyanhasamaye sāmikānaṃ gāvo niyyātetvā iti paṭisañcikkhati, ajja kho gāvo amukasmiñ'ca amukasmiñ'ca padese cariṃsu

niyāma →

bodhirasa

orderliness, certainty, inevitability

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuccati, ayaṃ vuccati saddh'ānusārī, okkanto sammatta-niyāmaṃ, sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto, vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ.

no siyā →

bodhirasa

could it be otherwise? why not?

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

kathañ'hi no siyā, bhante! idān'āhaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā dhammiyā kathāya amatena abhisitto'ti.

nupasaṅkheyya →

bodhirasa

incalculable, unfathomable, incomprehensible

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

vītataṇho purā bhedā, pubbam'antam'anissito, vemajjhe n'upasaṅkheyyo, tassa n'atthi purakkhataṃ.

nābhibhuyya →

bodhirasa

not conquering, not vanquishing, not overcoming, not overpowering

AN 10.24 mahācundasuttaṃ

ñāṇavādañ'ca, āvuso, bhikkhu vadamāno bhāvanāvādañ'ca, jānāmimaṃ dhammaṃ, passāmimaṃ dhammaṃ, bhāvitakāyo'mhi bhāvitasīlo bhāvitacitto bhāvitapañño'ti. tañ'ce, āvuso, bhikkhuṃ lobho n'ābhibhuyya tiṭṭhati

nāmadheyya →

bodhirasa

name, title, appellation

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

ajito'ti tassa brāhmaṇassa nāmaṃ saṅkhā samaññā paññatti vohāro nāmaṃ nāmakammaṃ nāmadheyyaṃ nirutti byañjanaṃ abhilāpo'ti, iccāyasmā ajito.

nāmakāya →

bodhirasa

mind and body, individual existence

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

accī yathā vātavegena khittā, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ, evaṃ munī nāmakāyā vimutto, atthaṃ paleti na upeti saṅkhaṃ.

nāmarūpapaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of mind and body, name and form as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ, sa'ḷ'āyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā

nāmarūpasamudaya →

bodhirasa

origin of individual existence, source of mind and body

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

nāmarūpasamudayā viññāṇasamudayo, nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho.

nānaccaya →

bodhirasa

variety of, assortment of various, lit. heap of different

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattaṃ vā nānaccayehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa.

nānubyañjanaggāhī →

bodhirasa

not enticed by the details, not grasping the secondary characteristics

AN 4.37 aparihāniyasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, bhikkhave, bhikkhu indriyesu guttadvāro hoti? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī hoti n'ānubyañjanaggāhī.

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā na nimittaggāhī n'ānubyañjanaggāhī

nānumīyati →

bodhirasa

is not measured (by), is not defined (by)

SN 22.36 dutiyāññatarabhikkhusuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, anuseti taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ anumīyati tena saṅkhaṃ gacchati. yaṃ n'ānuseti na taṃ anumīyati, yaṃ n'ānumīyati na tena saṅkhaṃ gacchatī'ti. aññātaṃ, bhagavā, aññātaṃ, sugatā'ti.

nānābyañjana →

bodhirasa

different in name, distinct in terms of expressions

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āyaṃ, āvuso, appamāṇā cetovimutti, yā ca ākiñcaññā cetovimutti, yā ca suññatā cetovimutti, yā ca animittā cetovimutti, ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca udāhu ek'atthā byañjanam'eva nānan'ti?

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

atthi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca, atthi ca kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ek'atthā, byañjanam'eva nānaṃ.

nānāvisaya →

bodhirasa

with various environments, with different fields, with different domains

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso chappāṇake gahetvā nānāvisaye nānāgocare daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya.

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, bho gotama, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti.

nāpasādayati →

bodhirasa

does not disparage, does not belittle, does not put down

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

anusūyāyamāno so, samma'd'aññāya bhāsati, subhāsitaṃ anumodeyya, dubbhaṭṭhe n'āpasādaye.

nāvajāniyā →

bodhirasa

one should not despise, one should not disdain, one should not look down (on)

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

sa pattapāṇi vicaranto, amūgo mūgasammato, appaṃ dānaṃ na hīḷeyya, dātāraṃ n'āvajāniyā.

nāvajīyati →

bodhirasa

is undefeatable, is unconquerable

DHP 179 buddhavaggo

yassa jitaṃ n'āvajīyati, jitaṃ yassa no yāti koci loke, taṃ buddham'anantagocaraṃ, apadaṃ kena padena nessatha.

nāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

is this person? is this?

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi, taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api n'āyaṃ ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo usmīkato'pi imasmiṃ dhammavinaye'ti? kiñ'hi siyā, bhante, no h'etaṃ, bhante'ti.

nīceyya →

bodhirasa

lower, more inferior, worse

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

upekkhako sadā sato, na loke maññate samaṃ, na visesī na nīceyyo, tassa no santi ussadā.

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

seyyo na tena maññeyya, nīceyyo athavā'pi sarikkho, phuṭṭho anekarūpehi, n'ātumānaṃ vikappayaṃ tiṭṭhe.

nīyamāna →

bodhirasa

being led, being carried

AN 5.76 dutiya yodhājīvasuttaṃ

so ñātakehi nīyamāno appatvā'va ñātake antarāmagge kālaṃ karoti. evarūpo'pi, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco yodhājīvo hoti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, dutiyo yodhājīvo santo saṃvijjamāno lokasmiṃ.

nīyati →

bodhirasa

is led (by), is led astray (by), is led about (by)

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

ekam'antaṃ nisinno kho so bhikkhu bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, kena nu kho, bhante, loko nīyati, kena loko parikassati, kassa ca uppannassa vasaṃ gacchatī'ti?

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

mosavajje na nīyetha, rūpe snehaṃ na kubbaye, mānañ'ca parijāneyya, sāhasā virato care.

nīyati →

bodhirasa

departs (from), leaves (from)

DHP 175 lokavaggo

haṃs'ādiccapathe yanti, ākāse yanti iddhiyā, nīyanti dhīrā lokamhā, jetvā māraṃ savāhiniṃ.

obhāsayanta →

bodhirasa

shining, radiating, illuminating

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

orambhāgiya →

bodhirasa

lower, lit. connected to the lower part

MN 64 mahāmālukyasuttaṃ

katamo c'ānanda maggo katamā paṭipadā pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ pahānāya

AN 10.13 saṃyojanasuttaṃ

dasay'imāni, bhikkhave, saṃyojanāni. katamāni dasa? pañc'orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni, pañcuddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.

pabbajjā →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) ordination, renunciation, becoming a monastic

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā'ti. evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

es'āhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ'ca bhikkhusaṅghañ'ca, labheyyāhaṃ bhoto gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan'ti.

pabbateyya →

bodhirasa

from mountains, mountain-

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gāvī pabbateyyā bālā abyattā akhettaññū akusalā visame pabbate carituṃ.

AN 5.51 āvaraṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, nadī pabbateyyā dūraṅgamā sīghasotā hārahārinī. tassā puriso ubhato naṅgalamukhāni vivareyya.

pacalāyamāna →

bodhirasa

nodding off, lit. shaking forward

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena āyasmā mahāmoggallāno magadhesu kallavāḷaputtagāme pacalāyamāno nisinno hoti

pacalāyati →

bodhirasa

nods off, lit. shakes forward

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

pacalāyasi no tvaṃ moggallāna pacalāyasi no tvaṃ, moggallānā'ti

paccakkhāya →

bodhirasa

giving up, disavowing, renouncing, rejecting

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

so kupito anattamano sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvattati. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu ūmibhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvatto.

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

so rāg'ānuddhaṃsena cittena maraṇaṃ vā nigacchati maraṇamattaṃ vā dukkhaṃ. maraṇañ'h'etaṃ, bhikkhave, ariyassa vinaye yo sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvattati.

paccaya →

bodhirasa

support, requisite, necessity

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

cīvara-piṇḍapāta-senāsana-gilāna-ppaccaya-bhesajja-parikkhāraṃ

paccaya →

bodhirasa

cause (for), supporting condition (for), precondition (for), prerequisite (for), requirement (for)

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

avijjā-paccayā saṅkhārā, saṅkhāra-paccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇa-paccayā nāmarūpaṃ

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yassa darathajā na santi keci, oraṃ āgamanāya paccayāse, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

paccayatā →

bodhirasa

dependency, causal connection, causal relation, lit. state of having a cause

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjāya nivuto loko'ti. avijjā'ti ... pubbante aññāṇaṃ aparante aññāṇaṃ pubbant'āparante aññāṇaṃ, ida-ppaccayatā-paṭiccasamuppannesu dhammesu aññāṇaṃ

paccuṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

rising, getting out of bed

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

rattiyā pacchimaṃ yāmaṃ paccuṭṭhāya caṅkamena nisajjāya āvaraṇīyehi dhammehi cittaṃ parisodhessāmā'ti, evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ ajjhesi, paṭibhātu taṃ bhikkhu dhammo bhāsitun'ti.

paccājāyati →

bodhirasa

is born again (among), is reborn (in), takes birth (in)

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, appakā te sattā ye manussesu paccājāyanti. atha kho ete'y'eva bahutarā sattā ye aññatra manussehi paccājāyanti.

paccūsasamayaṃ →

bodhirasa

before dawn, early in the morning

SN 20.11 siṅgālasuttaṃ

assuttha no tumhe bhikkhave rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ jarasiṅgālassa vassamānassā'ti

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā rattiyā paccūsasamayaṃ paccuṭṭhāya āyasmantaṃ soṇaṃ ajjhesi, paṭibhātu taṃ bhikkhu dhammo bhāsitun'ti.

pacīyati →

bodhirasa

is accumulated, is increased, is heaped up

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yathā'ssa passato rūpaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati no-pacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

padīpeyya →

bodhirasa

lamps, lighting, lighting material, lit. fit for being lit

AN 3.13 āsaṃsasuttaṃ

so ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyā-āvasatha-padīpeyyassa

pahāya →

bodhirasa

leaving behind, giving up, abandoning

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

so sabbaso rāg'ānusayaṃ pahāya paṭigh'ānusayaṃ paṭivinodetvā asmī'ti diṭṭhimān'ānusayaṃ samūhanitvā avijjaṃ pahāya vijjaṃ uppādetvā diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hoti

SNP 1 uragasuttaṃ uragavaggo 1

yo nīvaraṇe pahāya pañca, anigho tiṇṇakathaṃkatho visallo, so bhikkhu jahāti orapāraṃ, urago jiṇṇam'iva tacaṃ purāṇaṃ.

pahīyati →

bodhirasa

is abandoned, is given up, vanishes

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ yoniso manasikaroto tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti, sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā dassanā pahātabbā

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

maraṇena'pi taṃ pahīyati, yaṃ puriso mam'idan'ti maññati, etam'pi viditvā paṇḍito, na mamattāya nametha māmako.

pajjhāyanta →

bodhirasa

being downcast, brooding, being sullen, being morose, being depressed

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, uttaro māṇavo pārāsiviy'antevāsī tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte, ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tuṇhībhūto maṅkubhūto pattakkhandho adhomukho pajjhāyanto appaṭibhāno nisīdi.

pajjhāyati →

bodhirasa

broods, is anxious, is concerned, is overcome

DN 14.5 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

tatra sudaṃ, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro antepuraṃ gato dukkhī dummano pajjhāyati, dhiratthu kira, bho, jāti nāma, yatra hi nāma jātassa jarā paññāyissatī'ti!

pakatatta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) regular monk who is not suspended

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattayuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

palāyati →

bodhirasa

runs away, flees, escapes

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

yo have iṇamādāya, cujjamāno palāyati, na hi te iṇamatthī'ti, taṃ jaññā vasalo iti.

pamocayati →

bodhirasa

sets free, liberates

THI 69 sundarī therīgāthā

so aham'pi gamissāmi, nagaraṃ mithilaṃ pati, app'eva maṃ so bhagavā, sabbadukkhā pamocaye.

pamāya →

bodhirasa

measuring, evaluating, appraising

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

vinicchaye ṭhatvā sayaṃ pamāya, uddhaṃ sa lokasmiṃ vivādam'eti, hitvāna sabbāni vinicchayāni, na medhagaṃ kubbati jantu loke'ti.

panāyamāyasmā →

bodhirasa

and this venerable

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

taṃ kho pan'āyam'āyasmā dhammaṃ sutvā dvayena vūpakāsena sampādeti, kāyavūpakāsena ca cittavūpakāsena ca.

panāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

and this, but this

MN 60 apaṇṇakasuttaṃ

kāmaṃ kho pana m'āhu paro loko, hotu nesaṃ bhavataṃ samaṇabrāhmaṇānaṃ saccaṃ vacanaṃ, atha ca pan'āyaṃ bhavaṃ purisapuggalo diṭṭh'eva dhamme viññūnaṃ gārayho

MN 60 apaṇṇakasuttaṃ

atha ca pan'āyaṃ bhavaṃ purisapuggalo diṭṭh'eva dhamme viññūnaṃ gārayho, dussīlo purisapuggalo micchādiṭṭhi natthikavādo'ti

pappuyya →

bodhirasa

obtaining, attaining, getting, experiencing

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

pasaṃsito vā pana tattha hoti, akkhāya vādaṃ parisāya majjhe, so hassatī uṇṇamatī ca tena, pappuyya tam'atthaṃ yathā mano ahu.

parabyañjana →

bodhirasa

consonant following (from) (the vowel)

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sarato parabyañjanassa ṭhān'āsannavasā dvittaṃ.

parabyābādha →

bodhirasa

hurting another, harm to another

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ nu kho ahaṃ idaṃ kāyena kammaṃ kattu'kāmo idaṃ me kāyakammaṃ attabyābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, parabyābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāyapi saṃvatteyya

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nev'attabyābādhāya ceteti na parabyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti attahita-parahita-ubhayahita-sabbalokahitam'eva cintayamāno cinteti.

paracittapariyāyakusala →

bodhirasa

who is skilled in understanding anther’s mind, lit. skilled in the ways of another’s mind

AN 10.51 sacittasuttaṃ

no ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paracittapariyāyakusalo hoti, atha sacittapariyāyakusalo bhavissāmī'ti, evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

paraneyya →

bodhirasa

could be led by another, should be guided by another

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

na brāhmaṇassa paraneyyam'atthi, dhammesu niccheyya samuggahītaṃ, tasmā vivādāni upātivatto, na hi seṭṭhato passati dhammam'aññaṃ.

paribhojanīya →

bodhirasa

washing water, rinsing water

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhante, amhākaṃ yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati so āsanāni paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, avakkārapātiṃ upaṭṭhāpeti

paribhojanīyaghaṭa →

bodhirasa

water container, vessel for washing water

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

yo passati pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeti

paribhojaṇīya →

bodhirasa

washing water, rinsing water

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

udakaṃ āsanena ca: āsanena saha pāṇīya-paribhojaṇīyaṃ udakaṭṭhapanaṃ kataṃ kiṃ? āsanena saha pāṇīya-paribhojaṇīyaṃ udakaṭṭhapanaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

paricārayamāna →

bodhirasa

amusing oneself, lit. going around

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

so tattha passati gahapatiṃ vā gahapatiputtaṃ vā pañcahi kāmaguṇehi samappitaṃ samaṅgībhūtaṃ paricārayamānaṃ.

paridevaneyya →

bodhirasa

causing cries of sorrow, causing lament, distressing

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

kiṃ'sū asissāmi kuvaṃ vā asissaṃ, dukkhaṃ vata settha kv'ajja sessaṃ, ete vitakke paridevaneyye, vinayetha sekho aniketacārī.

paridevayati →

bodhirasa

mourns, laments, wails

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

kāmesu giddhā pasutā pamūḷhā, avadāniyā te visame niviṭṭhā, dukkhūpanītā paridevayanti, kiṃ'sū bhavissāma ito cutāse.

parihariyati →

bodhirasa

is carried, is passed

DN 14.4 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo. svāssudaṃ aṅken'eva aṅkaṃ parihariyati

parihāyati →

bodhirasa

dwindles, decreases, deteriorates, wastes away

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

tassa ce kāmayānassa, chandajātassa jantuno, te kāmā parihāyanti, sallaviddho'va ruppati.

AN 4.183 sutasuttaṃ

yañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭhaṃ bhāsato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ na bhāsitabban'ti vadāmi.

parihāyati →

bodhirasa

falls away (from), declines (in)

DHP 364 bhikkhuvaggo

dhamm'ārāmo dhammarato, dhammaṃ anuvicintayaṃ, dhammaṃ anussaraṃ bhikkhu, saddhammā na parihāyati.

parikkhaya →

bodhirasa

exhaustion (of), destruction (of), extinction (of), loss (of)

DHP 139 daṇḍavaggo

rājato vā upasaggaṃ, abbhakkhānañ'ca dāruṇaṃ, parikkhayañ'ca ñātīnaṃ, bhogānañ'ca pabhaṅguraṃ.

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

taṃ vā pana anabhisambhavaṃ appaṭivijjhaṃ pañcannaṃ orambhāgiyānaṃ saṃyojanānaṃ parikkhayā antarāparinibbāyī hoti.

parikkhayaṃ gacchati →

bodhirasa

is exhausted, goes to waste, gets lost, dwindles away

DN 31.11 siṅgālasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ kicc'āpadesabahulassa viharato anuppannā c'eva bhogā n'uppajjanti, uppannā ca bhogā parikkhayaṃ gacchanti.

parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gacchati →

bodhirasa

dwindles and disappears completely, gets used up and finished

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ kantāragatānaṃ yā parittā sambalamattā, sā parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya

SN 15.1 tiṇakaṭṭhasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me mātā, tassā me mātu ayaṃ mātā’ti, apariyādinnā'va bhikkhave, tassa purisassa mātumātaro assu, atha imasmiṃ jambudīpe tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ parikkhayaṃ pariyādānaṃ gaccheyya.

parinibbāyati →

bodhirasa

is extinguished, is liberated, enters nibbāna

SN 35.234 udāyīsuttaṃ

so evaṃ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññ'eva parinibbāyati.

DN 16.20 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

na tāv'āhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā

paripūrayati →

bodhirasa

fulfils, satisfies

DN 19.11 mahāgovindasuttaṃ

sace te ūnaṃ kāmehi, ahaṃ paripūrayāmi te, yo taṃ hiṃsati vāremi, bhūmisenāpati ahaṃ.

parissaya →

bodhirasa

danger, risk, difficulty

DHP 328 nāgavaggo

sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃcaraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ, abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya ten'attamano satīmā.

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

abalā naṃ balīyanti, maddant'enaṃ parissayā, tato naṃ dukkham'anveti, nāvaṃ bhinnam'iv'odakaṃ.

parisuddhi →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) purity, innocence

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

chanda-parisuddhi, utukkhānaṃ, bhikkhugaṇanā ca, ovādo, uposathassa etāni, pubbakiccan'ti vuccati.

parivajjayanta →

bodhirasa

completely avoiding, shunning, keeping away

MN 2.6 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, aparivajjayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, parivajjayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā parivajjanā pahātabbā.

parivajjayati →

bodhirasa

completely avoids, shuns, keeps away (from)

DHP 123 pāpavaggo

vāṇijo'va bhayaṃ maggaṃ, appasattho mahaddhano, visaṃ jīvitu'kāmo'va, pāpāni parivajjaye.

SNP 39 kāmasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 1

tasmā jantu sadā sato, kāmāni parivajjaye, te pahāya tare oghaṃ, nāvaṃ sitvā'va pāragū'ti.

parivattiya →

bodhirasa

turning around

JA 537 mahāsutasoma jātakaṃ

evaṃ pamatto rasagārave ratto, bālo yadī āyati n'āvabujjhati, vidhamma putte caji ñātake ca, parivattiya attānam'eva khādati.

pariyanta →

bodhirasa

enclosed with, surrounded by, encircled by

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam'eva kāyaṃ uddhaṃ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā taca-pariyantaṃ pūraṃ nānappakārassa asucino paccavekkhati

pariyanta →

bodhirasa

end, limit

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

evam'āhāro evaṃ sukha-dukkha-ppaṭisaṃvedī evam'āyu-pariyanto

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

accayāsi, brāhmaṇa, pañhaṃ, n'āsakkhi pañhassa pariyantaṃ gahetuṃ. nibbānogadhañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, brahmacariyaṃ vussati nibbānaparāyaṇaṃ nibbānapariyosānan'ti.

pariyantakārī →

bodhirasa

who limits, who restricts, lit. limit-maker

AN 5.114 andhakavindasuttaṃ

etha tumhe, āvuso, appabhassā hotha, bhasse pariyantakārino'ti, iti bhassapariyante samādapetabbā nivesetabbā patiṭṭhāpetabbā.

pariyantavantu →

bodhirasa

restricted, within limits, with defined purpose

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ

pariyatta →

bodhirasa

learned by heart, mastered

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathā-pariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti.

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

no ce te evaṃ viharato taṃ middhaṃ pahīyetha tato tvaṃ moggallāna yathāsutaṃ yathā-pariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi manasā anupekkheyyāsi

pariyatti →

bodhirasa

learning, scriptural study

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

so tāya dhamma-pariyattiyā divasaṃ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, n'ānuyuñjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, bhikkhu pariyattibahulo, no dhammavihārī.

pariyattibahula →

bodhirasa

who is devoted to learning, who studies scriptures a lot

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

so tāya dhammapariyattiyā divasaṃ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, n'ānuyuñjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, bhikkhu pariyattibahulo, no dhammavihārī.

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

iti kho, bhikkhu, desito mayā pariyattibahulo, desito paññattibahulo, desito sajjhāyabahulo, desito vitakkabahulo, desito dhammavihārī.

pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇati →

bodhirasa

defends the case, speaks in defence of, lit. speaks case for defence

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, sace maṃ koci kiñci vakkhati, ime me rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇissantī'ti.

pariyosānakalyāṇa →

bodhirasa

good at the end, beneficial at the conclusion

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

pariyādinna →

bodhirasa

is used up, is exhausted, is consumed

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ evam'assa, amhākaṃ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādinnā

pariyādinna →

bodhirasa

overwhelmed, overpowered, under the control of, lit. completely taken

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

yad'api luddho lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinna-citto parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati.

pariyādiyati →

bodhirasa

overcomes, overpowers, controls, lit. completely seizes

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

evam'eva kho bhikkhave aniccasaññā bhāvitā bahulīkatā sabbaṃ kāmarāgaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ rūparāgaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ bhavarāgaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ avijjaṃ pariyādiyati sabbaṃ asmimānaṃ samūhanati.

pariyādiṇṇa →

bodhirasa

is used up, is exhausted, is consumed

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

atha kho tesaṃ, bhikkhave, dvinnaṃ jāyampatikānaṃ evam'assa, amhākaṃ kho yā parittā sambalamattā sā parikkhīṇā pariyādiṇṇā

pariyādāna →

bodhirasa

using up, exhaustion, consumption, depletion

DN 1.21 brahmajālasuttaṃ

yāvassa kāyo ṭhassati tāva naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā kāyassa bhedā uddhaṃ jīvita-pariyādānā na naṃ dakkhanti devamanussā'ti

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

thāmavā hoti yāva jīvitamaraṇa-pariyādānā thāmaṃ upadaṃsetā.

pariyādāya →

bodhirasa

wearing away, exhausting

SN 22.101 vāsijaṭasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, sāmuddikāya nāvāya vettabandhanabaddhāya vassamāsāni udake pariyādāya hemantikena thalaṃ ukkhittāya vātātapaparetāni vettabandhanāni.

pariyādāya →

bodhirasa

obsessing, overpowering, occupying, controlling, lit. completely seizing

SN 17.3 kummasuttaṃ

tasmā't'iha, bhikkhave, evaṃ sikkhitabbaṃ, uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ pajahissāma, na ca no uppanno lābhasakkārasiloko cittaṃ pariyādāya ṭhassatī'ti.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

pathavīsamaṃ, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvehi. pathavīsamañ'hi te, rāhula, bhāvanaṃ bhāvayato uppannā manāpāmanāpā phassā cittaṃ na pariyādāya ṭhassanti.

pariyāpanna →

bodhirasa

comprehensive, thorough, complete

AN 4.48 visākhasuttaṃ

āyasmā visākho pañcālaputto upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ bhikkhū dhammiyā kathāya sandasseti ... poriyā vācāya vissaṭṭhāya anelagalāya atthassa viññāpaniyā pariyāpannāya anissitāya

pariyāpuṇitabba →

bodhirasa

should be mastered, should be studied, should be thoroughly learned

SN 20.7 āṇisuttaṃ

tesu bhaññamānesu na sussūsissanti na sotaṃ odahissanti na aññā cittaṃ upaṭṭhāpessanti na ca te dhamme uggahetabbaṃ pariyāpuṇitabbaṃ maññissanti.

pariyāpuṇitvā →

bodhirasa

having mastered, having studied, having thoroughly learned

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

ehi tvaṃ, tāta sudassana, bhagavato santike imaṃ gāthaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā mama bhattābhihāre bhāsa

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti.

pariyāpuṇāti →

bodhirasa

studies, learns thoroughly, masters

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

tassa bhavanti vattāro, iṅgha tāva āyasmā āgamaṃ pariyāpuṇassū'ti, iti'ssa bhavanti vattāro.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacce moghapurisā dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇanti, suttaṃ, geyyaṃ, veyyākaraṇaṃ, gāthaṃ, udānaṃ, itivuttakaṃ, jātakaṃ, abbhutadhammaṃ, vedallaṃ.

pariyāpādeti →

bodhirasa

completely finishes off, kills completely

SN 42.3 yodhājīvasuttaṃ

yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tam'enaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parajitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī'ti.

pariyāya →

bodhirasa

way, means, method, figure of speech, way of saying

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

atthi kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā nān'ātthā c'eva nānābyañjanā ca, atthi ca kho, āvuso, pariyāyo yaṃ pariyāyaṃ āgamma ime dhammā ek'atthā, byañjanam'eva nānaṃ.

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

siyā pan'āvuso aññopi pariyāyo yathā ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti

pariyāya →

bodhirasa

discourse, instruction, treatment

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhante, cetaso bhikkhu dabbajātiko, yato yato imassa dhamma-pariyāyassa paññāya atthaṃ upaparikkheyya, labhetheva attamanataṃ, labhetheva cetaso pasādaṃ

pariyāya →

bodhirasa

turn, detour, roundabout way

DN 9.1 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

etu kho, bhante, bhagavā. svāgataṃ, bhante, bhagavato. cirassaṃ kho, bhante, bhagavā imaṃ pariyāyam'akāsi, yad'idaṃ idh'āgamanāya

pariyāya →

bodhirasa

way, nature, habit, property, quality

SNP 38 dvayatānupassanāsuttaṃ mahāvaggo 12

yena yena hi maññanti, tato taṃ hoti aññathā, etādiso vinābhāvo, passa lokassa pariyāyaṃ.

pariyāyabhattabhojanānuyogamanuyutta →

bodhirasa

who is devoted to the practice of eating meals at intervals

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

acelako ce'pi, kassapa, hoti, muttācāro, hatthāpalekhano ... iti evarūpaṃ addhamāsikam'pi pariyāya-bhatta-bhojan'ānuyogam'anuyutto viharati.

pariyāyabhattika →

bodhirasa

(ascetic) who eats at intervals

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, pariyāyabhattikassa pariyāyabhattika-mattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.

pariyāyadassāvī →

bodhirasa

knowing the reason, aware of the purpose, lit. seeing the way around

AN 5.159 udāyīsuttaṃ

pariyāyadassāvī kathaṃ kathessāmī'ti paresaṃ dhammo desetabbo.

pariyāyati →

bodhirasa

flee in all directions

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, bhayaṃ hoti aṭavisaṅkopo, cakkasamārūḷhā jānapadā pariyāyanti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho asamayo padhānāya.

pariyāyaṃ karoti →

bodhirasa

makes a detour, goes out of one’s way, lit. makes a turn

DN 9.1 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

etu kho, bhante, bhagavā. svāgataṃ, bhante, bhagavato. cirassaṃ kho, bhante, bhagavā imaṃ pariyāyam'akāsi, yad'idaṃ idh'āgamanāya

pariyāyena →

bodhirasa

in a way

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

kassa nu kho, bhante, subhāsitan'ti? sabbesaṃ vo, bhikkhave, subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena, api ca yaṃ mayā sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane metteyyapañhe

pariññeyya →

bodhirasa

which should be completely comprehended, which should be fully understood

SN 22.106 pariññeyyasuttaṃ

katame ca, bhikkhave, pariññeyyā dhammā? rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, pariññeyyo dhammo

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

ettāvatā kho, āvuso, bhikkhu abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānāti, pariññeyyaṃ parijānāti, abhiññeyyaṃ abhijānanto pariññeyyaṃ parijānanto diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hotī'ti.

pariññeyya →

bodhirasa

should be completely comprehended, should be fully understood

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

yā c'āvuso, paññā yañ'ca viññāṇaṃ, imesaṃ dhammānaṃ saṃsaṭṭhānaṃ no visaṃsaṭṭhānaṃ paññā bhāvetabbā, viññāṇaṃ pariññeyyaṃ. idaṃ nesaṃ nānākaraṇan'ti.

pariññāya →

bodhirasa

completely comprehending, fully understanding

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

sabbaṃ dhammaṃ pariññāya yaṃkiñci vedanaṃ vediyati sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā so tāsu vedanāsu anicc'ānupassī viharati

SNP 62 nanda māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 7

nāhaṃ sabbe samaṇabrāhmaṇāse, jātijarāya nivutā'ti brūmi, ye s'īdha diṭṭhaṃ'va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sīlabbataṃ vā'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, anekarūpam'pi pahāya sabbaṃ, taṇhaṃ pariññāya anāsavāse, te ve narā oghatiṇṇā'ti brūmi.

parājaya →

bodhirasa

defeat, loss

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

dubbhāsitaṃ vikkhalitaṃ, sampamohaṃ parājayaṃ, aññoññass'ābhinandanti, tadariyo katha-n'ācare.

AN 4.3 paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ

appamatto ayaṃ kali, yo akkhesu dhana-parājayo, sabbassāpi sahāpi attanā, ayam'eva mahantataro kali.

parāyana →

bodhirasa

destined for, culminating in, lit. going beyond

SN 22.109 sotāpannasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako sotāpanno avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhi-parāyano'ti

parāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

destined (for), culminating (in), going towards, lit. going beyond

SN 48.44 pubbakoṭṭhakasuttaṃ

paññindriyaṃ bhāvitaṃ bahulīkataṃ amat'ogadhaṃ hoti amata-parāyaṇaṃ amata-pariyosānan'ti

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

viññāṇaṭṭhitiyo sabbā, abhijānaṃ tathāgato, tiṭṭhantam'enaṃ jānāti, vimuttaṃ ta-pparāyaṇaṃ.

parāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

finding support in, depending on, relying on

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ bhabbo etarahi, kāmāni paṭisevituṃ, anivatti bhavissāmi, brahmacariya-parāyaṇo'ti.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

alīnacitto ca siyā, na c'āpi bahu cintaye, nirāmagandho asito, brahmacariya-parāyaṇo.

pasaṃsiya →

bodhirasa

praiseworthy, should be praised

AN 4.3 paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ

yo nindiyaṃ pasaṃsati, taṃ vā nindati yo pasaṃsiyo vicināti mukhena so kaliṃ, kalinā tena sukhaṃ na vindati.

passaddhakāya →

bodhirasa

relaxed body, calm body

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tassa sabbehi imehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi visuddham'attānaṃ samanupassato, vimuttam'attānaṃ samanupassato, pāmojjaṃ jāyati, pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vedeti, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

passambhayanta →

bodhirasa

calming, stilling, settling, lit. causing to be calm

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ kāyasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, passambhayaṃ cittasaṅkhāraṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

passeyya →

bodhirasa

could see

DN 22.7 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu seyyathā'pi passeyya sarīraṃ sivathikāya chaḍḍitaṃ ek'āhamataṃ vā dvī'hamataṃ vā tī'hamataṃ vā uddhumātakaṃ vinīlakaṃ vipubbakajātaṃ

passiya →

bodhirasa

seeing

THI 71 vacchapāla theragāthā

muttā ca tato sā bhikkhunī, agamī buddhavarassa santikaṃ, passiya varapuññalakkhaṇaṃ, cakkhu āsi yathā purāṇakanti.

pasādanīya →

bodhirasa

inspiring confidence

AN 2.135 āyācanavaggo

ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā appasādanīye ṭhāne pasādaṃ upadaṃseti ananuvicca apariyogāhetvā pasādanīye ṭhāne appasādaṃ upadaṃseti

pathabyā →

bodhirasa

of earth, of whole wide world

DHP 178 lokavaggo

pathabyā ekarajjena, saggassa gamanena vā, sabbalok'ādhipaccena, sot'āpatti-phalaṃ varaṃ.

patitthīyati →

bodhirasa

is stubborn, is obstinate, is pig-headed, is resistant

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo, appam'pi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañ'ca dosañ'ca appaccayañ'ca pātukaroti.

patiṭṭhāpayamāna →

bodhirasa

causing to establish, grounding firmly

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

tasmiṃ samaye satthā pavattitavaradhammacakko anupubbenāgantvā anāthapiṇḍikena mahāseṭṭhinā catupaṇṇāsakoṭidhanaṃ vissajjetvā kārite jetavanamahāvihāre viharati mahājanaṃ saggamagge ca mokkhamagge ca patiṭṭhāpayamāno.

patiṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

firmly grounded (in), well established (in), lit. standing

AN 10.51 sacittasuttaṃ

tena, bhikkhave, bhikkhunā tesu'y'eva kusalesu dhammesu patiṭṭhāya uttari āsavānaṃ khayāya yogo karaṇīyo'ti.

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

bhante, sace ayyā imaṃ temāsaṃ idha vaseyyuṃ, mayaṃ saraṇesu patiṭṭhāya sīlāni gaṇheyyāmā'ti āhaṃsu

patta yutta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) suitable, desirable, lit. arrived at suitability

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

pattacīvaramādāya →

bodhirasa

taking one’s bowl and robe

SN 22.81 pālileyyasuttaṃ

kosambiyaṃ piṇḍāya caritvā pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkanto sāmaṃ senāsanaṃ saṃsāmetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya anāmantetvā upaṭṭhāke anapaloketvā bhikkhusaṅghaṃ eko adutiyo cārikaṃ pakkāmi

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya yena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto ten'upasaṅkami.

patteyya →

bodhirasa

could be reached, could be attained

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

yattha kho, āvuso, na jāyati na jīyati na mīyati na cavati na upapajjati, n'āhaṃ taṃ gamanena lokassa antaṃ ñāteyyaṃ daṭṭheyyaṃ patteyyan'ti vadāmī'ti.

patthayamāna →

bodhirasa

wishing (for), aspiring (for), craving (for)

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tīṇi'māni, bhikkhave, sukhāni patthayamāno sīlaṃ rakkheyya paṇḍito. katamāni tīṇi?

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

patthayamānassa hi jappitāni, pavedhitaṃ vā'pi pakappitesu, cut'ūpapāto idha yassa n'atthi, sa kena vedheyya kuhiṃ'va jappe.

patthayanta →

bodhirasa

wishing (for), aspiring (for), craving (for)

SN 22.95 pheṇapiṇḍūpamasuttaṃ

jaheyya sabbasaṃyogaṃ, kareyya saraṇ'attano, careyy'ādittasīso'va, patthayaṃ accutaṃ padan'ti.

patthayati →

bodhirasa

wishes (for), aspires (for), craves (for)

SNP 2 dhaniyasuttaṃ uragavaggo 2

pakk'odano duddhakhīro'ham'asmi, anutīre mahiyā samānavāso, channā kuṭi āhito gini, atha ce patthayasī pavassa deva.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sace cuto sīlavatato hoti, pavedhatī kamma virādhayitvā, pajappatī patthayatī ca suddhiṃ, satthā'va hīno pavasaṃ gharamhā.

patthayāna →

bodhirasa

wishing (for), aspiring (for), craving (for)

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

sīlaṃ rakkheyya medhāvī, patthayāno tayo sukhe, pasaṃsaṃ vittalābhañ'ca, pecca sagge pamodanaṃ.

patthiya →

bodhirasa

desiring, wishing, aspiring

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sa pannabhāro muni vippamutto, na kappiyo n'ūparato na patthiyo'ti.

patthiya →

bodhirasa

desirable, to be wished for

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, sa pannabhāro muni vippamutto, na kappiyo n'ūparato na patthiyo'ti.

patāyati →

bodhirasa

flares up, sets alight, lit. causes to burn

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

dummaṅkuyaṃ padasseti, dhūmaṃ dhūmī'va pāvako, yato patāyati kodho, yena kujjhanti mānavā.

pavattayati →

bodhirasa

bestows, gives, lit. causes to go forward

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

ahañ'ca te devasikaṃ kahāpaṇasataṃ niccaṃ bhikkhaṃ pavattayissāmī'ti

pavedayati →

bodhirasa

teaches, makes known (to), communicates (to)

DHP 151 jarāvaggo

jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, atho sarīram'pi jaraṃ upeti, satañ'ca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.

pavādiya →

bodhirasa

asserting, insisting, propounding, proclaiming

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

kasmā nu saccāni vadanti nānā, pavādiyāse kusalā vadānā, saccāni sutāni bahūni nānā, udāhu te takkam'anussaranti.

pavāraṇā →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) invitation ceremony at the end of the rains retreat

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

upakaṭṭhāya pavāraṇāya sabb'eva saha paṭisambhidāhi arahattaṃ pāpuṇiṃsu

pavāreti →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) invites, requests

VIN 4.4.120 aphāsukavihāra

saṅghaṃ, bhante, pavāremi diṭṭhena vā sutena vā parisaṅkāya vā. vadantu maṃ āyasmanto anukampaṃ upādāya. passanto paṭikarissāmi

pavāyanta →

bodhirasa

(of scent) wafting, diffusing, radiating, lit. blowing forth

APA 52 cunda therāpadānaṃ

dibbagandhaṃ pavāyantaṃ, yo me pupphagghiyaṃ adā, tam'ahaṃ kittayissāmi, suṇātha mama bhāsato.

pavāyati →

bodhirasa

(of scent) wafts, diffuses, radiates, lit. blows forth

DHP 54 pupphavaggo

na pupphagandho paṭivātam'eti, na candanaṃ tagaramallikā, satañ'ca gandho paṭivātam'eti, sabbā disā sappuriso pavāyati.

payata →

bodhirasa

generous, liberal, open

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payata-pāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṃ

payatapāṇi →

bodhirasa

open handed, freely giving, generous

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako vigatamalamaccherena cetasā agāraṃ ajjhāvasati muttacāgo payatapāṇi vossaggarato yācayogo dānasaṃvibhāgarato. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, cāgadhanaṃ

ITI 100 brāhmaṇadhammayāgasuttaṃ

aham'asmi, bhikkhave, brāhmaṇo yācayogo sadā payatapāṇi antimadehadharo anuttaro bhisakko sallakatto.

payojayati →

bodhirasa

(of work) engages (in), undertakes (in), takes (on)

DHPa 2.11.9 mahādhana seṭṭhiputta vatthu

sace hi ayaṃ paṭhamavaye bhoge akhepetvā kammante payojayissa, imasmiṃ'y'eva nagare aggaseṭṭhi abhavissa. sace pana nikkhamitvā pabbajissa, arahattaṃ pāpuṇissa, bhariyāpissa anāgāmiphale patiṭṭhahissa.

pañcindriyāni →

bodhirasa

five faculties (confidence, effort, mindfulness, mental composure and understanding)

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo bahuratano anekaratano, tatr'imāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā, cattāro sammappadhānā, cattāro iddhipādā, pañc'indriyāni, pañca balāni, satta bojjhaṅgā, ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

ekadhamme patiṭṭhitassa, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno pañc'indriyāni bhāvitāni honti subhāvitāni. katamasmiṃ ekadhamme? appamāde.

pañhabyākaraṇa →

bodhirasa

answer to a question, analysis of a question

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, pañhabyākaraṇāni. katamāni cattāri? atthi, bhikkhave, pañho ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyo, atthi, bhikkhave, pañho vibhajjabyākaraṇīyo

pañhaveyyākaraṇa →

bodhirasa

answer to a question, response to a question

SN 35.245 kiṃsukopamasuttaṃ

atha kho so bhikkhu asantuṭṭho tassa bhikkhussa pañhaveyyākaraṇena, yen'aññataro bhikkhu ten'upasaṅkami

paññindriya →

bodhirasa

power of wisdom, faculty of understanding

DN 33.8 saṅgītisuttaṃ

aparānipi pañc'indriyāni saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

tassa cittaṃ rakkhato āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu saddhindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati … paññindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati.

paññāya →

bodhirasa

knowing, understanding

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, bhikkhuno, idaṃ dukkhan'ti sutaṃ hoti, paññāya c'assa atthaṃ ativijjha passati

DHP 277 maggavaggo

sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā'ti, yadā paññāya passati, atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.

paññāya →

bodhirasa

by wisdom, with intelligence, by understanding, with insight

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

yāni sotāni lokasmiṃ, sati tesaṃ nivāraṇaṃ, sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūmi, paññāy'ete pidhiyyare.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

te taṃ dhammaṃ pariyāpuṇitvā tesaṃ dhammānaṃ paññāya atthaṃ na upaparikkhanti. tesaṃ te dhammā paññāya atthaṃ anupaparikkhataṃ na nijjhānaṃ khamanti.

paññāyati →

bodhirasa

is clearly known, is evident, is perceived

AN 2.9 cariyasuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho bhikkhave ime dve sukkā dhammā lokaṃ pālenti tasmā paññāyati mātā'ti vā mātucchā'ti vā mātulānī'ti vā ācariyabhariyā'ti vā garūnaṃ dārā'ti vā'ti.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yath'āyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

paññāyati →

bodhirasa

is allowed, is permitted

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

maraṇamattañ'h'etaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ yad'idaṃ aññataraṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati. yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati.

paññāyati →

bodhirasa

is well known, is recognized

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

paññāyissasi kho tvaṃ, moghapurisa, etena sakena pāpakena diṭṭhigatena. idh'āhaṃ bhikkhū paṭipucchissāmī'ti.

paṇidhāya →

bodhirasa

guiding, directing, determining

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

evaṃ kho ānanda paṇidhāya bhāvanā hoti

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi pallaṅkaṃ ābhujitvā ujuṃ kāyaṃ paṇidhāya parimukhaṃ satiṃ upaṭṭhapetvā.

paṇidhāya →

bodhirasa

intending, planning

AN 4.3 paṭhamakhatasuttaṃ

yo sugatesu manaṃ padosaye, sataṃ sahassānaṃ nirabbudānaṃ, chattiṃsatī pañca ca abbudāni, yam'ariyagarahī nirayaṃ upeti, vācaṃ manañ'ca paṇidhāya pāpakan'ti.

paṭhamadutiya →

bodhirasa

first and second (1st & 2nd)

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

vaggānaṃ paṭhamadutiyā so c'āghoso.

paṭhamavaya →

bodhirasa

youth, lit. first stage

DHPa 2.11.9 mahādhana seṭṭhiputta vatthu

sace hi ayaṃ paṭhamavaye bhoge akhepetvā kammante payojayissa, imasmiṃ'y'eva nagare aggaseṭṭhi abhavissa.

paṭhamena vayasā →

bodhirasa

youth, in the prime of life (up to age 33), lit. in the first stage of decay

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu daharo hoti yuvā susu kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, paṭhamo samayo padhānāya.

paṭighānusaya →

bodhirasa

underlying tendency towards conflict

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

so sabbaso rāg'ānusayaṃ pahāya paṭigh'ānusayaṃ paṭivinodetvā asmī'ti diṭṭhimān'ānusayaṃ samūhanitvā avijjaṃ pahāya vijjaṃ uppādetvā diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hoti

paṭipuccheyya →

bodhirasa

should be asked in return, should be counter-questioned

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

ekaṃsavacanaṃ ekaṃ, vibhajjavacan'āparaṃ, tatiyaṃ paṭipuccheyya, catutthaṃ pana ṭhāpaye.

paṭipucchāvyākaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

should be answered with a counter-question, should be explained by questioning in return

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

atthi bhikkhave pañho ekaṃsavyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho vibhajjavyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho paṭipucchāvyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho ṭhapanīyo

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

paṭisaṃvedayati →

bodhirasa

experiences, undergoes, feels

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso divasaṃ tīhi sattisatehi haññamāno tato nidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvedayethā'ti

paṭisaṃvediyati →

bodhirasa

experiences, feels (a sensation)

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññatha, bhikkhave, api nu so puriso divasaṃ tīhi sattisatehi haññamāno tatonidānaṃ dukkhaṃ domanassaṃ paṭisaṃvediyethā'ti?

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo ca kho, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yathā vedanīyaṃ ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathāssa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso hoti, okāso paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

paṭisaṃyujeyya →

bodhirasa

(of an argument) starts, begins, engages (in), lit. connects (with)

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

saccan'ti so brāhmaṇo kiṃ vadeyya, musā'ti vā so vivadetha kena, yasmiṃ samaṃ visamaṃ vā'pi n'atthi, sa kena vādaṃ paṭisaṃyujeyya.

paṭisaṅkhāya →

bodhirasa

reflecting, carefully considering

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

so iti paṭisaṅkhāya atītasmiṃ rūpasmiṃ anapekkho hoti, anāgataṃ rūpaṃ n'ābhinandati, paccuppannassa rūpassa nibbidāya virāgāya nirodhāya paṭipanno hoti

paṭissatimattāya →

bodhirasa

for mere mindfulness, for mere self-awareness

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi kāyo'ti vā pan'assa sati paccupaṭṭhitā hoti yāva'd'eva ñāṇamattāya paṭissatimattāya anissito ca viharati na ca kiñci loke upādiyati

paṭivedayati →

bodhirasa

informs, reports, makes known

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

ārocayāmi vo bhikkhave paṭivedayāmi vo bhikkhave mā vo sāmaññatthikānaṃ sataṃ sāmaññattho parihāyi sati uttariṃ karaṇīye

paṭivinaya →

bodhirasa

removal, dispelling

AN 9.30 āghāta paṭivinayasuttaṃ

nava'y'ime, bhikkhave, āghāta-paṭivinayā. katame nava? anatthaṃ me acari, taṃ kut'ettha labbhā'ti āghātaṃ paṭivineti.

paṭiyatta →

bodhirasa

prepared, arranged

BV 2 sumedha patthanā kathā

nerañjarāya tīramhi, pāyāsaṃ ada so jino, paṭiyatta-vara-maggena, bodhimūlamupehiti.

paṭiyatta →

bodhirasa

dressed, done up, decorated

DHPa 1.5.1 aññatarapurisa vatthu

rājā kira pasenadi kosalo ekasmiṃ chaṇadivase alaṅkata-paṭiyattaṃ sabbasetaṃ ekaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ nāma hatthiṃ abhiruyha mahantena rājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti

paṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

starting (from), beginning (with), going forwards (from), from the time

DHPa 1.6.4 mahākappinatthera vatthu

kiṃ bhante avelāya ayyā āgatā'ti pucchitvā ādito paṭṭhāya kathesuṃ

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

daharakālato paṭṭhāya hi naṃ mārāpento'va seṭṭhi māretuṃ n'āsakkhi, kiṃ akkharasamayaṃ sikkhāpessati?

pemanīya →

bodhirasa

endearing, friendly, affectionate

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yā sā vācā nelā kaṇṇasukhā pemanīyā hadayaṅgamā porī bahujanakantā bahujanamanāpā tathārūpiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti.

pesuṇeyya →

bodhirasa

divisive speech, slander, defamation, denigration, back-biting

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

patilīno akuhako, apihālu amaccharī, appagabbho ajeguccho, pesuṇeyye ca no yuto.

pesuṇiya →

bodhirasa

divisive speech, slander, defamation, denigration, back-biting

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

nindāya nappavedheyya, na uṇṇameyya pasaṃsito bhikkhu, lobhaṃ saha macchariyena, kodhaṃ pesuṇiyañ'ca panudeyya.

petteyyatā →

bodhirasa

love for one’s father, filial piety

DHP 332 nāgavaggo

sukhā matteyyatā loke, atho petteyyatā sukhā, sukhā sāmaññatā loke, atho brahmaññatā sukhā.

pettivisaya →

bodhirasa

ghost realm, realm of the forefathers, sphere of the ancestors

AN 5.179 gihisuttaṃ

so ākaṅkhamāno attanāva attānaṃ byākareyya khīṇanirayomhi khīṇatiracchānayoni khīṇa-pettivisayo khīṇ'āpāyaduggativinipāto sotāpannoham'asmi avinipātadhammo niyato sambodhiparāyaṇo'ti

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

abhabbo taṃ kammaṃ kātuṃ, yaṃ kammaṃ katvā nirayaṃ vā tiracchānayoniṃ vā pettivisayaṃ vā upapajjeyya, abhabbo'va tāva kālaṃ kātuṃ yāva na sot'āpattiphalaṃ sacchikaroti.

peyya →

bodhirasa

drink, lit. to be drunk

AN 10.107 dhovanasuttaṃ

atthi, bhikkhave, dakkhiṇesu janapadesu dhovanaṃ nāma. tattha hoti annam'pi pānam'pi khajjam'pi bhojjam'pi leyyam'pi peyyam'pi naccam'pi gītam'pi vāditam'pi. atth'etaṃ, bhikkhave, dhovanaṃ, n'etaṃ n'atthī'ti vadāmi.

peyyāla →

bodhirasa

(denoting a repetition) etc etc

SN 8.2 aratisuttaṃ

ekaṃ samayaṃ ... pe …

phalasacchikiriyā →

bodhirasa

personal experience of the fruit (of)

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

satt'ime, brāhmaṇa, bojjhaṅgā anāvaraṇā anīvaraṇā cetaso anupakkilesā bhāvitā bahulīkatā vijjāvimutti-phalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. katame satta?

phalikamaya →

bodhirasa

made of crystal, made of quartz crystal

DN 2.4 mahāsudassanasuttaṃ

kusāvatiyā, ānanda, rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.

phassakāyā →

bodhirasa

classes of contact, categories of sense impingment

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, phasso? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, phassakāyā, cakkhusamphasso, sotasamphasso, ghānasamphasso, jivhāsamphasso, kāyasamphasso, manosamphasso. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, phasso.

phassapaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of contact, sense impingement as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ, sa'ḷ'āyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā

phassasamudaya →

bodhirasa

origin of contact, source of raw experience

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, phasso kho, āvuso, eko anto, phassasamudayo dutiyo anto, phassanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho.

phassasamudaya →

bodhirasa

originating from contact, arising from contact

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

chandamūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, manasikārasambhavā sabbe dhammā, phassasamudayā sabbe dhammā, vedanāsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā

phassāyatana →

bodhirasa

sense field, lit. contact field

SN 35.234 udāyīsuttaṃ

evam'eva kho āvuso bhikkhu chassu phass'āyatanesu n'eva attānaṃ n'āttaniyaṃ samanupassati.

UD 25 mahāmoggallānasuttaṃ

sati kāyagatā upaṭṭhitā, chasu phass'āyatanesu saṃvuto, satataṃ bhikkhu samāhito, jaññā nibbānam'attano'ti.

pidhiyyare →

bodhirasa

they are closed off, they are shut

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

savanti sabbadhi sotā, sotānaṃ kiṃ nivāraṇaṃ, sotānaṃ saṃvaraṃ brūhi, kena sotā pidhiyyare.

pidhīyati →

bodhirasa

is closed, is shut

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bahusampatto hoti, atha taṃ dvāraṃ pidhīyati.

pidhīyati →

bodhirasa

is covered, is blocked, is stopped

DHP 173 lokavaggo

yassa pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, kusalena pidhīyati, so'maṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā mutto'va candimā.

pihayati →

bodhirasa

envies, is jealous (of)

DHP 94 arahantavaggo

yass'indriyāni samathaṅ'gatāni, assā yathā sārathinā sudantā, pahīnamānassa anāsavassa, devā'pi tassa pihayanti tādino.

UD 27 sakkudānasuttaṃ

piṇḍapātikassa bhikkhuno, attabharassa anaññaposino, devā pihayanti tādino, upasantassa sadā satīmato'ti.

pithīyati →

bodhirasa

is closed, is shut

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bahusampatto hoti, atha taṃ dvāraṃ pithīyati.

piya manāpa →

bodhirasa

dearly loved, liked and loved

DN 14.4 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, uppalaṃ vā padumaṃ vā puṇḍarīkaṃ vā bahuno janassa piyaṃ manāpaṃ, evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, vipassī kumāro bahuno janassa piyo ahosi manāpo

piya →

bodhirasa

dear (to), beloved (by), lovely (for)

DHP 130 daṇḍavaggo

sabbe tasanti daṇḍassa, sabbesaṃ jīvitaṃ piyaṃ, attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

AN 11.15 mettāsuttaṃ

manussānaṃ piyo hoti, amanussānaṃ piyo hoti, devatā rakkhanti, n'āssa aggi vā visaṃ vā satthaṃ vā kamati, tuvaṭaṃ cittaṃ samādhiyati, mukhavaṇṇo vippasīdati

piya →

bodhirasa

liked, pleasant, agreeable

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

piya-ppahūtā kalahā vivādā, paridevasokā sahamaccharā ca, mān'ātimānā sahapesuṇā ca, maccherayuttā kalahā vivādā, vivādajātesu ca pesuṇāni.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

sabbattha munī anissito, na piyaṃ kubbati no'pi appiyaṃ, tasmiṃ paridevamaccharaṃ, paṇṇe vāri yathā na limpati.

piya →

bodhirasa

friend, dear one, loved one

DHP 210 piyavaggo

mā piyehi samāgañchi, appiyehi kudācanaṃ, piyānaṃ adassanaṃ dukkhaṃ, appiyānañ'ca dassanaṃ.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

sabbattha munī anissito, na piyaṃ kubbati no'pi appiyaṃ, tasmiṃ paridevamaccharaṃ, paṇṇe vāri yathā na limpati.

piya →

bodhirasa

love, friendship

JA 253 maṇikaṇṭha jātakaṃ

na taṃ yāce yassa piyaṃ jigiṃse, desso hoti atiyācanāya, nāgo maṇiṃ yācito brāhmaṇena, adassanaṃ'y'eva tad'ajjhagamāti.

piyacakkhūhi →

bodhirasa

kindly, lit. with friendly eyes

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, manussā samaggā sammodamānā avivadamānā khīrodakībhūtā aññamaññaṃ piyacakkhūhi sampassantā viharanti. ayaṃ, bhikkhave, catuttho samayo padhānāya.

piyaggāhī →

bodhirasa

grasping after pleasure, grabbing what one loves, lit. grabbing the dear

DHP 209 piyavaggo

ayoge yuñjam'attānaṃ, yogasmiñ'ca ayojayaṃ, atthaṃ hitvā piyaggāhī, pihet'att'ānuyoginaṃ.

piyapuggala →

bodhirasa

dear person, loved person

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

tañ'ca pana ārabhantena paṭhamaṃ piyapuggal'ādīsu na ārabhitabbā. piyo hi piyaṭṭhāne'y'eva tiṭṭhati. atippiyasahāyako atippiyasahāyakaṭṭhāne'y'eva.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

evaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ karuṇāyitvā tato paraṃ eten'eva upāyena piyapuggale, tato majjhatte, tato verimhī'ti anukkamena karuṇā pavattetabbā.

piyarūpa →

bodhirasa

agreeable, enticing, nice, lit. lovely form

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu cakkhunā rūpaṃ disvā piyarūpe rūpe adhimuccati, appiyarūpe rūpe byāpajjati, anupaṭṭhitakāyassati ca viharati parittacetaso.

SNP 63 hemaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 8

idha diṭṭhasutamutaviññātesu, piyarūpesu hemaka, chandarāgavinodanaṃ, nibbānapadam'accutaṃ.

piyatta →

bodhirasa

affection, being loved

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

addhā ayam'āyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī'ti. ayam'pi dhammo piyattāya garuttāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

piyatā →

bodhirasa

affection, being loved

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

addhā ayam'āyasmā jānaṃ jānāti passaṃ passatī'ti. ayam'pi dhammo piyatāya garutāya bhāvanāya sāmaññāya ekībhāvāya saṃvattati.

piyavacana →

bodhirasa

polite speech, term of endearment

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

āyasmā'ti piyavacanaṃ garuvacanaṃ sagāravasappatissādhivacanametaṃ āyasmā'ti.

piyavippayoga →

bodhirasa

separation from friends, separation from those who are dear

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

jāti'pi dukkhā, jarā'pi dukkhā, maraṇam'pi dukkhaṃ, soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā'pi dukkhā, appiyehi sampayogo'pi dukkho, piyehi vippayogo'pi dukkho, yam'p'icchaṃ na labhati tam'pi dukkhaṃ, saṅkhittena pañcupādānakkhandhā dukkhā.

piyāppiya →

bodhirasa

beloved and unloved, friend and foe, pleasant and unpleasant

DHP 211 piyavaggo

tasmā piyaṃ na kayirātha, piyāpāyo hi pāpako, ganthā tesaṃ na vijjanti, yesaṃ n'atthi piyāppiyaṃ.

piyāpāya →

bodhirasa

loss of loved ones, separation from the beloved, absence of the loved

DHP 211 piyavaggo

tasmā piyaṃ na kayirātha, piyāpāyo hi pāpako, ganthā tesaṃ na vijjanti, yesaṃ n'atthi piyāppiyaṃ.

piyāyita →

bodhirasa

loved, dearly loved

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

supinena yathā'pi saṅgataṃ, paṭibuddho puriso na passati, evam'pi piyāyitaṃ janaṃ, petaṃ kālakataṃ na passati.

piṇḍiyālopabhojana →

bodhirasa

alms-food, lit. lump morsel food

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ te piṇḍiyālopabhojanaṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa

piṇḍāya caritvā →

bodhirasa

having walked for alms food

DHPa 1.5.3 ānandaseṭṭhi vatthu

atha naṃ piṇḍāya caritvā jīvituṃ samatthakāle sā kapālakaṃ hatthe ṭhapetvā, tāta, mayaṃ taṃ nissāya mahādukkhaṃ pattā

piṇḍāya →

bodhirasa

for alms

VIN 1.2.13 kuladūsaka sikkhāpadaṃ

addasā kho aññataro upāsako taṃ bhikkhuṃ kīṭāgirismiṃ piṇḍāya carantaṃ. disvāna yena so bhikkhu ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā taṃ bhikkhuṃ abhivādetvā etad'avoca, api, bhante, piṇḍo labbhatī'ti?

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā rāhulo, ko n'ajja bhagavatā sammukhā ovādena ovadito gāmaṃ piṇḍāya pavisissatī'ti tato paṭinivattitvā aññatarasmiṃ rukkhamūle nisīdi

pubbabyañjana →

bodhirasa

preceding consonsant

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

pubbabyañjanaṃ sarato puthakkātabbaṃ.

pubbakiriyā →

bodhirasa

gerund, absolutive, indeclinable past particle, lit. done before

pubbaṇhasamayaṃ →

bodhirasa

early morning time

SN 22.80 piṇḍolyasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā kismiñcid'eva pakaraṇe bhikkhusaṅghaṃ paṇāmetvā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya kapilavatthuṃ piṇḍāya pāvisi

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho bhagavā pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya yena kasibhāradvājassa brāhmaṇassa kammanto ten'upasaṅkami.

pubbācariya →

bodhirasa

first teacher, foremost teacher

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

pubb'ācariyā'ti, bhikkhave, mātāpitūnaṃ etaṃ adhivacanaṃ … taṃ kissa hetu? bahukārā, bhikkhave, mātāpitaro, puttānaṃ āpādakā posakā imassa lokassa dassetāro'ti.

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

brahmā'ti mātāpitaro, pubb'ācariyā'ti vuccare, āhuneyyā ca puttānaṃ, pajāya anukampakā.

pubbāpariya →

bodhirasa

successive, continuous, lit. before and after

UD 50 cūḷapanthakasuttaṃ

ṭhitena kāyena ṭhitena cetasā, tiṭṭhaṃ nisinno uda vā sayāno, etaṃ satiṃ bhikkhu adhiṭṭhahāno, labhetha pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ, laddhāna pubbāpariyaṃ visesaṃ, adassanaṃ maccurājassa gacche'ti.

purisavīriya →

bodhirasa

human effort, human energy

AN 2.5 upaññātasuttaṃ

appaṭivānī sud'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, padahāmi, kāmaṃ taco ca nahāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ, yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī'ti.

puññabhāgiya →

bodhirasa

related to merit, connected with good deeds, lit. sharing in merit

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhiṃ'p'ahaṃ, bhikkhave, dvayaṃ vadāmi. atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi sāsavā puññabhāgiyā upadhivepakkā, atthi, bhikkhave, sammādiṭṭhi ariyā anāsavā lok'uttarā maggaṅgā.

puññakiriyā →

bodhirasa

making merit, meritorious deeds

SN 3.17 attabyābādhasuttaṃ

appamādaṃ pasaṃsanti, puññakiriyāsu paṇḍitā, appamatto ubho atthe, adhiggaṇhāti paṇḍito.

puññakkhaya →

bodhirasa

exhaustion of merit

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

devalokato hi devaputtā āyukkhayena puññakkhayena āhārakkhayena kopenā'ti catūhi kāraṇehi cavanti.

puṇṇakapañha →

bodhirasa

Question of Punnaka, a sutta in the Pārāyana Vagga of the Sutta Nipāta

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

idañ'ca pana m'etaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane puṇṇakapañhe.

pācittiya →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) offence requiring confession

VIN 2.5.6.7 nahāna sikkhāpadaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu oren'addhamāsaṃ nahāyeyya, pācittiya'nti

pāgabbhiya →

bodhirasa

impudence, forwardness, boldness, cockiness, assertiveness

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

na ca katthitā siyā bhikkhu, na ca vācaṃ payuttaṃ bhāseyya, pāgabbhiyaṃ na sikkheyya, kathaṃ viggāhikaṃ na kathayeyya.

pāhuneyya →

bodhirasa

worthy of hospitality, lit. should be received as guests

DN 16.11 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

yad'idaṃ cattāri purisayugāni aṭṭha purisapuggalā, esa bhagavato sāvakasaṅgho āhuneyyo pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassā'ti

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, aṭṭhahi dhammehi samannāgato bhikkhu āhuneyyo hoti pāhuneyyo dakkhiṇeyyo añjalikaraṇīyo anuttaraṃ puññakkhettaṃ lokassa.

pākatindriya →

bodhirasa

vulgar mind, inferior mind, lit. common faculties

AN 6.46 mahācundasuttaṃ

ime pana dhammayog'amhā, dhammayog'amhā'ti uddhatā unnaḷā capalā mukharā vikiṇṇavācā muṭṭhassatī asampajānā asamāhitā vibbhantacittā pākatindriyā

pālayanta →

bodhirasa

protecting, taking care (of)

SN 3.13 doṇapākasuttaṃ

manujassa sadā satīmato, mattaṃ jānato laddhabhojane, tanu tassa bhavanti vedanā, saṇikaṃ jīrati āyu-pālayan'ti.

pānīya →

bodhirasa

water, drinking water, lit. drinkable

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

tassā evam'assa, yaṃnūn'āhaṃ agatapubbañ'c'eva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan'ti.

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhante, amhākaṃ yo paṭhamaṃ gāmato piṇḍāya paṭikkamati so āsanāni paññapeti, pānīyaṃ paribhojanīyaṃ upaṭṭhāpeti, avakkārapātiṃ upaṭṭhāpeti

pānīyaghaṭa →

bodhirasa

container for drinking water

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

yo passati pānīyaghaṭaṃ vā paribhojanīyaghaṭaṃ vā vaccaghaṭaṃ vā rittaṃ tucchaṃ so upaṭṭhāpeti

pāpasahāya →

bodhirasa

with bad companions, having evil friends

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

kiñcāpi, bhikkhave, evarūpassa puggalassa na diṭṭhānugatiṃ āpajjati, atha kho naṃ pāpako kittisaddo abbhuggacchati, pāpamitto purisapuggalo pāpasahāyo pāpasampavaṅko'ti.

pāpiya →

bodhirasa

worse (than), more evil (than)

DHP 42 cittavaggo

diso disaṃ yaṃ taṃ kayirā, verī vā pana verinaṃ, micchāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ, pāpiyo naṃ tato kare.

DHP 76 paṇḍitavaggo

nidhīnaṃ'va pavattāraṃ, yaṃ passe vajjadassinaṃ, niggayhavādiṃ medhāviṃ, tādisaṃ paṇḍitaṃ bhaje, tādisaṃ bhajamānassa, seyyo hoti na pāpiyo.

pāricariyā →

bodhirasa

attending (to), waiting (on), service (to)

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā, idh'eva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī'ti.

pārājika →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) defeated, lost

VIN PA 1 paṭhama pārājikaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu bhikkhūnaṃ sikkhāsājīvasamāpanno sikkhaṃ apaccakkhāya dubbalyaṃ anāvikatvā methunaṃ dhammaṃ paṭiseveyya antamaso tiracchānagatāyapi, pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso'ti

pārāyana →

bodhirasa

Way to the Far Shore, Way to the Beyond, last chapter of the Sutta Nipāta

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

idañ'ca pana m'etaṃ, bhikkhave, sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane puṇṇakapañhe.

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena sambahulānaṃ therānaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ pacchābhattaṃ piṇḍapātapaṭikkantānaṃ maṇḍalamāḷe sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi, vuttam'idaṃ, āvuso, bhagavatā pārāyane metteyyapañhe.

pātheyya →

bodhirasa

provisions for a journey, padkos

DHP 235 malavaggo

paṇḍupalāso'va dāni'si, yamapurisā'pi ca te upaṭṭhitā, uyyogamukhe ca tiṭṭhasi, pātheyyam'pi ca te na vijjati.

pātimokkha →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) 227 precepts for Buddhist monks

MN 107 gaṇakamoggallānasuttaṃ

ehi tvaṃ bhikkhu sīlavā hohi pātimokkha-saṃvara-saṃvuto viharāhi

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

akittayī vivaṭacakkhu, sakkhidhammaṃ parissayavinayaṃ, paṭipadaṃ vadehi bhaddante, pātimokkhaṃ athavā'pi samādhiṃ.

pāyasa →

bodhirasa

milk rice porridge, kheer

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo mahatiyā kaṃsapātiyā pāyasaṃ vaḍḍhetvā bhagavato upanāmesi, bhuñjatu bhavaṃ gotamo pāyasaṃ.

pāyāsa →

bodhirasa

milk rice porridge, kheer

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho kasibhāradvājo brāhmaṇo mahatiyā kaṃsapātiyā pāyāsaṃ vaḍḍhetvā bhagavato upanāmesi, bhuñjatu bhavaṃ gotamo pāyāsaṃ.

BV 2 sumedha patthanā kathā

ajapālarukkhamūlasmiṃ, nisīditvā tathāgato, tattha pāyāsaṃ paggayha, nerañjaram'upehiti.

pāṇīya →

bodhirasa

water, drinking water, lit. drinkable

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

udakaṃ āsanena ca: āsanena saha pāṇīya-paribhojaṇīyaṃ udakaṭṭhapanaṃ kataṃ kiṃ? āsanena saha pāṇīya-paribhojaṇīyaṃ udakaṭṭhapanaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ.

pāṭihāriya →

bodhirasa

miracle, wonder, lit. against the norm

DN 11.2 kevaṭṭasuttaṃ

imaṃ kho ahaṃ, kevaṭṭa, iddhi-pāṭihāriye ādīnavaṃ sampassamāno iddhi-pāṭihāriyena aṭṭīyāmi harāyāmi jigucchāmi

pūjanīya →

bodhirasa

worthy of veneration, worthy of reverence

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

asevanā ca bālānaṃ, paṇḍitānañ'ca sevanā, pūjā ca pūjanīyānaṃ, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

pūjayamāna →

bodhirasa

devotedly offering, worshipping (with), honouring (with)

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidāna kathā

tattha devamanussā gandhamāl'ādīhi pūjayamānā, mahāpurisa, idha tumhehi sadiso añño n'atthi, kut'ettha uttaritaro'ti āhaṃsu.

pūjayanta →

bodhirasa

devotedly offering, worshipping (with), honouring (with)

DHP 195 buddhavaggo

pūj'ārahe pūjayato, buddhe yadi va sāvake, papañcasamatikkante, tiṇṇasokapariddave.

DHP 196 buddhavaggo

te tādise pūjayato, nibbute akutobhaye, na sakkā puññaṃ saṅkhātuṃ, im'ettam'api kenaci.

pūjayati →

bodhirasa

devotedly offers, worships, honours

DHP 106 sahassavaggo

māse māse sahassena, yo yajetha sataṃ samaṃ, ekañ'ca bhāvit'attānaṃ, muhuttam'api pūjaye, sā'y'eva pūjanā seyyo, yañ'ce vassasataṃ hutaṃ.

pūtikāya →

bodhirasa

putrid body, disgusting body

SN 22.87 vakkalisuttaṃ

alaṃ, vakkali, kiṃ te iminā pūtikāyena diṭṭhena? yo kho, vakkali, dhammaṃ passati so maṃ passati, yo maṃ passati so dhammaṃ passati

rajanīya →

bodhirasa

desirable, arousing, enticing, tantalizing, lit. what could be desired

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, rañño vā rājamahāmattassa vā vīṇāya saddo assutapubbo assa. so vīṇāsaddaṃ suṇeyya. so evaṃ vadeyya, ambho, kassa nu kho eso saddo evaṃ-rajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti?

AN 5.81 rajanīyasuttaṃ

rajanīye na rajjati, dussanīye na dussati, mohanīye na muyhati, kuppanīye na kuppati, madanīye na majjati.

ramaṇīya →

bodhirasa

delightful, pleasing, charming, beautiful, lit. to be enjoyed

DHP 98 arahantavaggo

ramaṇīyāni araññāni, yattha na ramatī jano, vītarāgā ramissanti, na te kāmagavesino.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, pokkharaṇī acchodakā sātodakā sītodakā setakā supatitthā ramaṇīyā.

ramma →

bodhirasa

lovely, wonderful, enjoyable, delightful, lit. should be enjoyed

JA 488 bhisa jātakaṃ

so bajjhataṃ pāsasatehi chabbhi, rammā vanā niyyatu rājadhāniṃ, tuttehi so haññatu pācanehi, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi.

DHPa 25 cūḷapanthakatthera vatthu

sahassakkhattum'attānaṃ, nimminitvāna panthako, nisīd'ambavane ramme, yāva kālappavedanā'ti.

rattiyā ca divasassa ca →

bodhirasa

by day and night, continuously, lit. by night and day

SN 12.61 assutavāsuttaṃ

yañ'ca kho etaṃ bhikkhave vuccati cittaṃ iti'pi mano iti'pi viññāṇaṃ iti'pi taṃ rattiyā ca divasassa ca aññadeva uppajjati aññaṃ nirujjhati

rattiyā pacchime yāme →

bodhirasa

in the last watch of the night

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

ajja kho, pan'ānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamakasālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati

ratyā →

bodhirasa

at night, when night

TH 231 mahāpanthaka theragāthā

tato ratyā vivasāne, sūriyassuggamanaṃ pati, sabbaṃ taṇhaṃ visosetvā, pallaṅkena upāvisin'ti.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

tato ratyā vivasāne, gāmantam'abhihāraye, avhānaṃ n'ābhinandeyya, abhihārañ'ca gāmato.

rāgakkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of desire, extinction of desire

SN 22.106 pariññeyyasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, pariññā? rāgakkhayo, dosakkhayo, mohakkhayo, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, pariññā

rāgānusaya →

bodhirasa

underlying tendency towards desire

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

so sabbaso rāg'ānusayaṃ pahāya paṭigh'ānusayaṃ paṭivinodetvā asmī'ti diṭṭhimān'ānusayaṃ samūhanitvā avijjaṃ pahāya vijjaṃ uppādetvā diṭṭh'eva dhamme dukkhass'antakaro hoti

rāhaseyyaka →

bodhirasa

private, secluded, isolated, lit. sleeping in private

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

yāni ca kho tāni senāsanāni appasaddāni appanigghosāni vijanavātāni manussa-rāhaseyyakāni paṭisallānasāruppāni tathārūpehi senāsanehi saṃsaggaṃ vaṇṇayāmī'ti

rāja →

bodhirasa

royal

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

sūro yathā rāja-khādāya puṭṭho, abhigajjam'eti paṭisūram'icchaṃ, yen'eva so tena palehi sūra, pubb'eva n'atthi yad'idaṃ yudhāya.

rājadhānī →

bodhirasa

royal city, capital city

SN 12.65 nagarasuttaṃ

tam'anugacchanto passeyya purāṇaṃ nagaraṃ purāṇaṃ rājadhāniṃ pubbakehi manussehi ajjhāvuṭṭhaṃ ārāmasampannaṃ vanasampannaṃ pokkharaṇīsampannaṃ uddhāpavantaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ.

JA 488 bhisa jātakaṃ

so bajjhataṃ pāsasatehi chabbhi, rammā vanā niyyatu rājadhāniṃ, tuttehi so haññatu pācanehi, bhisāni te brāhmaṇa yo ahāsi.

rājakhādā →

bodhirasa

royal food, royal cuisine

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

sūro yathā rājakhādāya puṭṭho, abhigajjam'eti paṭisūram'icchaṃ, yen'eva so tena palehi sūra, pubb'eva n'atthi yad'idaṃ yudhāya.

rājakosa →

bodhirasa

royal treasury, royal storehouse

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhanassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa kodh'ābhibhūtassa kodhaparetassa, ye'pi'ssa te honti bhogā uṭṭhānavīriy'ādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sed'āvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā, te'pi rājāno rājakosaṃ pavesenti kodh'ābhibhūtassa.

rājakula →

bodhirasa

royal court, lit. royal family

AN 3.28 gūthabhāṇīsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakula-majjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho

rājakulamajjhagata →

bodhirasa

amidst the royal court, among royalty

AN 3.28 gūthabhāṇīsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo sabhaggato vā parisaggato vā ñātimajjhagato vā pūgamajjhagato vā rājakulamajjhagato vā abhinīto sakkhipuṭṭho

rājamahāmatta →

bodhirasa

royal minister, cabinet member

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattaṃ vā nānaccayehi sūpehi paccupaṭṭhito assa.

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

kathañ'ca, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti? idha, bhikkhave, mahācoro rājānaṃ vā rājamahāmattānaṃ vā nissito hoti.

rājaparisā →

bodhirasa

king’s retinue, royal council, king’s court, royal assembly

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

tena kho pana samayena rājantepure rājaparisāya sannisinnānaṃ sannipatitānaṃ ayam'antarākathā udapādi

rājapurisa →

bodhirasa

king’s man, royal servant

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

seyyathā'pi saha bhaṇḍena gahitacoraṃ, vadhetha nan'ti rañño āṇāya rājapurisā bandhitvā catukke catukke pahārasatāni dentā āghātanaṃ nenti.

rājaratha →

bodhirasa

royal chariot, state carriage

DHP 151 jarāvaggo

jīranti ve rājarathā sucittā, atho sarīram'pi jaraṃ upeti, satañ'ca dhammo na jaraṃ upeti, santo have sabbhi pavedayanti.

DHP 171 lokavaggo

etha passath'imaṃ lokaṃ, cittaṃ rājaratha-upamaṃ, yattha bālā visīdanti, n'atthi saṅgo vijānataṃ.

rājañña →

bodhirasa

man of the ruling class, young khattiya

DN 23.20 pāyāsisuttaṃ

atha kho pāyāsi rājañño uttaraṃ māṇavaṃ āmantāpetvā etad'avoca, saccaṃ kira tvaṃ, tāta uttara, dānaṃ datvā evaṃ anuddisasi, imin'āhaṃ dānena pāyāsiṃ rājaññam'eva imasmiṃ loke samāgacchiṃ, mā parasmin'ti

rājaṅgaṇa →

bodhirasa

palace courtyard

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

rājā te sabbe gāhāpetvā rājaṅgaṇe nābhippamāṇe āvāṭe khaṇāpetvā te tattha nisīdāpetvā paṃsūhi pūretvā upari palāle vikirāpetvā aggiṃ dāpesi.

rājānubhāva →

bodhirasa

royal dignity, royal majesty, royal splendour

DHPa 1.5.1 aññatarapurisa vatthu

rājā kira pasenadi kosalo ekasmiṃ chaṇadivase alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sabbasetaṃ ekaṃ puṇḍarīkaṃ nāma hatthiṃ abhiruyha mahantena rājānubhāvena nagaraṃ padakkhiṇaṃ karoti

rāmaṇeyya →

bodhirasa

agreeable, good natured

SN 11.15 rāmaṇeyyakasuttaṃ

ārāmacetyā vanacetyā, pokkharañño sunimmitā, manussa-rāmaṇeyyassa, kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ.

rāmaṇeyyaka →

bodhirasa

delightful, pleasing

DN 23.10 pāyāsisuttaṃ

abhijānāsi no tvaṃ, rājañña, divā seyyaṃ upagato supinakaṃ passitā ārāma-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ vana-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ bhūmi-rāmaṇeyyakaṃ pokkharaṇī-rāmaṇeyyakan'ti

rūpasamudaya →

bodhirasa

source of material form, origin of the body

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

āhārasamudayā rūpasamudayo, āhāranirodhā rūpanirodho.

rūpiyamaya →

bodhirasa

silver, made of silver

DN 2.4 mahāsudassanasuttaṃ

kusāvatiyā, ānanda, rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.

sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī →

bodhirasa

experiencing the whole body, conscious of the whole body, sensitive to the whole process

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, sabbakāyapaṭisaṃvedī passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

sabhaya →

bodhirasa

dangerous, perilous, risky

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

sabhayo c'eso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca sagahano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca. asappurisasevito c'eso maggo, na c'eso maggo sappurisehi sevito.

sabhāgāpatti →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) with the same offence, having a common offence

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

sabhāgāpattiyo ca na vijjanti kiṃ? vikālabhojanādivatthu sabbhāgapattiyo ca na vijjanti.

sabyañjana →

bodhirasa

in letter

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

so dhammaṃ deseti ādikalyāṇaṃ majjhekalyāṇaṃ pariyosānakalyāṇaṃ sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

sabyāpajja →

bodhirasa

afflicted, distressed, oppressed

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, mahānāma, ariyasāvako visamagatāya pajāya samappatto viharati, sabyāpajjāya pajāya abyāpajjo viharati, dhammasotaṃ samāpanno sīlānussatiṃ bhāveti.

saccakiriyā →

bodhirasa

oath, promise, solemn declaration, lit. truth making

JAa 7 kaṭṭhahāri jātakavaṇṇanā

deva, idāni ṭhapetvā saccakiriyaṃ añño mama sakkhi n'atthi, sac'āyaṃ dārako tumhe paṭicca jāto, ākāse tiṭṭhatu, no ce, bhūmiyaṃ patitvā maratū'ti bodhisattassa pāde gahetvā ākāse khipi.

sacchikaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

realizable by oneself, achievable, attainable, lit. able to be experienced

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

yassa kassaci ca abhiññā-sacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññā-sacchikiriyāya tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati sati āyatane.

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

yassa yassa ca abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññā sacchikiriyāya tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane.

sacchikiriyā →

bodhirasa

personal experience, personal realization

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ekāyano ayaṃ bhikkhave maggo sattānaṃ visuddhiyā sokaparidevānaṃ samatikkamāya dukkhadomanassānaṃ atthaṅ'gamāya ñāyassa adhigamāya nibbānassa sacchikiriyāya yad'idaṃ cattāro satipaṭṭhānā

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

yassa yassa ca abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññā sacchikiriyāya tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane.

sacittapariyāyakusala →

bodhirasa

skilled in understanding one’s own mind, lit. skilled in the ways of one’s own mind

AN 10.51 sacittasuttaṃ

no ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhu paracittapariyāyakusalo hoti, atha sacittapariyāyakusalo bhavissāmī'ti, evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

sacāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

if he, if one, if this

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

DN 2.32 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

khat'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā. upahat'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā. sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, rājā pitaraṃ dhammikaṃ dhammarājānaṃ jīvitā na voropessatha, imasmiññ'eva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ uppajjissathā'ti.

saddhindriya →

bodhirasa

power of faith, lit. faith faculty

DN 33.8 saṅgītisuttaṃ

aparānipi pañc'indriyāni saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

tassa cittaṃ rakkhato āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu saddhindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati. vīriyindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati.

saggaparāyaṇa →

bodhirasa

destined for heaven

JA 180 duddada jātakaṃ

tasmā satañca asataṃ, nānā hoti ito gati, asanto nirayaṃ yanti, santo saggaparāyaṇā'ti.

saggāpāya →

bodhirasa

heaven and hell

MN 91 brahmāyusuttaṃ

pubbenivāsaṃ yo vedi, sagg'āpāyañ'ca passati, atho jātikkhayaṃ patto, abhiññā vosito muni.

sagāmeyya →

bodhirasa

from the same village

SN 1.50 ghaṭīkārasuttaṃ

virato methunā dhammā, brahmacārī nirāmiso, ahuvā te sagāmeyyo, ahuvā te pure sakhā.

sahabyatā →

bodhirasa

companionship, company, fellowship

SN 42.3 yodhājīvasuttaṃ

yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tam'enaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parajitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī'ti.

sahāya →

bodhirasa

friends, companion, fellow traveller

DHP 328 nāgavaggo

sace labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃcaraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ, abhibhuyya sabbāni parissayāni, careyya ten'attamano satīmā.

DHP 329 nāgavaggo

no ce labhetha nipakaṃ sahāyaṃ, saddhiṃcaraṃ sādhuvihāridhīraṃ, rājā'va raṭṭhaṃ vijitaṃ pahāya, eko care mātaṅg'araññ'eva nāgo.

sahāyaka →

bodhirasa

friend, companion, lit. fellow traveller

DHPa 2.25.3 kokālika vatthu

kacchapo, yadi maṃ sahāyakā nenti, tumhākaṃ ettha kiṃ hoti, duṭṭhaceṭakā'ti

sahāyatā →

bodhirasa

friendship (with), companionship (with), association (with)

DHP 61 bālavaggo

carañ'ce n'ādhigaccheyya, seyyaṃ sadisam'attano, ekacariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā, n'atthi bāle sahāyatā.

DHP 330 nāgavaggo

ekassa caritaṃ seyyo, natthi bāle sahāyatā, eko care na ca pāpāni kayirā, appossukko mātaṅg'araññ'eva nāgo.

sajjhāya →

bodhirasa

recitation, chanting, rehearsal, repetition

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. so tena sajjhāyena divasaṃ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, n'ānuyuñjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ.

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

indriyasaṃvaro brahmacariyassa āhāro, avisaṃvādanā mittānaṃ āhāro, sajjhāya-kiriyā bāhusaccassa āhāro

sajjhāyabahula →

bodhirasa

who chants a lot, who is devoted to recitation

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

so tena sajjhāyena divasaṃ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, n'ānuyuñjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhu, bhikkhu sajjhāyabahulo, no dhammavihārī

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

iti kho, bhikkhu, desito mayā pariyattibahulo, desito paññattibahulo, desito sajjhāyabahulo, desito vitakkabahulo, desito dhammavihārī.

sajjhāyakata →

bodhirasa

recited, chanted, rehearsed, repeated

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

ko nu kho, bho gotama, hetu, ko paccayo yen'ekadā dīgharattaṃ sajjhāyakatā'pi mantā nappaṭibhanti, pag'eva asajjhāyakatā?

sajjhāyaṃ karoti →

bodhirasa

recites, chants, rehearses, repeats, lit. makes recitation

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena sajjhāyaṃ karoti. so tena sajjhāyena divasaṃ atināmeti, riñcati paṭisallānaṃ, n'ānuyuñjati ajjhattaṃ cetosamathaṃ.

sake ācariyake →

bodhirasa

in one’s own teaching, in one’s field of expertise

DN 4.5 soṇadaṇḍasuttaṃ

vihaññati kho ayaṃ soṇadaṇḍo brāhmaṇo sakena cittena. yaṃnūn'āhaṃ soṇadaṇḍaṃ brāhmaṇaṃ sake ācariyake tevijjake pañhaṃ puccheyyan'ti

sakka →

bodhirasa

Sakyan, of the Sakyan people

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

dv'āhaṃ sakkaṃ apucchissaṃ, na me byākāsi cakkhumā, yāvatatiyañ'ca devīsi, byākarotī'ti me sutaṃ.

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

eko ahaṃ sakka mahantam'oghaṃ, anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ, ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu, yaṃ nissito ogham'imaṃ tareyyaṃ.

sakkuṇeyya →

bodhirasa

could be able (to), would be able (to)

AN 10.24 mahācundasuttaṃ

so kismiñcid'eva dhanakaraṇīye samuppanne na sakkuṇeyya upanīhātuṃ dhanaṃ vā dhaññaṃ vā rajataṃ vā jātarūpaṃ vā.

sakkāya →

bodhirasa

individuality, individual existence, the belief “I am”, lit. existing body

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ yoniso manasikaroto tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti, sakkāya-diṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā dassanā pahātabbā

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, sakkāyo kho, āvuso, eko anto, sakkāya-samudayo dutiyo anto, sakkāya-nirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

sakkāyadiṭṭhi →

bodhirasa

view that one is a separate individual, view of being a individual soul

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ yoniso manasikaroto tīṇi saṃyojanāni pahīyanti, sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā dassanā pahātabbā

AN 10.13 saṃyojanasuttaṃ

sakkāyadiṭṭhi, vicikicchā, sīlabbataparāmāso, kāmacchando, byāpādo, imāni pañc'orambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.

sakkāyanirodha →

bodhirasa

ending of individuality

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, sakkāyo kho, āvuso, eko anto, sakkāyasamudayo dutiyo anto, sakkāyanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

sakkāyasamudaya →

bodhirasa

origin of individuality, source of individual entity

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, sakkāyo kho, āvuso, eko anto, sakkāyasamudayo dutiyo anto, sakkāyanirodho majjhe, taṇhā sibbinī.

sakya →

bodhirasa

of Sakyan family

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

assosi kho verañjo brāhmaṇo samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakya-putto sakya-kulā pabbajito verañjāyaṃ viharati

sakyaputtika →

bodhirasa

Buddhist, lit. son of the Sakyan

AN 3.65 sarabhasuttaṃ

aññāya ca pan'āhaṃ samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtikānaṃ dhammaṃ ev'āhaṃ tasmā dhammavinayā apakkanto'ti

sakyaputtiya →

bodhirasa

Buddhist, lit. son of the Sakyan

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, cattāro vaṇṇā, khattiyā, brāhmaṇā, vessā, suddā te tathāgatappavedite dhammavinaye agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajitvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, samaṇā sakyaputtiyā tv'eva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

sādhu khv'assa, bhikkhave, yaṃ idh'ekacco sakyaputtiya-paṭiñño evarūpam'pi attabhāvapaṭilābhaṃ paṭisaṃvediyetha.

sakāyana →

bodhirasa

own path, own way, own method

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

idh'eva suddhi iti vādayanti, n'āññesu dhammesu visuddhim'āhu, evam'pi titthyā puthuso niviṭṭhā, sakāyane tattha daḷhaṃ vadānā.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

saddhammapūjā'pi nesaṃ tath'eva, yathā pasaṃsanti sakāyanāni, sabb'eva vādā tathiyā bhaveyyuṃ, suddhī hi nesaṃ paccattam'eva.

samacariyā →

bodhirasa

wholesome conduct, harmonious behaviour, suitable behaviour, good behaviour

AN 10.47 mahālisuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, mahāli, ime dasa dhammā loke saṃvijjanti, tasmā paññāyati adhammacariyā-visamacariyā'ti vā dhammacariyā-samacariyā'ti vā'ti.

samanubhāsiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being spoken to (by), being conversed with (by)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evam'pi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tad'eva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati

samanugāhiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being closely questioned, being asked for reasons

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evam'pi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tad'eva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati

VIN 1.1.4 pārājikakaṇḍaṃ

tato aparena samayena samanuggāhīyamāno vā asamanuggāhīyamāno vā āpanno visuddhāpekkho evaṃ vadeyya, ajānam'evaṃ, āvuso, avacaṃ jānāmi, apassaṃ passāmi. tucchaṃ musā vilapin'ti, ayam'pi pārājiko hoti asaṃvāso'ti.

samanuyuñjiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being cross-questioned, being cross-examined

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

evam'pi kho ariṭṭho bhikkhu gaddhabādhipubbo tehi bhikkhūhi samanuyuñjiyamāno samanugāhiyamāno samanubhāsiyamāno tad'eva pāpakaṃ diṭṭhigataṃ thāmasā parāmāsā abhinivissa voharati

samavekkhiya →

bodhirasa

considering, reflecting (on)

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

ete parābhave loke, paṇḍito samavekkhiya, ariyo dassanasampanno, sa lokaṃ bhajate sivan'ti.

samavāya →

bodhirasa

coming together, combination

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

iccā'ti padasandhi padasaṃsaggo padapāripūrī akkhara-samavāyo byañjanasiliṭṭhatā padānupubbatāpetaṃ, iccā'ti.

samaya →

bodhirasa

time, occasion

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

hoti so, bhikkhave, samayo yaṃ suvaṇṇakāro vā suvaṇṇakār'antevāsī vā taṃ jātarūpaṃ dhamati sandhamati niddhamati.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃvādino, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā, yasmiṃ, āvuso, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ akālo bhāvanāya, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ kālo bhāvanāya?

samaya →

bodhirasa

condition, state

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

ettāvat'aggam'pi vadanti h'eke, yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse, tesaṃ pan'eke samayaṃ vadanti, anupādisese kusalā vadānā.

samaya →

bodhirasa

learning, study, art

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

daharakālato paṭṭhāya hi naṃ mārāpento'va seṭṭhi māretuṃ n'āsakkhi, kiṃ akkhara-samayaṃ sikkhāpessati?

samayena samayaṃ →

bodhirasa

from time to time, occasionally

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

sambodhiyaṅga →

bodhirasa

element of awakening, factor of enlightenment

DHP 89 paṇḍitavaggo

yesaṃ sambodhiyaṅgesu, sammā cittaṃ subhāvitaṃ, ādānapaṭinissagge, anupādāya ye ratā, khīṇ'āsavā jutimanto, te loke parinibbutā.

sammadaññāya →

bodhirasa

perfectly understanding, completely comprehending

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

anusūyāyamāno so, samma'd'aññāya bhāsati, subhāsitaṃ anumodeyya, dubbhaṭṭhe n'āpasādaye.

sammappaññāya →

bodhirasa

with correct understanding, with perfect wisdom

DHP 190 buddhavaggo

yo ca buddhañ'ca dhammañ'ca, saṅghañ'ca saraṇaṃ gato, cattāri ariyasaccāni, sammappaññāya passati.

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

sabbaṃ rūpaṃ, n'etaṃ mama, n'eso'ham'asmi, na m'eso attā'ti evam'etaṃ yathābhūtaṃ sammappaññāya daṭṭhabbaṃ

sammattaniyāma →

bodhirasa

path with an inevitable destination, fixed correct course

SN 25.1 cakkhusuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, ime dhamme evaṃ saddahati adhimuccati, ayaṃ vuccati saddh'ānusārī, okkanto sammattaniyāmaṃ, sappurisabhūmiṃ okkanto, vītivatto puthujjanabhūmiṃ.

sammodanīya →

bodhirasa

pleasant, friendly (conversation)

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā daṇḍam'olubbha ekam'antaṃ aṭṭhāsi

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam'antaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekam'antaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etad'avocuṃ

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā →

bodhirasa

having exchanged pleasantries and concluded polite conversation

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā daṇḍam'olubbha ekam'antaṃ aṭṭhāsi

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam'antaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekam'antaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etad'avocuṃ

sammāvāyāma →

bodhirasa

correct effort

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ayam'eva ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

sampadhūmāyati →

bodhirasa

steams, emits steam

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho so pāyaso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūmāyati sampadhūmāyati.

sampadhūpāyati →

bodhirasa

smokes, steams

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam'eva so habyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

tassa sīghena javena dhāvato chavim'pi ḍayhati, cammam'pi ḍayhati, maṃsam'pi ḍayhati, nhārum'pi ḍayhati, aṭṭhīni'pi sampadhūpāyanti, ubbhataṃ tādisam'eva hoti.

samparāya →

bodhirasa

future, destiny

SNP 7 vasalasuttaṃ uragavaggo 7

diṭṭh'eva dhamme gārayhā, samparāye ca duggati, na ne jāti nivāreti, duggatyā garahāya vā.

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

piyā su lokasmiṃ kutonidānā, ye c'āpi lobhā vicaranti loke, āsā ca niṭṭhā ca kutonidānā, ye samparāyāya narassa honti.

sampayāta →

bodhirasa

proceeded, headed, set out, gone

DHP 237 malavaggo

upanītavayo ca dāni'si, sampayāto'si yamassa santike, vāso te n'atthi antarā, pātheyyam'pi ca te na vijjati.

sampayātave →

bodhirasa

to proceed, to go on, to continue

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

atha tvaṃ pavitakkam'āgamā, manasā diṭṭhigatāni cintayanto, dhonena yugaṃ samāgamā, na hi tvaṃ sakkhasi sampayātave'ti.

sampāyati →

bodhirasa

continues, proceeds, sets out, goes on, responds

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

idaṃ pan'āyasmā, kattha vuttaṃ bhagavatā'ti, iti puṭṭho na sampāyissati.

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃ puṭṭhā, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā na c'eva sampāyissanti, uttariñ'ca vighātaṃ āpajjissanti. taṃ kissa hetu? yathā taṃ, bhikkhave, avisayasmiṃ.

samudaya →

bodhirasa

arising, appearance

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

evam'etassa kevalassa dukkhakkhandhassa samudayo hoti

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

sace, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evaṃ puccheyyuṃ, kiṃmūlakā, āvuso, sabbe dhammā, kiṃsambhavā sabbe dhammā, kiṃ-samudayā sabbe dhammā, kiṃsamosaraṇā sabbe dhammā

samudayadhamma →

bodhirasa

nature to arise, subject to appearing

VIN 4.1.7 pabbajjākathā

seyyathā'pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ samma'd'eva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evam'eva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃ'y'eva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi, yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti.

SN 35.245 kiṃsukopamasuttaṃ

yato kho, āvuso, bhikkhu yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, ettāvatā, kho, āvuso, bhikkhuno dassanaṃ suvisuddhaṃ hotī'ti.

samuggahāya →

bodhirasa

grasping, embracing, taking up

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

yad'attanī passati ānisaṃsaṃ, diṭṭhe sute sīlavate mute vā, tad'eva so tattha samuggahāya, nihīnato passati sabbamaññaṃ.

samussaya →

bodhirasa

accumulation, pile up, i.e. body

DHP 351 taṇhāvaggo

niṭṭhaṅ'gato asantāsī, vītataṇho anaṅgaṇo, acchindi bhavasallāni, antimo'yaṃ samussayo.

samādhindriya →

bodhirasa

power of collected mind, faculty of mental stability

DN 33.8 saṅgītisuttaṃ

aparānipi pañc'indriyāni saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

tassa cittaṃ rakkhato āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu … samādhindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati. paññindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati.

samādhiyati →

bodhirasa

is calmed, becomes collected, becomes composed, becomes stable

SN 46.3 sīlasuttaṃ

passaddhisambojjhaṅgo tasmiṃ samaye bhikkhuno bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati. passaddhakāyassa sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

tassa kāye kāy'ānupassino viharato cittaṃ na samādhiyati, upakkilesā na pahīyanti. so taṃ nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti.

samādāya →

bodhirasa

accepting, undertaking, taking up

AN 3.4 accayasuttaṃ

yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato bālo veditabbo te tayo dhamme abhinivajjetvā, yehi tīhi dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito veditabbo te tayo dhamme samādāya vattissāmā'ti

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

sayaṃ samādāya vatāni jantu, ucc'āvacaṃ gacchati saññasatto, vidvā ca vedehi samecca dhammaṃ, na ucc'āvacaṃ gacchati bhūripañño.

sandhiyati →

bodhirasa

stays in touch, remains connected

AN 3.133 lekhasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, udake lekhā khippaṃ'y'eva paṭivigacchati, na ciraṭṭhitikā hoti, evam'evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, idh'ekacco puggalo āgāḷhena'pi vuccamāno pharusena'pi vuccamāno amanāpena'pi vuccamāno sandhiyatim'eva saṃsandatim'eva sammodatim'eva.

sandhāya →

bodhirasa

referring to, concerning, in connection with, lit. having put together

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

iti yathā yathā naṃ tesu tesu janapadesu sañjānanti, idaṃ kira me āyasmanto sandhāya voharantī'ti, tathā tathā voharati aparāmasaṃ.

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

kassa nu kho, bhante, subhāsitan'ti? sabbesaṃ vo, bhikkhave, subhāsitaṃ pariyāyena, api ca yaṃ mayā sandhāya bhāsitaṃ pārāyane metteyyapañhe

sandhūmāyati →

bodhirasa

smokes, emits smoke

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

atha kho so pāyaso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūmāyati sampadhūmāyati.

sandhūpāyati →

bodhirasa

smokes

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi nāma phālo divasasantatto udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati, evam'eva so habyaseso udake pakkhitto cicciṭāyati ciṭiciṭāyati sandhūpāyati sampadhūpāyati

sannicaya →

bodhirasa

hoard, pile, cache, stash, accumulation

DHP 92 arahantavaggo

yesaṃ sannicayo natthi, ye pariññātabhojanā, suññato animitto ca, vimokkho yesaṃ gocaro, ākāse va sakuntānaṃ, gati tesaṃ durannayā.

TH 251 raṭṭhapāla theragāthā

passāmi loke sadhane manusse, laddhāna vittaṃ na dadanti mohā, luddhā dhanaṃ sannicayaṃ karonti, bhiyyo'va kāme abhipatthayanti.

sannidhīyati →

bodhirasa

is combined, is put together

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

bindu cūḷāmaṇ'ākāro, niggahītan'ti vuccate, kevalass'āppayogattā, akāro sannidhīyate.

sapariyantacārī →

bodhirasa

self-restrained, lit. own limit acting

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

pañcannaṃ dhīro bhayānaṃ na bhāye, bhikkhu sato sapariyantacārī, ḍaṃsādhipātānaṃ sarīsapānaṃ, manussaphassānaṃ catuppadānaṃ.

sappaṭibhaya →

bodhirasa

fearful, frightful, perilous, risky, dangerous

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

sabhayo c'eso maggo sappaṭibhayo ca sakaṇṭako ca sagahano ca ummaggo ca kummaggo ca duhitiko ca. asappurisasevito c'eso maggo, na c'eso maggo sappurisehi sevito.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso addhānamaggappaṭipanno. so passeyya mahantaṃ udak'aṇṇavaṃ, orimaṃ tīraṃ sāsaṅkaṃ sappaṭibhayaṃ, pārimaṃ tīraṃ khemaṃ appaṭibhayaṃ.

sappāya →

bodhirasa

suitable, beneficial, wholesome, healthy

AN 10.73 iṭṭhadhammasuttaṃ

uṭṭhānaṃ anālasyaṃ bhogānaṃ āhāro, maṇḍanā vibhūsanā vaṇṇassa āhāro, sappāya-kiriyā ārogyassa āhāro, kalyāṇamittatā sīlānaṃ āhāro

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

sappāyāni c'eva bhojanāni bhuñjeyyāsi, mā te asappāyāni bhojanāni bhuñjato vaṇo assāvī assa.

sappāṭihāriya →

bodhirasa

miraculous, wonderful

DN 16.20 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

na tāv'āhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti ... uppannaṃ parappavādaṃ sahadhammena suniggahitaṃ niggahetvā sappāṭihāriyaṃ dhammaṃ desessanti.

sapubbācariyaka →

bodhirasa

(living) with first teachers, with foremost teachers

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

sabrahmakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. sapubb'ācariyakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni, yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti.

saradasamaya →

bodhirasa

autumn season, autumn time

SN 22.102 aniccasaññāsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, saradasamaye kassako mahānaṅgalena kasanto sabbāni mūlasantānakāni sampadālento kasati

satindriya →

bodhirasa

faculty of awareness, power of presence

DN 33.8 saṅgītisuttaṃ

aparānipi pañc'indriyāni saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

tassa cittaṃ rakkhato āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu … satindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati. samādhindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati.

sattanikāya →

bodhirasa

group of beings, class of beings, order of beings

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, jarāmaraṇaṃ? yā tesaṃ tesaṃ sattānaṃ tamhi tamhi sattanikāye jarā jīraṇatā khaṇḍiccaṃ pāliccaṃ valittacatā āyuno saṃhāni indriyānaṃ paripāko, ayaṃ vuccati jarā.

satādhipateyya →

bodhirasa

ruled by mindfulness, governed by awareness

AN 10.58 mūlakasuttaṃ

samādhippamukhā sabbe dhammā, sat'ādhipateyyā sabbe dhammā, paññ'uttarā sabbe dhammā, vimuttisārā sabbe dhammā, amat'ogadhā sabbe dhammā, nibbānapariyosānā sabbe dhammā'ti.

saudraya →

bodhirasa

advantageous, profitable, lit. with result

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā saudrayā'ti. evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

saupāyāsaṃ →

bodhirasa

afflicted, agitated, troubled

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo lobhajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe c'eva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati, savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ.

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, yam'idaṃ taramānassa bhāsitaṃ, sadukkho eso dhammo saupaghāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho, micchāpaṭipadā.

savaṇāya →

bodhirasa

for hearing, to hear, for the purpose of listening to

AN 3.30 avakujjasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo ārāmaṃ gantā hoti abhikkhaṇaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ santike dhamma-ssavanāya

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

alattha no ajja bhagavato sammukhā dhammiṃ kathaṃ savanāyā'ti?

savighātaṃ →

bodhirasa

with irritation, with annoyance, with botheration

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

evarūpo, bhikkhave, puggalo lobhajehi pāpakehi akusalehi dhammehi abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto diṭṭhe c'eva dhamme dukkhaṃ viharati, savighātaṃ saupāyāsaṃ sapariḷāhaṃ.

saya →

bodhirasa

lying, resting, existing

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchi-sayā vātā, koṭṭhā-sayā vātā, aṅgam'aṅg'ānusārino vātā, assāso passāso … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu.

sayameva →

bodhirasa

just by oneself, on one’s own accord

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

yo attano sīlavatāni jantu, anānupuṭṭho'va paresa pāva, anariyadhammaṃ kusalā tam'āhu, yo ātumānaṃ sayam'eva pāva.

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

atisāradiṭṭhiyā'va so samatto, mānena matto paripuṇṇamānī, sayam'eva sāmaṃ manas'ābhisitto, diṭṭhī hi sā tassa tathā samattā.

sayana →

bodhirasa

bed, sleeping place, couch, furniture

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

tasmā hi ne namasseyya, sakkareyya ca paṇḍito, annena atha pānena, vatthena sayanena ca, ucchādanena nhāpanena, pādānaṃ dhovanena ca.

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ te tiṇa-santhāraka-sayana-āsanaṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa

sayana →

bodhirasa

sleeping, lying down

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

ehi tvaṃ, ambho purisa, kālass'eva uṭṭhahanto'va sayanamhā pathaviṃ āmaseyyāsi

BV 2.77 sumedha patthanā kathā

dassanaṃ me atikkante, sasaṅghe lokanāyake, sayanā vuṭṭhahitvāna, pallaṅkaṃ ābhujiṃ tadā.

sayanāsana →

bodhirasa

living place, lit. sleeping and sitting

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

evam'evaṃ te tiṇa-santhāraka-sayanāsanaṃ khāyissati santuṭṭhassa viharato ratiyā aparitassāya phāsuvihārāya okkamanāya nibbānassa

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

ucc'āvacesu sayanesu, kīvanto tattha bheravā, yehi bhikkhu na vedheyya, nigghose sayanāsane.

sayati →

bodhirasa

lies down, sleeps

MN 122 mahāsuññatasuttaṃ

so sayati evaṃ maṃ sayantaṃ n'ābhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssavissantī'ti

sayaṃ →

bodhirasa

by one’s own, oneself, one’s own

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

atthi loke samaṇabrāhmaṇā sammaggatā sammāpaṭipannā ye imañ'ca lokaṃ parañ'ca lokaṃ sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā pavedentī'ti

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

sakañ'hi diṭṭhiṃ katham'accayeyya, chand'ānunīto ruciyā niviṭṭho, sayaṃ samattāni pakubbamāno, yathā hi jāneyya tathā vadeyya.

sayaṃkata →

bodhirasa

self-made, self constructed, self-created

DHP 347 taṇhāvaggo

ye rāgaratt'ānupatanti sotaṃ, sayaṃkataṃ makkaṭako'va jālaṃ, etam'pi chetvāna vajanti dhīrā, anapekkhino sabbadukkhaṃ pahāya.

sayāna →

bodhirasa

lying down

DN 22.3 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu gacchanto vā gacchāmī'ti pajānāti ṭhito vā ṭhitomhī'ti pajānāti nisinno vā nisinnomhī'ti pajānāti sayāno vā sayāno'mhī'ti pajānāti

sañcaya →

bodhirasa

accumulation, collection, quantity of, personal name

DHPa 1.1.8 sāriputtatthera vatthu

tehi'pi saddhiṃ gacchantesu pañcasu paribbājakasatesu sañcayassa aḍḍhateyyasatāni nivattiṃsu, atha kho te attano antevāsikehi aḍḍhateyyehi paribbājakasatehi saddhiṃ veḷuvanaṃ agamaṃsu.

sañjāyati →

bodhirasa

appears, arises, is born, is produced

DN 18.4 janavasabhasuttaṃ

yathā kho, mārisā, nimittāni dissanti, uḷāro āloko sañjāyati, obhāso pātubhavati, brahmā pātubhavissati

saññamayanta →

bodhirasa

restraining, controlling

DHP 380 bhikkhuvaggo

attā hi attano nātho, attā hi attano gati, tasmā saññamayaṃ'ttānaṃ, assaṃ bhadraṃ'va vāṇijo.

saññākāyā →

bodhirasa

classes of perception, categories of recognition

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, saññākāyā, rūpasaññā, saddasaññā, gandhasaññā, rasasaññā, phoṭṭhabbasaññā, dhammasaññā. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, saññā.

saññāsamudaya →

bodhirasa

source of perception, origin of recognition

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

phassasamudayā saññāsamudayo, phassanirodhā saññānirodho.

saḷāyatana →

bodhirasa

six sense fields

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ? cakkh'āyatanaṃ, sot'āyatanaṃ, ghān'āyatanaṃ, jivh'āyatanaṃ, kāy'āyatanaṃ, man'āyatanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ.

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

nāmarūpa-paccayā sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ, sa'ḷ'āyatana-paccayā phasso, phassa-paccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ

saḷāyatanapaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of six sense fields, six sense fields as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ, sa'ḷ'āyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā

saṃsaya →

bodhirasa

doubt, uncertainty

SNP 69 posāla māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 14

yo atītaṃ ādisati, anejo chinna-saṃsayo, pāraguṃ sabbadhammānaṃ, atthi pañhena āgamaṃ.

saṃvejanīya →

bodhirasa

with awe, with reverence, lit. should cause to be awed

DN 16.29 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, ānanda, saddhassa kulaputtassa dassanīyāni saṃvejanīyāni ṭhānāni

saṃvesiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being put to bed, being laid down

AN 3.36 devadūtasuttaṃ

ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷhagilānaṃ, sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ, aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ, aññehi saṃvesiyamānan'ti?

saṃvutindriya →

bodhirasa

with mind under control, with senses retrained

TH 261 mahākassapa theragāthā

anuddhato acapalo, nipako saṃvutindriyo, sobhati paṃsukūlena, sīho'va girigabbhare.

saṃyama →

bodhirasa

restraint (from), abstinence (from)

KHP 5 maṅgalasuttaṃ

āratī viratī pāpā, majjapānā ca saṃyamo, appamādo ca dhammesu, etaṃ maṅgalam'uttamaṃ.

DHP 380 bhikkhuvaggo

attā hi attano nātho, attā hi attano gati, tasmā saṃyama'y'attānaṃ, assaṃ bhadraṃ'va vāṇijo.

saṃyamanta →

bodhirasa

restraining, controlling

DHP 380 bhikkhuvaggo

attā hi attano nātho, attā hi attano gati, tasmā saṃyamam'attānaṃ, assaṃ bhadraṃ'va vāṇijo.

saṃyameti →

bodhirasa

practices self-control, restrains

DHP 37 cittavaggo

dūraṅgamaṃ ekacaraṃ, asarīraṃ guhāsayaṃ, ye cittaṃ saṃyamessanti, mokkhanti mārabandhanā.

saṃyata →

bodhirasa

self-controlled, restrained

DHP 362 bhikkhuvaggo

hattha-saṃyato pāda-saṃyato, vācā-saṃyato saṃyat'uttamo, ajjhattarato samāhito, eko santusito tam'āhu bhikkhuṃ.

DHP 362 bhikkhuvaggo

hattha-saṃyato pāda-saṃyato, vācā-saṃyato saṃyat'uttamo, ajjhattarato samāhito, eko santusito tam'āhu bhikkhuṃ.

saṃyatatta →

bodhirasa

self-controlled, self-restrained

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

yo ca jānaṃ saṃyat'atto, jānaṃ na bahu bhāsati, sa munī monam'arahati, sa munī monam'ajjhagā'ti.

saṃyojaniya →

bodhirasa

fettering, chaining, bonding, obstructing

SN 35.197 dukkhadhammasuttaṃ

tassa ce, bhikkhave, bhikkhuno evaṃ carato evaṃ viharato kadāci karahaci satisammosā uppajjanti, pāpakā akusalā sarasaṅkappā saṃyojaniyā, dandho, bhikkhave, satuppādo

saṅghakamma →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) legal action of the community

DHPa 2.12.7 saṅghabheda parisakkana vatthu

ajja't'agge dān'āhaṃ, āvuso ānanda, aññatr'eva bhagavatā aññatra bhikkhusaṅghena uposathaṃ karissāmi saṅghakammañcā'ti

saṅkasāyati →

bodhirasa

keeps still, waits

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

addasā kho, bhikkhave, kummo kacchapo siṅgālaṃ dūrato'va gocarapasutaṃ. disvāna soṇḍipañcamāni aṅgāni sake kapāle samodahitvā appossukko tuṇhībhūto saṅkasāyati.

saṅkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction (of), exhaustion (of), loss (of)

DHP 282 maggavaggo

yogā ve jāyatī bhūri, ayogā bhūri-saṅkhayo, etaṃ dvedhāpathaṃ ñatvā, bhavāya vibhavāya ca, tath'āttānaṃ niveseyya, yathā bhūri pavaḍḍhati.

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

kittāvatā nu kho bhante bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhā-saṅkhaya-vimutto hoti

saṅkhārapaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of intentions, volitional formation as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ, sa'ḷ'āyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā, vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti.

saṅkhārasamudaya →

bodhirasa

origin of thoughts, source of intentions

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

phassasamudayā saṅkhārasamudayo, phassanirodhā saṅkhāranirodho.

saṅkhāya →

bodhirasa

understanding, comprehending, reckoning, lit. calculating

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

saṅkhāya lokasmiṃ paroparāni, yass'iñjitaṃ n'atthi kuhiñci loke, santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaran'ti brūmī'ti.

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

saṅkhāya lokasmi paroparāni, yass'iñjitaṃ n'atthi kuhiñci loke, santo vidhūmo anīgho nirāso, atāri so jātijaran'ti brūmī'ti.

saṅkhāya →

bodhirasa

calculating, with an ulterior motive

AN 4.157 rogasuttaṃ

so saṅkhāya kulāni upasaṅkamati saṅkhāya nisīdati saṅkhāya dhammaṃ bhāsati saṅkhāya uccārapassāvaṃ sandhāreti

saṅkiya →

bodhirasa

should be suspected (of), could be doubted (regarding)

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

akaronto'pi ce pāpaṃ, karontam'upasevati, saṅkiyo hoti pāpasmiṃ, avaṇṇo c'assa rūhati.

seniya →

bodhirasa

related to the army, soldier, army general

VIN 4.1.13 bimbisāra samāgama kathā

assosi kho rājā māgadho seniyo bimbisāro samaṇo khalu bho gotamo sakyaputto sakyakulā pabbajito rājagahaṃ anuppatto rājagahe viharati laṭṭhivane suppatiṭṭhe cetiye

seyya →

bodhirasa

better, better than, preferable

DHP 61 bālavaggo

carañ'ce n'ādhigaccheyya, seyyaṃ sadisam'attano, ekacariyaṃ daḷhaṃ kayirā, n'atthi bāle sahāyatā.

SN 3.16 mallikāsuttaṃ

itthī'pi hi ekacciyā, seyyā posa janādhipa, medhāvinī sīlavatī, sassudevā patibbatā.

seyyaso →

bodhirasa

even better (than)

DHP 43 cittavaggo

na taṃ mātā pitā kayirā, aññe vā'pi ca ñātakā, sammāpaṇihitaṃ cittaṃ, seyyaso naṃ tato kare.

seyyasukhaṃ passasukhaṃ middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharati →

bodhirasa

indulge in the pleasure of sleeping, resting and dozing

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

paṭibuddhena ca te moggallāna khippaññ'eva paccuṭṭhātabbaṃ na seyyasukhaṃ na passasukhaṃ na middhasukhaṃ anuyutto viharissāmī'ti

seyyathidaṃ →

bodhirasa

i.e., as follows, lit. (like) that like this

MN 117 mahācattārīsakasuttaṃ

itissime tayo dhammā sammādiṭṭhiṃ anuparidhāvanti anuparivattanti, seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi, sammāvāyāmo, sammāsati.

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

ayam'eva ariyo aṭṭh'aṅgiko maggo rūpanirodhagāminī paṭipadā, seyyathidaṃ sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

seyyathāpi →

bodhirasa

just like, as if, imagine if

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo ekaraso loṇaraso, evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, ayaṃ dhammavinayo ekaraso vimuttiraso

SN 34.1 samādhi mūlaka samāpattisuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, gavā khīraṃ, khīramhā dadhi, dadhimhā navanītaṃ, navanītamhā sappi, sappimhā sappimaṇḍo tatra aggamakkhāyati.

seyyaṃ kappeti →

bodhirasa

makes one’s bed, lies down to sleep, sleeps

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīha-seyyaṃ kappessāma

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāvasūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

seyyā →

bodhirasa

sleep, rest, sleeping posture

AN 4.246 seyyāsuttaṃ

peta-seyyā kāmabhogi-seyyā sīha-seyyā tathāgata-seyyā

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāvasūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

seyyā →

bodhirasa

bed, bedding, couch

AN 3.13 āsaṃsasuttaṃ

so ca hoti dubbaṇṇo duddasiko okoṭimako bavhābādho kāṇo vā kuṇī vā khañjo vā pakkhahato vā, na lābhī annassa pānassa vatthassa yānassa mālāgandhavilepanassa seyyā-āvasatha-padīpeyyassa.

SN 20.8 kaliṅgarasuttaṃ

bhavissanti, bhikkhave, anāgatam'addhānaṃ licchavī sukhumālā mudutalunahatthapādā te mudukāsu seyyāsu tūlabimbohanāsu yāvasūriy'uggamanā seyyaṃ kappissanti.

sirigabbha →

bodhirasa

royal bedchamber

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

varabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā sirisayane nipannā niddaṃ okkamamānā imaṃ supinaṃ addasa.

sirisayana →

bodhirasa

royal bed

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

varabhojanaṃ bhuñjitvā uposathaṅgāni adhiṭṭhāya alaṅkatapaṭiyattaṃ sirigabbhaṃ pavisitvā sirisayane nipannā niddaṃ okkamamānā imaṃ supinaṃ addasa.

siyā →

bodhirasa

one could be, it may be, one might be, it should be

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

kāmesu n'ābhigijjheyya, manas'ānāvilo siyā, kusalo sabbadhammānaṃ, sato bhikkhu paribbaje'ti.

SN 11.3 dhajaggasuttaṃ

araññe rukkhamūle vā, suññāgāre'va bhikkhavo, anussaretha sambuddhaṃ, bhayaṃ tumhāka no siyā.

soceyya →

bodhirasa

purity, purification rites

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

aññathā kho, cunda, brāhmaṇā pacchābhūmakā kamaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā aggiparicārikā udak'orohakā soceyyāni paññapenti, aññathā ca pana ariyassa vinaye soceyyaṃ hotī'ti

sodhayati →

bodhirasa

cleans, purifies, sanctify, lit. cause to be pure

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

kiṃ sundarikā karissati, kiṃ payāgo kiṃ bāhukā nadī, veriṃ katakibbisaṃ naraṃ, na hi naṃ sodhaye pāpakamminaṃ.

sokaparidevadukkhadomanassupāyāsā →

bodhirasa

weeping wailing pain suffering and trouble

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

tassa rūpavipariṇām'aññathābhāvā uppajjanti soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā.

sotaviññeyya →

bodhirasa

known by the ear, lit. could be known by the ear

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ye te sotaviññeyyā saddā assutā assutapubbā, na ca suṇāsi, na ca te hoti suṇeyyanti? atthi te tattha chando vā rāgo vā pemaṃ vā'ti? no h'etaṃ, bhante.

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

sotaviññeyyā saddā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā

sotindriya →

bodhirasa

sense of hearing, power of hearing, lit. ear faculty

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

tassa saṃvarāya paṭipajjissāma, rakkhissāma sotindriyaṃ, sotindriye saṃvaraṃ āpajjissāma

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

pañc'imāni, bho gotama, indriyāni nānāvisayāni nānāgocarāni, na aññam'aññassa gocaravisayaṃ paccanubhonti. katamāni pañca? cakkhundriyaṃ, sotindriyaṃ, ghānindriyaṃ, jivhindriyaṃ, kāyindriyaṃ.

sotthiya →

bodhirasa

a learned Brahman, one well versed in sacred knowledge, theologian

DHP 295 pakiṇṇakavaggo

mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca sotthiye, veyagghapañcamaṃ hantvā, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.

sottiya →

bodhirasa

a learned Brahman, one well versed in sacred knowledge, theologian

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati bhikkhave bhikkhu samaṇo iti'pi brāhmaṇo iti'pi nhātako iti'pi vedagū iti'pi sottiyo iti'pi ariyo iti'pi arahaṃ iti'pi

sotāyatana →

bodhirasa

field of the ear, sense of hearing

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ? cakkh'āyatanaṃ, sot'āyatanaṃ, ghān'āyatanaṃ, jivh'āyatanaṃ, kāy'āyatanaṃ, man'āyatanaṃ, idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ.

sovaṇṇamaya →

bodhirasa

golden, made of gold

DN 2.4 mahāsudassanasuttaṃ

kusāvatiyā, ānanda, rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.

DHPa 1.1.2 maṭṭhakuṇḍalī vatthu

sovaṇṇamayo pabhassaro, uppanno rathapañjaro mama, tassa cakkayugaṃ na vindāmi, tena dukkhena jahāmi jīvitan'ti.

subbināya →

bodhirasa

easily instructed, easily guided, easily converted, lit. could be easily led

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

nivissavādī na hi subbināyo, pakappitaṃ diṭṭhi purekkharāno, yaṃ nissito tattha subhaṃ vadāno, suddhiṃvado tattha tath'addasā so.

sukhavinicchaya →

bodhirasa

distinguishing happiness, evaluation of pleasure

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

sukhavinicchayaṃ jaññā, sukhavinicchayaṃ ñatvā ajjhattaṃ sukham'anuyuñjeyya.

sukhudraya →

bodhirasa

with pleasant consequences, lit. yielding happiness

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

kusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ sukhudrayaṃ sukhavipākan'ti, evarūpaṃ te, rāhula, kāyena kammaṃ karaṇīyaṃ.

sukkhaseyyā →

bodhirasa

good rest, pleasant sleep

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ dukkhaṃ sayeyyā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa sukhaseyyāya nandati.

suppadhaṃsiya →

bodhirasa

easily overwhelmed, easily overcome, easily knocked over

SN 20.3 kulasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno mettācetovimutti abhāvitā abahulīkatā so suppadhaṃsiyo hoti amanussehi.

SN 20.3 kulasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, yāni kānici kulāni bahutthikāni appapurisāni tāni suppadhaṃsiyāni honti corehi kumbhatthenakehi.

suppahāya →

bodhirasa

easily abandoned, easy to renounce, easy to give up, lit. could be abandoned easily

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

satto guhāyaṃ bahun'ābhichanno, tiṭṭhaṃ naro mohanasmiṃ pagāḷho, dūre vivekā hi tathāvidho so, kāmā hi loke na hi suppahāyā.

suriya →

bodhirasa

sun

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, suriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

surāmeraya →

bodhirasa

distilled and fermented liquors, wine and spirits

AN 3.80 gandhajātasuttaṃ

pāṇātipātā paṭivirato hoti, adinnādānā paṭivirato hoti, kāmesumicchācārā paṭivirato hoti, musāvādā paṭivirato hoti, surāmeraya-majjapamādaṭṭhānā paṭivirato hoti

DHP 247 malavaggo

surāmeraya-pānañ'ca, yo naro anuyuñjati, idh'eva'm'eso lokasmiṃ, mūlaṃ khaṇati attano.

surāmerayapāna →

bodhirasa

drinking wine and spirits, drinking alcohol

DHP 247 malavaggo

surāmerayapānañ'ca, yo naro anuyuñjati, idh'eva'm'eso lokasmiṃ, mūlaṃ khaṇati attano.

susamuṭṭhāpaya →

bodhirasa

easy to arouse, easy to stimulate

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? līnaṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ taṃ etehi dhammehi susamuṭṭhāpayaṃ hoti.

susukābhaya →

bodhirasa

danger of carnivorous fish

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, bhayāni udak'orohantassa pāṭikaṅkhitabbāni. katamāni cattāri? ūmibhayaṃ, kumbhīlabhayaṃ, āvaṭṭabhayaṃ, susukābhayaṃ

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu susukābhayassa bhīto sikkhaṃ paccakkhāya hīnāy'āvatto. susukābhayan'ti kho, bhikkhave, mātugāmass'etaṃ adhivacanaṃ.

susāyanha →

bodhirasa

good evening

AN 3.156 pubbaṇhasuttaṃ

ye, bhikkhave, sattā sāyanhasamayaṃ kāyena sucaritaṃ caranti, vācāya sucaritaṃ caranti, manasā sucaritaṃ caranti, susāyanho, bhikkhave, tesaṃ sattānan'ti.

sutasannicaya →

bodhirasa

who stores up learning, who accumulates knowledge

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

bahussuto hoti sutadharo sutasannicayo.

sutta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) rule

AN 10.44 kusinārasuttaṃ

ubhayāni kho pana me pātimokkhāni vitthārena svāgatāni honti suvibhattāni suppavattīni suvinicchitāni suttaso anubyañjanaso.

suvūpasamaya →

bodhirasa

easy to calm, easy to settle

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

taṃ kissa hetu? uddhataṃ, bhikkhave, cittaṃ taṃ etehi dhammehi suvūpasamayaṃ hoti.

suyyati →

bodhirasa

is heard

JAa 466 samuddavāṇija jātakavaṇṇanā

manussasaddo viya suyyati, jānissāma nan'ti saddānusārena gantvā taṃ purisaṃ disvā, yakkho bhavissatī'ti bhītatasitā sare sannayhiṃsu

sādiyati →

bodhirasa

consents (to), accepts, agrees (to), permits, lit. is caused to be enjoyed

SN 42.10 maṇicūḷakasuttaṃ

kappati samaṇānaṃ sakyaputtiyānaṃ jātarūparajataṃ, sādiyanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajataṃ, paṭiggaṇhanti samaṇā sakyaputtiyā jātarūparajatan'ti!

sāhuneyyaka →

bodhirasa

(living) with one worthy of offerings

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

sapubbadevatāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti. sāhuneyyakāni, bhikkhave, tāni kulāni yesaṃ puttānaṃ mātāpitaro ajjhāgāre pūjitā honti.

sākiya →

bodhirasa

of the Sakyan clan

JAa 1.N.3 santike nidānakathā

raññā pana vandite bhagavantaṃ avanditvā ṭhātuṃ samattho nāma eka-sākiyo'pi n'āhosi, sabbe vandiṃsu'y'eva.

sāmaggiya →

bodhirasa

suitable, appropriate, fitting

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

patilīnacarassa bhikkhuno, bhajamānassa vivittam'āsanaṃ, sāmaggiyam'āhu tassa taṃ, yo attānaṃ bhavane na dassaye.

sāmaggī →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) reaching peace, reunification

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

uposatho: tīsu uposatha-divasesu cātuddasī, paṇṇarasī, sāmaggīsu, ajj'uposatho ko uposatho?

sāraṇīya →

bodhirasa

polite, pleasant, charming, lit. to be desired

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā daṇḍam'olubbha ekam'antaṃ aṭṭhāsi

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

sammodanīyaṃ kathaṃ sāraṇīyaṃ vītisāretvā ekam'antaṃ nisīdiṃsu. ekam'antaṃ nisinne kho te bhikkhū aññatitthiyā paribbājakā etad'avocuṃ

sātiya →

bodhirasa

pleasurable, enjoyable, gratifying

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

sātiyesu anassāvī, atimāne ca no yuto, saṇho ca paṭibhānavā, na saddho na virajjati.

sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ →

bodhirasa

in spirit and in letter, lit. in meaning and in letter

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

ye te dhammā ādikalyāṇā majjhekalyāṇā pariyosānakalyāṇā sātthaṃ sabyañjanaṃ, kevalaparipuṇṇaṃ parisuddhaṃ brahmacariyaṃ abhivadanti

sāyanha →

bodhirasa

evening, lit. late day

AN 3.71 uposathasuttaṃ

gopālako sāyanha-samaye sāmikānaṃ gāvo niyyātetvā iti paṭisañcikkhati, ajja kho gāvo amukasmiñ'ca amukasmiñ'ca padese cariṃsu

sāyanhasamayaṃ →

bodhirasa

in the late afternoon, in the evening

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ rājā evaṃ vadeyya, gacchatha, bho, taṃ purisaṃ sāyanhasamayaṃ sattisatena hanathā'ti

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, kummo kacchapo sāyanhasamayaṃ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi. siṅgālopi kho, bhikkhave, sāyanhasamayaṃ anunadītīre gocarapasuto ahosi.

sāyanta →

bodhirasa

tasting, savouring

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yath'āssa sāyato rasaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

sāyati →

bodhirasa

tastes, savours

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

tassa evaṃ hoti, mayaṃ kho pubbe agāriyabhūtā samānā … yaṃ icchāma taṃ sāyāma, yaṃ na icchāma na taṃ sāyāma, yaṃ icchāma taṃ pivāma, yaṃ na icchāma na taṃ pivāma

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, seyyathā'pi, bhante, puriso jighacchādubbalyapareto madhupiṇḍikaṃ adhigaccheyya, so yato yato sāyeyya, labhetheva sādurasaṃ asecanakaṃ

sāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

in the evening, at night, late at night

DN 31.11 siṅgālasuttaṃ

ati-sītan'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-uṇhan'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-sāyan'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-pāto'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-chātosmī'ti kammaṃ na karoti, ati-dhātosmī'ti kammaṃ na karoti.

sāṭheyya →

bodhirasa

treachery, fraud, scamming, conning

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

yāni kho pan'assa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

paḷāsissa paḷāso appahīno hoti, issukissa issā appahīnā hoti, maccharissa macchariyaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, saṭhassa sāṭheyyaṃ appahīnaṃ hoti, māyāvissa māyā appahīnā hoti

sīhaseyyā →

bodhirasa

sleeping posture of a lion, lit. sleeping lion

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

rattiyā majjhimaṃ yāmaṃ dakkhiṇena passena sīhaseyyaṃ kappessāma pāde pādaṃ accādhāya sato sampajāno uṭṭhānasaññaṃ manasi karitvā

sīmā →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) legal boundary

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena anukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā eka-sīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

sītisiyā →

bodhirasa

one could become cool, one could be liberated

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

tiṭṭhe ce so tattha anānuyāyī, pūgam'pi vassānaṃ samantacakkhu, tatth'eva so sītisiyā vimutto, cavetha viññāṇaṃ tathāvidhassa.

sūpeyya →

bodhirasa

sauce, curry

SN 47.8 sūdasuttaṃ

sa kho so, bhikkhave, bālo abyatto akusalo sūdo sakassa bhattu nimittaṃ na uggaṇhāti, idaṃ vā me ajja bhattu sūpeyyaṃ ruccati, imassa vā abhiharati, imassa vā bahuṃ gaṇhāti, imassa vā vaṇṇaṃ bhāsati.

sūriya →

bodhirasa

sun

AN 10.69 paṭhama kathāvatthusuttaṃ

imesaṃ ce tumhe, bhikkhave, dasannaṃ kathāvatthūnaṃ upādāyupādāya kathaṃ katheyyātha, imesam'pi candima-sūriyānaṃ evaṃmahiddhikānaṃ evaṃmah'ānubhāvānaṃ tejasā tejaṃ pariyādiyeyyātha, ko pana vādo aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānan'ti!

SN 48.42 uṇṇābha brāhmaṇasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, kūṭ'āgāre vā kūṭ'āgārasālāyaṃ vā pācīnavātapānā sūriye uggacchante vātapānena rasmi pavisitvā kv'āssa patiṭṭhitā'ti? pacchimāyaṃ, bhante, bhittiyan'ti.

sūriyassuggamana →

bodhirasa

sunrise

TH 231 mahāpanthaka theragāthā

tato ratyā vivasāne, sūriyassuggamanaṃ pati, sabbaṃ taṇhaṃ visosetvā, pallaṅkena upāvisin'ti.

sūriyāloka →

bodhirasa

sunshine, sunlight

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

idāni pana sūriyālokassa atthitāya padīpakiccaṃ idha n'atthi

sūyati →

bodhirasa

is pronounced, is written, lit. is heard

bālāvatāra sandhi kaṇḍa

aṃiti akārato paraṃ yo bindu sūyate, taṃ niggahītaṃ nāma.

tadanuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ →

bodhirasa

that unsurpassed goal of the spiritual path

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

tad'anuttaraṃ brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭh'eva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja vihāsi.

takkāsaya →

bodhirasa

tendency to thought, habitual thought, underlying thought

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

okkhittacakkhu na ca pādalolo, jhān'ānuyutto bahujāgarassa, upekkham'ārabbha samāhit'atto, takk'āsayaṃ kukkucciy'ūpachinde.

tamokāya →

bodhirasa

mass of ignorance, mass of darkness

SN 48.50 āpaṇasuttaṃ

avijjāya tv'eva tamokāyassa asesavirāganirodho, santam'etaṃ padaṃ paṇītam'etaṃ padaṃ, yad'idaṃ, sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabb'ūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānaṃ.

tapanīya →

bodhirasa

tormenting, causing remorse, lit. burning

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

tapanīyāni kammāni, yāni dhammehi ārakā, tāni ārocayissāmi, taṃ suṇātha yathā tathaṃ.

tathiya →

bodhirasa

true, truthful

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

saddhammapūjā'pi nesaṃ tath'eva, yathā pasaṃsanti sakāyanāni, sabb'eva vādā tathiyā bhaveyyuṃ, suddhī hi nesaṃ paccattam'eva.

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

na v'āham'etaṃ tathiyan'ti brūmi, yam'āhu bālā mithu aññamaññaṃ, sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhim'akaṃsu saccaṃ, tasmā hi bālo'ti paraṃ dahanti.

tathā yathā →

bodhirasa

so … that, such … how

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye soceyyaṃ hoti? sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye soceyyaṃ hotī'ti

tatiya →

bodhirasa

third (3rd)

AN 3.36 devadūtasuttaṃ

ambho purisa na tvaṃ addasa manussesu tatiyaṃ devadūtaṃ pātubhūtan'ti? so evam'āha nāddasaṃ bhante'ti

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

so mettāsahagatena cetasā ekaṃ disaṃ pharitvā viharati, tathā dutiyaṃ, tathā tatiyaṃ, tathā catutthaṃ.

tatiyakaṃ →

bodhirasa

occurring for the third time

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

no ce aggiṃ paricareyyāsi, pañjaliko ādiccaṃ namasseyyāsi. no ce pañjaliko ādiccaṃ namasseyyāsi, sāya-tatiyakaṃ udakaṃ oroheyyāsī'ti

tatiyampi →

bodhirasa

for the third time

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

tatiyam'pi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

SN 12.31 bhūtasuttaṃ

imassa nu kho, sāriputta, saṃkhittena bhāsitassa kathaṃ vitthārena attho daṭṭhabbo'ti? tatiyam'pi kho āyasmā sāriputto tuṇhī ahosi.

tatiyaṃ →

bodhirasa

third time

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

tatiyam'pi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

tatiyā →

bodhirasa

third (3rd)

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

kabaḷīṅkāro āhāro oḷāriko vā sukhumo vā, phasso dutiyo, manosañcetanā tatiyā, viññāṇaṃ catutthaṃ

tatiyā vibhatti →

bodhirasa

instrumental case

tatrāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

in this regard this, in this case this

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

gacchanto kho pana ujumaggen'eva gacchati, tatr'āyaṃ ujumaggo, seyyathidaṃ, sammādiṭṭhi sammāsaṅkappo sammāvācā sammākammanto sammāājīvo sammāvāyāmo sammāsati sammāsamādhi.

tatuṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

arising from that, appearing from that

DHP 240 malavaggo

ayasā'va malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tat'uṭṭhāya tam'eva khādati, evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sāni kammāni nayanti duggatiṃ.

tayā →

bodhirasa

by you

DHPa 1.1.1 cakkhupālatthera vatthu

āma, samma, idāni ahaṃ vihāraṃ gantvā theraṃ tayā kāritapaṇṇasālāya nisinnakaṃ disvā āgatomhī'ti vatvā pakkāmi.

tayā →

bodhirasa

from you

API 17 mahāpajāpatigotamī therīapadānaṃ

na yuttaṃ socituṃ putta, hāsakāle upaṭṭhite, tayā me saraṇaṃ putta, nibbānaṃ tam'upāgataṃ.

taṇhakkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of craving, cessation of desire, extinction of longing

SN 52.7 taṇhakkhayasuttaṃ

ime kho, āvuso, cattāro satipaṭṭhānā bhāvitā bahulīkatā taṇhakkhayāya saṃvattantī'ti

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

ākiñcaññaṃ pekkhamāno satimā, natthī'ti nissāya tarassu oghaṃ, kāme pahāya virato kathāhi, taṇhakkhayaṃ nattam'ah'ābhipassa.

taṇhākkhaya →

bodhirasa

extinction of desire, cessation of craving

MN 64 mahāmālukyasuttaṃ

etaṃ santaṃ etaṃ paṇītaṃ yad'idaṃ sabbasaṅkhārasamatho sabbūpadhipaṭinissaggo taṇhākkhayo virāgo nirodho nibbānan'ti

SN 21.10 theranāmakasuttaṃ

sabb'ābhibhuṃ sabbaviduṃ sumedhaṃ, sabbesu dhammesu anūpalittaṃ, sabbañ'jahaṃ taṇhākkhaye vimuttaṃ, tam'ahaṃ naraṃ ekavihārīti brūmī'ti.

taṇhākāyā →

bodhirasa

classes of craving, categories of desire

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, taṇhā? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, taṇhākāyā, rūpataṇhā, saddataṇhā, gandhataṇhā, rasataṇhā, phoṭṭhabbataṇhā, dhammataṇhā. ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, taṇhā.

taṇhānusaya →

bodhirasa

underlying tendency towards craving, dormant desire

DHP 338 taṇhāvaggo

yathā'pi mūle anupaddave daḷhe, chinno'pi rukkho puna'r'eva rūhati, evam'pi taṇh'ānusaye anūhate, nibbattatī dukkham'idaṃ punappunaṃ.

taṇhāpaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of craving, desire as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti.

taṇhāsaṅkhaya →

bodhirasa

destruction of craving

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

kittāvatā nu kho bhante bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhaya-vimutto hoti

taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutta →

bodhirasa

liberation through the destruction of craving

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

kittāvatā nu kho bhante bhikkhu saṃkhittena taṇhāsaṅkhayavimutto hoti

taṭataṭāyati →

bodhirasa

makes a racket, makes a ratatatat sound

DHPa 2.17.7 atulaupāsaka vatthu

esa vāt'āhatatālapaṇṇaṃ viya taṭataṭāyati, imassa kathāpariyanto'y'eva natthī'ti nindanti

thera →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) elder, senior monk, monk with 10 or more vassa, lit. old man

DHP 260 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena thero so hoti, yen'assa palitaṃ siro, paripakko vayo tassa, moghajiṇṇo'ti vuccati.

DHP 261 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

yamhi saccañ'ca dhammo ca, ahiṃsā saṃyamo damo, sa ve vantamalo dhīro, thero iti pavuccati.

theyya →

bodhirasa

theft

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yaṃ taṃ parassa para-vitta-upakaraṇaṃ gāmagataṃ vā araññagataṃ vā taṃ n'ādinnaṃ theyya-saṅkhātaṃ ādātā hoti

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

theyyaṃ na kāre na musā bhaṇeyya, mettāya phasse tasathāvarāni, yad'āvilattaṃ manaso vijaññā, kaṇhassa pakkho'ti vinodayeyya.

theyyasaṅkhātaṃ →

bodhirasa

by means of theft, lit. what is termed theft

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yaṃ taṃ parassa para-vitta-upakaraṇaṃ gāmagataṃ vā araññagataṃ vā taṃ n'ādinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādātā hoti

DN 26.6 cakkavattisuttaṃ

adhanānaṃ dhane ananuppadiyamāne dāliddiyaṃ vepullam'agamāsi. dāliddiye vepullaṃ gate aññataro puriso paresaṃ adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyi. tam'enaṃ aggahesuṃ.

thomayati →

bodhirasa

praises, celebrates, worships

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

āsīsanti thomayanti abhijappanti juhanti, kām'ābhijappanti paṭicca lābhaṃ, te yājayogā bhavarāgarattā, n'ātariṃsu jātijaran'ti brūmi.

thullavajja →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) heavy offence, i.e. pārājika and saṅghādisesa, lit. coarse fault

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasameyya, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

thūneyyaka →

bodhirasa

belonging to Thūna (Brahman village)

UD 69 udapānasuttaṃ

atha kho te thūṇeyyakā brāhmaṇagahapatikā udapānaṃ tiṇassa ca bhusassa ca yāva mukhato pūresuṃ, mā te muṇḍakā samaṇakā pānīyaṃ apaṃsū'ti

tiriyañca →

bodhirasa

and across, and horizontally

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

mettañ'ca sabbalokasmi, mānasaṃ bhāvaye aparimāṇaṃ, uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyañ'ca, asambādhaṃ averamasapattaṃ.

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañc'āpi majjhe, etesu nandiñ'ca nivesanañ'ca, panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe.

tiriyaṃ →

bodhirasa

across, horizontally

KHP 9 karaṇīya mettasuttaṃ

mettañ'ca sabbalokasmi, mānasaṃ bhāvaye aparimāṇaṃ, uddhaṃ adho ca tiriyañ'ca, asambādhaṃ averamasapattaṃ.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

iti uddham'adho tiriyaṃ sabbadhi sabbattatāya sabbāvantaṃ lokaṃ mettāsahagatena cetasā vipulena mahaggatena appamāṇena averena abyābajjhena pharitvā viharati.

titthiya →

bodhirasa

teacher of another sect, head of another religion, lit. fording place

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā

titthiyasāvaka →

bodhirasa

disciple of another religious teacher

AN 8.30 anuruddha mahāvitakkasuttaṃ

bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo upāsakā upāsikāyo rājāno rājamahāmattā titthiyā titthiyasāvakā

titthya →

bodhirasa

teacher of another sect, head of another religion, lit. fording place

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

idh'eva suddhi iti vādayanti, n'āññesu dhammesu visuddhim'āhu, evam'pi titthyā puthuso niviṭṭhā, sakāyane tattha daḷhaṃ vadānā.

tiṇadāya →

bodhirasa

woodland, lit. grass and tree(s)

AN 11.13 nandiyasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi vā pana, nandiya, sukkhe tiṇadāye aggi mutto ḍahaññ'eva gacchati, no daḍḍhaṃ paccudāvattati, evam'evaṃ kho, nandiya, imehi ekādasahi dhammehi samannāgato ariyasāvako pajahateva pāpake akusale dhamme, na upādiyatī'ti

tiṇavatthāraka →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) covering with grass

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

siy'āpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṃvatteyyā'ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasametuṃ.

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasameyya, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

toya →

bodhirasa

water

APA 3 sāriputta therāpadānaṃ

yathā'pi udake jātā, kumudā mandālakā bahū, upalimpanti toyena, kaddamakalalena ca.

tulya →

bodhirasa

equal, similar, of same kind

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, na ca hāyetha kadāci tulya-sevī, seṭṭham'upanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā'ti.

tulyasevī →

bodhirasa

who associates with equals

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

nihīyati puriso nihīnasevī, na ca hāyetha kadāci tulyasevī, seṭṭham'upanamaṃ udeti khippaṃ, tasmā attano uttariṃ bhajethā'ti.

tumhe →

bodhirasa

you all, you (royal plural)

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

yato tumhe, bhikkhave, indriyesu guttadvārā viharissatha, atha tumhehipi māro pāpimā nibbijja pakkamissati, otāraṃ alabhamāno, kummamhāva siṅgālo'ti.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

samaṇā samaṇā'ti vo, bhikkhave, jano sañjānāti. tumhe ca pana, ke tumhe'ti puṭṭhā samānā, samaṇāmhā'ti paṭijānātha.

tumhe →

bodhirasa

you all, you (royal plural)

JAa 7 kaṭṭhahāri jātakavaṇṇanā

deva, idāni ṭhapetvā saccakiriyaṃ añño mama sakkhi n'atthi, sac'āyaṃ dārako tumhe paṭicca jāto, ākāse tiṭṭhatu, no ce, bhūmiyaṃ patitvā maratū'ti bodhisattassa pāde gahetvā ākāse khipi.

tuṇhīyati →

bodhirasa

is silent, is quiet

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

taṃ nadīhi vijānātha, sobbhesu padaresu ca, saṇantā yanti kusobbhā, tuṇhīyanti mahodadhī.

tyassa →

bodhirasa

they his

AN 5.40 mahāsālaputtasuttaṃ

ty'assa sīlavato sīlaṃ, cāgaṃ sucaritāni ca, passamān'ānukubbanti, ye bhavanti vicakkhaṇā.

tyassu →

bodhirasa

they may be, they should be

SN 7.15 mānatthaddhasuttaṃ

tesu na mānaṃ kayirātha, tesu assa sagāravo, ty'assa apacitā assu, ty'assu sādhu supūjitā.

tyāhaṃ →

bodhirasa

I them

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

ty'āhaṃ evaṃ vadeyyaṃ, ahaṃ kho'mhi bhikkhave bhuttāvī pavārito paripuṇṇo pariyosito suhito yāva'd'attho, atthi ca me ayaṃ piṇḍapāto atireka-dhammo chaḍḍanīya-dhammo

DN 9.6 poṭṭhapādasuttaṃ

ty'āhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā evaṃ vadāmi, saccaṃ kira tumhe āyasmanto evaṃvādino evaṃdiṭṭhino, ekantasukhī attā hoti arogo paraṃ maraṇā'ti?

tyāhaṃ →

bodhirasa

your I

JA 7 kaṭṭhahāri jātakaṃ

putto ty'āhaṃ mahārāja, tvaṃ maṃ posa janādhipa, aññe'pi devo poseti, kiñ'ca devo sakaṃ pajanti.

tyāssa →

bodhirasa

they one’s, they of one

AN 3.51 mahācorasuttaṃ

sace naṃ koci kiñci āha, ty'āssa rājāno vā rājamahāmattā vā pariyodhāya atthaṃ bhaṇanti. evaṃ kho, bhikkhave, mahācoro balavanissito hoti.

tālacchāyā →

bodhirasa

shadow of a palm tree

AN 4.45 rohitassasuttaṃ

tassa mayhaṃ, bhante, evarūpo javo ahosi, seyyathā'pi nāma daḷhadhammo dhanuggaho sikkhito katahattho kat'ūpāsano lahukena asanena appakasirena tiriyaṃ tālacchāyaṃ atipāteyya.

tāya →

bodhirasa

by her, with her, with that

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

so evaṃ vadeyya, alaṃ me, bho, tāya vīṇāya, tam'eva me saddaṃ āharathā'ti. tam'enaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ, ayaṃ kho, bhante, vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

seṭṭhi, sace me dhītā vijāyissati, tāya naṃ saddhiṃ nivesetvā seṭṭhiṭṭhānassa sāmikaṃ karissāmi. sace me putto vijāyissati, māressāmi nan'ti cintetvā taṃ gehe kāresi.

tāya →

bodhirasa

on account of that, lit. by that

AN 4.63 brahmasuttaṃ

tāya naṃ pāricariyāya, mātāpitūsu paṇḍitā, idh'eva naṃ pasaṃsanti, pecca sagge pamodatī'ti.

THI 32 dantikā therīgāthā

disvā adantaṃ damitaṃ, manussānaṃ vasaṃ gataṃ, tato cittaṃ samādhesiṃ, khalu tāya vanaṃ gatā'ti.

tāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

in that, on that, at that

UD 73 tatiya nibbāna paṭisaṃyuttasuttaṃ

tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi

tāyaṃ velāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

at that point in time, at that moment

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā etam'atthaṃ viditvā tāyaṃ velāyaṃ imaṃ udānaṃ udānesi

tūriya →

bodhirasa

musical instrument

DN 16.27 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

dibbāni'pi tūriyāni antalikkhe vajjanti tathāgatassa pūjāya. dibbāni'pi saṅgītāni antalikkhe vattanti tathāgatassa pūjāya.

ubhaya →

bodhirasa

both, referring to two things

UD 10 bāhiyasuttaṃ

tato tvaṃ bāhiya na tena. yato tvaṃ bāhiya na tena tato tvaṃ bāhiya na tattha. yato tvaṃ bāhiya na tattha tato tvaṃ bāhiya ne'vidha na huraṃ na ubhayam'antarena

SN 37.34 vaḍḍhīsuttaṃ

saddhāya sīlena ca yā'dha vaḍḍhati, paññāya cāgena sutena c'ūbhayaṃ, sā tādisī sīlavatī upāsikā, ādīyati sāram'idh'eva attano'ti.

ubhayabyābādha →

bodhirasa

hurting both, harm to both (self and other)

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ nu kho ahaṃ idaṃ kāyena kammaṃ kattu'kāmo idaṃ me kāyakammaṃ attabyābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya, parabyābādhāyapi saṃvatteyya, ubhayabyābādhāya'pi saṃvatteyya

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nev'attabyābādhāya ceteti na parabyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti attahita-parahita-ubhayahita-sabbalokahitam'eva cintayamāno cinteti.

ubhayahita →

bodhirasa

benefit of both, welfare of both

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nev'attabyābādhāya ceteti na parabyābādhāya ceteti na ubhayabyābādhāya ceteti attahita-parahita-ubhayahita-sabbalokahitam'eva cintayamāno cinteti

ubhayamantarena →

bodhirasa

in-between the two

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yato tvaṃ, māluṅkyaputta, na tattha, tato tvaṃ, māluṅkyaputta, ne'vidha, na huraṃ, na ubhayam'antarena. es'ev'anto dukkhassā'ti.

ubhayantarena →

bodhirasa

in-between the two

TH 259 sāriputtattheragāthā

yo sukhaṃ dukkhato adda, dukkham'addakkhi sallato, ubhay'antarena n'āhosi, kena lokasmi kiṃ siyā.

ubhayattha →

bodhirasa

in both cases, on both sides

DHP 15 yamakavaggo

idha socati pecca socati, pāpakārī ubhayattha socati, so socati so vihaññati, disvā kammakiliṭṭham'attano.

AN 5.51 āvaraṇasuttaṃ

att'atthaṃ vā ñassati par'atthaṃ vā ñassati ubhay'atthaṃ vā ñassati uttariṃ vā manussadhammā alamariyañāṇadassanavisesaṃ sacchikarissatī'ti n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

uccaya →

bodhirasa

heap, pile, accumulation

DHP 117 pāpavaggo

pāpañ'ce puriso kayirā, na naṃ kayirā punappunaṃ, na tamhi chandaṃ kayirātha, dukkho pāpassa uccayo.

DHP 118 pāpavaggo

puññañ'ce puriso kayirā, kayirāth'etaṃ punappunaṃ, tamhi chandaṃ kayirātha, sukho puññassa uccayo.

uccāsayana →

bodhirasa

high bed, grand bed

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

uccāsayana-mahāsayanā paṭivirato hoti jātarūpa-rajata-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti

udariya →

bodhirasa

stomach contents

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye … antaṃ antaguṇaṃ udariyaṃ karīsaṃ (matthaluṅgaṃ), pittaṃ semhaṃ pubbo lohitaṃ sedo medo, assu vasā kheḷo siṅghāṇikā lasikā muttan'ti.

udaya →

bodhirasa

rising, appearance

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udaya'bbay'ānupassī viharati

udayabbaya →

bodhirasa

rising and falling, appearance and disappearance, formation and vanishing

DHP 113 sahassavaggo

yo ca vassasataṃ jīve, apassaṃ udayabbayaṃ, ek'āhaṃ jīvitaṃ seyyo, passato udayabbayaṃ.

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbaya-anupassī viharati

udayabbayānupassī →

bodhirasa

seeing the rise and fall (of), watching the appearance and disappearance (of)

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

pañcasu kho pana upādānakkhandhesu udayabbay'ānupassī viharati, iti rūpaṃ, iti rūpassa samudayo, iti rūpassa atthaṅ'gamo. iti vedanā, iti vedanāya samudayo, iti vedanāya atthaṅ'gamo.

AN 4.41 samādhibhāvanāsuttaṃ

katamā ca, bhikkhave, samādhibhāvanā bhāvitā bahulīkatā āsavānaṃ khayāya saṃvattati? idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu pañcasu upādānakkhandhesu udayabbay'ānupassī viharati

udayatthagāmī →

bodhirasa

appearance and disappearance, rising and falling, arising and passing

SN 48.9 paṭhama vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ariyasāvako paññavā hoti udayatthagāminiyā paññāya samannāgato ariyāya nibbedhikāya, sammā dukkhakkhayagāminiyā. idaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, paññindriyaṃ

uddhambhāgiya →

bodhirasa

higher, upper, lit. connected to the upper part

AN 10.13 saṃyojanasuttaṃ

katamāni pañc'uddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni? rūparāgo, arūparāgo, māno, uddhaccaṃ, avijjā, imāni pañc'uddhambhāgiyāni saṃyojanāni.

uddhaste aruṇe nandimukhiyā rattiyā →

bodhirasa

when rosy dawn was rising, the happy face of the night (!)

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

tatiyam'pi kho āyasmā ānando abhikkantāya rattiyā, nikkhante pacchime yāme, uddhaste aruṇe, nandimukhiyā rattiyā uṭṭhāy'āsanā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā yena bhagavā tenañjaliṃ paṇāmetvā bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca

uddhaṃ adho tiriyañca →

bodhirasa

above below and across, in every direction

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañc'āpi majjhe, etesu nandiñ'ca nivesanañ'ca, panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe.

udraya →

bodhirasa

yielding, resulting in, producing

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

tesaṃ te kārā amhesu mahapphalā bhavissanti mahānisaṃsā, amhākañcevāyaṃ pabbajjā avañjhā bhavissati saphalā sa-udrayā'ti. evañ'hi vo, bhikkhave, sikkhitabbaṃ.

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

akusalaṃ idaṃ kāyakammaṃ dukkh'udrayaṃ dukkhavipākan'ti?

uggahāyati →

bodhirasa

picks up, takes up, grasps hold (of), catches hold (of)

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

purimaṃ pahāya aparaṃ sitāse, ej'ānugā te na taranti saṅgaṃ, te uggahāyanti nirassajanti, kapī'va sākhaṃ pamuñcaṃ gahāyaṃ.

ukkhitta →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) suspended

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

yattakā bhikkhū tassa uposathakammassa pattā yuttā anurūpā, sabbantimena paricchedena cattāro bhikkhū pakatattā, saṅghena an-ukkhitā, te ca kho hatthapāsaṃ avijahitvā ekasīmayaṃ ṭhitā.

undriyana →

bodhirasa

splitting, shattering, breaking apart

DHPa 1.5.1 aññatarapurisa vatthu

mahājano attano attano puttadhītuñātīnaṃ atthāya paridevamāno mahāsaddam'akāsi, mahāpathavī-undriyana-saddo viya ahosi.

undrīyati →

bodhirasa

splits open, shatters into pieces

SN 4.17 chaphassāyatanasuttaṃ

atha kho māro pāpimā yena bhagavā ten'upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā bhagavato avidūre mahantaṃ bhayabheravaṃ saddamakāsi, apissudaṃ pathavī maññe undrīyati

upacaya →

bodhirasa

heap, accumulation

DN 2.24 sāmaññaphalasuttaṃ

cātumahābhūtiko mātāpettikasambhavo odanakummāsa-upacayo anicc'ucchādana-parimaddana-bhedana-viddhaṃsana-dhammo, idañ'ca pana me viññāṇaṃ ettha sitaṃ ettha paṭibaddhan'ti

upadhisaṅkhaya →

bodhirasa

eradication of attachment, destruction of taking as “mine”

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

upadhi dukkhassa mūlan'ti, iti viditvā nirupadhi upadhisaṅkhaye vimutto upadhismiṃ vā kāyaṃ upasaṃharissati cittaṃ vā uppādessatī'ti, n'etaṃ ṭhānaṃ vijjati.

upajjhāya →

bodhirasa

preceptor, teacher

TH 14 sivaka sāmaṇera gāthā

upajjhāyo maṃ avaca, ito gacchāma sīvaka, gāme me vasati kāyo, araññaṃ me gato mano, semānakopi gacchāmi, n'atthi saṅgo vijānatan'ti.

VIN 1.4.15 upajjhāya vatta kathā

upajjhāyamhi vuṭṭhite āsanaṃ uddharitabbaṃ. sace so deso uklāpo hoti, so deso sammajjitabbo.

upamāyapidhekacce →

bodhirasa

just by means of a simile some people here

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

tena h'āvuso, upamaṃ te karissāmi. upamāya'p'idh'ekacce viññū purisā bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānanti.

upanidhāya →

bodhirasa

compared (to), in comparison (with)

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

saṅkham'pi na upeti upanidhim'pi na upeti kalabhāgam'pi na upeti mahāpathaviṃ upanidhāya bhagavatā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu āropito'ti.

upanissāya →

bodhirasa

depending (on), based (on)

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

sātaṃ asātan'ti yam'āhu loke, tam'ūpanissāya pahoti chando, rūpesu disvā vibhavaṃ bhavañ'ca, vinicchayaṃ kubbati jantu loke.

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatth'assa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañ'ca gāravo ca.

upanissāya →

bodhirasa

nearby, near (to)

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

tenah'ānanda, yāvatikā bhikkhū vesāliṃ upanissāya viharanti te sabbe upaṭṭhānasālāyaṃ sannipātehī'ti.

JAa 16 tipallatthamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

ekasmiñ'hi kāle satthari āḷavinagaraṃ upanissāya aggāḷave cetiye viharante bahū upāsakā upāsikā bhikkhū bhikkhuniyo ca vihāraṃ dhammassavanatthāya gacchanti, divā dhammassavanaṃ hoti.

upanītavaya →

bodhirasa

at the end of life, lit. brought to age

DHP 237 malavaggo

upanītavayo ca dāni'si, sampayāto'si yamassa santike, vāso te n'atthi antarā, pātheyyam'pi ca te na vijjati.

upasampadā →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) higher ordination as monastic

THI 46 bhaddā kuṇḍalakesā therīgāthā

nihacca jāṇuṃ vanditvā, sammukhā añjaliṃ akaṃ, ehi bhadde'ti maṃ avaca, sā me āsu-upasampadā.

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

es'āhaṃ bhavantaṃ gotamaṃ saraṇaṃ gacchāmi dhammañ'ca bhikkhusaṅghañ'ca, labheyyāhaṃ bhoto gotamassa santike pabbajjaṃ, labheyyaṃ upasampadan'ti.

upasampanna →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) ordained as monk

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

acir'ūpasampanno kho pan'āyasmā bhāradvājo eko vūpakaṭṭho appamatto ātāpī pahitatto viharanto nacirass'eva, yass'atthāya kulaputtā samma'd'eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti

upasaṅkheyya →

bodhirasa

calculable, fathomable, comprehensible, definable, lit. could be calculated

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

vītataṇho purā bhedā, pubbam'antam'anissito, vemajjhe n'upasaṅkheyyo, tassa n'atthi purakkhataṃ.

upassaya →

bodhirasa

dwelling, shelter, home

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

atha kho āyasmā ānando pubbaṇhasamayaṃ nivāsetvā pattacīvaram'ādāya yena aññataro bhikkhun'upassayo ten'upasaṅkami

SN 1.42 kiṃdadasuttaṃ

so ca sabbadado hoti, yo dadāti upassayaṃ, amataṃ dado ca so hoti, yo dhammam'anusāsatī'ti.

upavhayati →

bodhirasa

invokes, calls the name

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

saccena danto damasā upeto, vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, yaññ'opanīto tam'upavhayetha, kālena so juhati dakkhiṇeyye'ti.

upavāyati →

bodhirasa

blows (towards), blows (on)

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nipajjati. sītako'pi naṃ vāto upavāyati.

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, rāhula, vāyo sucim'pi upavāyati, asucim'pi upavāyati, gūthagatam'pi upavāyati, muttagatam'pi upavāyati, kheḷagatam'pi upavāyati, pubbagatam'pi upavāyati, lohitagatam'pi upavāyati, na ca tena vāyo aṭṭīyati vā harāyati vā jigucchati vā

upaya →

bodhirasa

attachment, lit. going close

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

yā kācimā sammutiyo puthujjā, sabbāva etā na upeti vidvā, anūpayo so upayaṃ kim'eyya, diṭṭhe sute khantim'akubbamāno.

upaya →

bodhirasa

who is attached (to), lit. who goes close

SNP 41 duṭṭhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 3

upayo hi dhammesu upeti vādaṃ, anūpayaṃ kena kathaṃ vadeyya, attā nirattā na hi tassa atthi, adhosi so diṭṭhim'idh'eva sabbanti.

upayāti →

bodhirasa

attends, goes (to), goes near, approaches

SN 3.9 yaññasuttaṃ

ajeḷakā ca gāvo ca, vividhā yattha haññare, na taṃ sammaggatā yaññaṃ, upayanti mahesino.

upaṭṭhiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being attended (to), being waited (on)

DHPa 1.1.5 kosambaka vatthu

tathāgatassa tattha hatthināgena upaṭṭhiyamānassa vasanabhāvo sakalajambudīpe pākaṭo ahosi

uposathakamma →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) performance of the Uposatha ceremony

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

ettāni cattāri vattāni sammajjanakaraṇādīni saṅghasannipatato paṭhamaṃ kattabbatā, uposathassa uposathakammassa pubba-karaṇan'ti vuccati. pubba-karaṇānī'ti akkhātāni.

uppādayati →

bodhirasa

produces, generates, causes, gives rise to, lit. causes to arise

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

yad'api luddho lobhena abhibhūto pariyādinnacitto parassa asatā dukkhaṃ uppādayati.

upādiyanta →

bodhirasa

grasping, holding (onto), clinging (to)

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

taṃ, bhikkhave, attavād'upādānaṃ upādiyetha, yaṃsa attavād'upādānaṃ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā.

upādiyati →

bodhirasa

grasps, holds (onto), clings (to)

SN 35.234 udāyīsuttaṃ

so evaṃ asamanupassanto na kiñci loke upādiyati, anupādiyaṃ na paritassati, aparitassaṃ paccattaññ'eva parinibbāyati.

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

ādānataṇhaṃ vinayetha sabbaṃ, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcā'pi majjhe, yaṃ yañ'hi lokasmim'upādiyanti, ten'eva māro anveti jantuṃ.

upādānapaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of grasping, clinging as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti.

upādāniya →

bodhirasa

which can be used for fuel, which can be grasped, which could be clung to

SN 22.121 upādāniyasuttaṃ

rūpaṃ, bhikkhave, upādāniyo dhammo, yo tattha chandarāgo, taṃ tattha upādānaṃ.

upādāya →

bodhirasa

taking, taking up, grasping (onto)

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

yaṃ kho, bhikkhu, satthārā karaṇīyaṃ sāvakānaṃ hitesinā anukampakena anukampaṃ upādāya, kataṃ vo taṃ mayā.

upādāya →

bodhirasa

referring (to), on account (of), because (of)

VINa 1.2.3 tatiyasaṅgīti kathā

ath'etaṃ paṭisanthāraṃ upādāya evam'avocumhā'ti

upādāya →

bodhirasa

derived (from), dependent (on), lit. grasping (onto)

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, nāmarūpaṃ? vedanā, saññā, cetanā, phasso, manasikāro, idaṃ vuccati nāmaṃ. cattāro ca mahābhūtā, catunnañ'ca mahābhūtānaṃ upādāya rūpaṃ.

upādāya →

bodhirasa

according (to), depending (on)

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, gahapati, sukhāni adhigamanīyāni gihinā kāmabhoginā kālena kālaṃ samayena samayaṃ upādāya. katamāni cattāri? atthisukhaṃ, bhogasukhaṃ, ānaṇyasukhaṃ, anavajjasukhaṃ.

upāya →

bodhirasa

means, method, way

TH 139 nanda theragāthā

upāya-kusalen'āhaṃ, buddhen'ādiccabandhunā yoniso paṭipajjitvā, bhave cittaṃ udabbahin'ti.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

evaṃ taṃ puggalaṃ karuṇāyitvā tato paraṃ eten'eva upāyena piyapuggale, tato majjhatte, tato verimhī'ti anukkamena karuṇā pavattetabbā.

upāyakusala →

bodhirasa

skilful in ways, adept in methods

TH 139 nanda theragāthā

upāyakusalen'āhaṃ, buddhen'ādiccabandhunā yoniso paṭipajjitvā, bhave cittaṃ udabbahin'ti.

upāyāsa →

bodhirasa

affliction, agitation, trouble

AN 4.122 ūmibhayasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco kulaputto saddhā agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajito hoti, otiṇṇo'mhi jātiyā jarāya maraṇena sokehi paridevehi dukkhehi domanassehi upāyāsehi, dukkh'otiṇṇo dukkhapareto.

MN 38 mahātaṇhāsaṅkhayasuttaṃ

taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti

upāyāsabahula →

bodhirasa

full of agitation, very afflicted, greatly troubled

AN 3.27 jigucchitabbasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, ekacco puggalo kodhano hoti upāyāsabahulo, appam'pi vutto samāno abhisajjati kuppati byāpajjati patitthīyati, kopañ'ca dosañ'ca appaccayañ'ca pātukaroti.

upāyāsitatta →

bodhirasa

(state of) affliction, adversity

DN 22.15 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamo ca, bhikkhave, upāyāso? yo kho, bhikkhave, aññataraññatarena byasanena samannāgatassa aññataraññatarena dukkhadhammena phuṭṭhassa āyāso upāyāso āyāsitattaṃ upāyāsitattaṃ, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, upāyāso

uttarikaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

more to be done, further to do

DN 10.4 subhasuttaṃ

n'atthi c'ev'ettha uttarikaraṇīyan'ti

uttariṃkaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

more to be done, further to do

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

phasse, bhikkhave, āhāre pariññāte tisso vedanā pariññātā honti. tīsu vedanāsu pariññātāsu ariyasāvakassa n'atthi kiñci uttariṃkaraṇīyan'ti vadāmi

utuparissaya →

bodhirasa

inclement weather, harsh climate, lit. danger of the season

MN 2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

paṭisaṅkhā yoniso senāsanaṃ paṭisevati, yāva'd'eva sītassa paṭighātāya, uṇhassa paṭighātāya, ḍaṃsa-makasa-vātātapa-sarīṃsapa-samphassānaṃ paṭighātāya, yāva'd'eva utuparissaya-vinodana-paṭisallān'ārām'atthaṃ

uyyāna →

bodhirasa

park, pleasure grove, lit. walk out

SN 46.6 kuṇḍaliyasuttaṃ

ārāmena ārāmaṃ uyyānena uyyānaṃ anucaṅkamāmi anuvicarāmi

THI 53 sujātā therīgāthā

annaṃ pānañ'ca ādāya, khajjaṃ bhojjaṃ anappakaṃ, gehato nikkhamitvāna, uyyānam'abhihārayiṃ.

uyyānabhūmi →

bodhirasa

parkland, pleasure park grounds

JAa 1.N.2 avidūre nidānakathā

ath'ekadivasaṃ bodhisatto uyyānabhūmiṃ gantu'kāmo sārathiṃ āmantetvā, rathaṃ yojehī'ti āha.

uyyānapāla →

bodhirasa

park-keeper, groundsman

JAa 14 vātamiga jātakavaṇṇanā

uyyānapālo tassa madhumakkhitatiṇesu paluddhabhāvaṃ ñatvā anukkamena attānaṃ dassesi.

uyyāpeti →

bodhirasa

causes to go up, causes to ascend, leads up

SN 42.6 asibandhakaputtasuttaṃ

brāhmaṇā, bhante, pacchā bhūmakā kāmaṇḍalukā sevālamālikā udak'orohakā aggiparicārakā. te mataṃ kālaṅkataṃ uyyāpenti nāma saññāpenti nāma saggaṃ nāma okkāmenti.

uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati →

bodhirasa

gets up, makes and effort and strives for

AN 4.157 rogasuttaṃ

so uṭṭhahati ghaṭati vāyamati anavaññappaṭilābhāya lābhasakkārasilokappaṭilābhāya

uṭṭhānavīriyādhigata →

bodhirasa

obtained by effort and exertion

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

so, bhogā me atthi uṭṭhānavīriy'ādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sed'āvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā'ti adhigacchati sukhaṃ, adhigacchati somanassaṃ. idaṃ vuccati, gahapati, atthisukhaṃ.

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

kodhanassa, bhikkhave, purisapuggalassa kodh'ābhibhūtassa kodhaparetassa, ye'pi'ssa te honti bhogā uṭṭhānavīriy'ādhigatā bāhābalaparicitā sed'āvakkhittā dhammikā dhammaladdhā, te'pi rājāno rājakosaṃ pavesenti kodh'ābhibhūtassa.

uṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

rising (from), getting up (from)

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

uṭṭhāya-āsanā bhagavantaṃ abhivādetvā

DHP 240 malavaggo

ayasā'va malaṃ samuṭṭhitaṃ, tat'uṭṭhāya tam'eva khādati, evaṃ atidhonacārinaṃ, sakakammāni nayanti duggatiṃ.

uṭṭhāyāsanā →

bodhirasa

rising from one’s seat

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

no ce te evaṃ viharato taṃ middhaṃ pahīyetha tato tvaṃ moggallāna uṭṭhāy'āsanā udakena akkhīni anumajjitvā disā anuvilokeyyāsi nakkhattāni tārakarūpāni ullokeyyāsi

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

atha kho te bhikkhū tesaṃ aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ bhāsitaṃ n'eva abhinandiṃsu nappaṭikkosiṃsu, anabhinanditvā appaṭikkositvā uṭṭhāy'āsanā pakkamiṃsu, bhagavato santike etassa bhāsitassa atthaṃ ājānissāmā'ti.

vacanīya →

bodhirasa

should be said, should be answered

AN 10.61 avijjāsuttaṃ

ko c'āhāro avijjāya? pañca nīvaraṇā'ti'ssa vacanīyaṃ. pañca'p'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, nīvaraṇe sāhāre vadāmi, no anāhāre. ko c'āhāro pañcannaṃ nīvaraṇānaṃ? tīṇi duccaritānī'ti'ssa vacanīyaṃ

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃvādino, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā evamassu vacanīyā, yasmiṃ, āvuso, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ akālo bhāvanāya, katamesaṃ tasmiṃ samaye bojjhaṅgānaṃ kālo bhāvanāya?

vaggiya →

bodhirasa

part of a group, belonging to a collection

SN 22.3 hāliddikānisuttaṃ

ekam'antaṃ nisinno kho hāliddikāni gahapati āyasmantaṃ mahākaccānaṃ etad'avoca, vuttam'idaṃ, bhante, bhagavatā aṭṭhaka-vaggiye māgaṇḍiyapañhe

vajjanīya →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) who should be avoided, who should be excluded

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

vajjanīyā ca puggalā tasmiṃ na honti kiṃ? gahaṭṭhapaṇḍakādayo ekavīsati vajjanīyā puggalā hatthapāsato bahikaraṇavasena vajjetabbā. te asmiṃ na honti.

vanacetya →

bodhirasa

woodland shrine

SN 11.15 rāmaṇeyyakasuttaṃ

ārāmacetyā vanacetyā, pokkharañño sunimmitā, manussarāmaṇeyyassa, kalaṃ nāgghanti soḷasiṃ.

vareyya →

bodhirasa

would wish (for), could hope (for)

DN 21.2 sakkapañhasuttaṃ

sakko ce me varaṃ dajjā, tāvatiṃsānam'issaro, tāhaṃ bhadde vareyy'āhe, evaṃ kāmo daḷho mama.

vassa →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) years since monastic ordination, number of rains retreats completed as a monk

UD 46 soṇasuttaṃ

kati vasso'si tvaṃ, bhikkhū'ti? eka-vasso ahaṃ bhagavā'ti.

vassūpanāyika →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) rains retreat entry

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

te upakaṭṭhāya vassūpanāyikāya pañcasatatāpase himavantato āgantvā nagare bhikkhāya carante disvā pasīditvā nisīdāpetvā bhojetvā paṭiññaṃ gahetvā cattāro māse attano santike vasāpetvā puna vassāratte āgamanatthāya paṭijānāpetvā uyyojesuṃ.

vatayaṃ →

bodhirasa

indeed this, truly this

DHP 41 cittavaggo

aciraṃ vat'ayaṃ kāyo, pathaviṃ adhisessati, chuddho apetaviññāṇo, niratthaṃ'va kaliṅgaraṃ.

vatāyasmantaṃyeva →

bodhirasa

indeed venerable just

SN 22.1 nakulapitusuttaṃ

sādhu vat'āyasmantaṃ'y'eva sāriputtaṃ paṭibhātu etassa bhāsitassa attho'ti.

vatāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

indeed this, truly this

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

kicchaṃ vat'āyaṃ satto āpanno, app'eva nāma imamhā dukkhā mucceyyā'ti karuṇā pavattetabbā.

DN 14.11 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

kicchaṃ vat'āyaṃ loko āpanno, jāyati ca jīyati ca mīyati ca cavati ca upapajjati ca, atha ca panimassa dukkhassa nissaraṇaṃ nappajānāti jarāmaraṇassa.

vaya →

bodhirasa

disintegration, decay, disappearance

DN 22.2 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

samudaya-dhamm'ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati vaya-dhamm'ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati samudaya-vaya-dhamm'ānupassī vā kāyasmiṃ viharati

vaya →

bodhirasa

loss, decline

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

so aparena samayena tamhā bandhanāgārā mucceyya sotthinā abbhayena na c'assa kiñci bhogānaṃ vayo

vaya →

bodhirasa

age, stage, period (of life)

DHP 260 dhammaṭṭhavaggo

na tena thero so hoti, yen'assa palitaṃ siro, paripakko vayo tassa, moghajiṇṇo'ti vuccati.

AN 5.54 samayasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu daharo hoti yuvā susu kāḷakeso bhadrena yobbanena samannāgato paṭhamena vayasā.

vayadhamma →

bodhirasa

naturally disappearing, liable to disintegrate

DN 16.36 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhikkhū āmantesi, handa dāni, bhikkhave, āmantayāmi vo, vayadhammā saṅkhārā appamādena sampādethā'ti. ayaṃ tathāgatassa pacchimā vācā.

vaṅkeyya →

bodhirasa

fraud, deception, dishonesty

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

yāni kho pan'assa honti sāṭheyyāni kūṭeyyāni jimheyyāni vaṅkeyyāni, tāni yathābhūtaṃ āvikattā hoti satthari vā viññūsu vā sabrahmacārīsu.

vaṇṇabyavadhāna →

bodhirasa

letter which blocks sandhi, e.g. maṃ ahāsi

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare'ty'asmiṃ opasilesiko kāsasattamī, tato vaṇṇakālabyavadhāne kāriyaṃ na hoti.

vaṇṇakālabyavadhāna →

bodhirasa

letter and pause which blocks sandhi, e.g. maṃ ahāsi & mātāpitu upaṭṭhāna

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

sare'ty'asmiṃ opasilesiko kāsasattamī, tato vaṇṇakālabyavadhāne kāriyaṃ na hoti.

vaṇṇayati →

bodhirasa

praises, extols

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ moggallāna sabbeh'eva saṃsaggaṃ vaṇṇayāmi na pan'āhaṃ moggallāna sabbeh'eva saṃsaggaṃ na vaṇṇayāmi

vedaniya →

bodhirasa

to be felt, to be experienced

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

te ca h'āvuso, āyusaṅkhārā abhaviṃsu te vedaniyā dhammā, na'y'idaṃ saññāvedayitanirodhaṃ samāpannassa bhikkhuno vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyetha.

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

imesaṃ kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, samaṇamalānaṃ samaṇadosānaṃ samaṇakasaṭānaṃ āpāyikānaṃ ṭhānānaṃ duggati-vedaniyānaṃ appahānā, na samaṇasāmīcippaṭipadaṃ paṭipanno'ti vadāmi.

vedanākāyā →

bodhirasa

classes of feeling, categories of felt experience

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, vedanākāyā, cakkhusamphassajā vedanā, sotasamphassajā vedanā, ghānasamphassajā vedanā, kāyasamphassajā vedanā, manosamphassajā vedanā.

vedanāpaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of felt experience, sensation as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

vedanāpaccayā taṇhā, taṇhāpaccayā upādānaṃ, upādānapaccayā bhavo, bhavapaccayā jāti, jātipaccayā jarāmaraṇaṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā sambhavanti.

vedanāsamudaya →

bodhirasa

source of feeling, origin of feeling

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

phassasamudayā vedanāsamudayo, phassanirodhā vedanānirodho.

vedanīya →

bodhirasa

to be felt, to be experienced

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo ca kho, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yathā vedanīyaṃ ayaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathāssa vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti

vedayamāna →

bodhirasa

feeling, experiencing, sensing

DN 22.8 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu sukhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno sukhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī'ti pajānāti. dukkhaṃ vā vedanaṃ vedayamāno dukkhaṃ vedanaṃ vedayāmī'ti pajānāti.

vedayati →

bodhirasa

feels, experiences, senses

SN 22.79 khajjanīyasuttaṃ

kiñ'ca, bhikkhave, vedanaṃ vadetha? vedayatī'ti kho, bhikkhave, tasmā vedanā'ti vuccati. kiñ'ca vedayati? sukham'pi vedayati, dukkham'pi vedayati, adukkhamasukham'pi vedayati

vedeyya →

bodhirasa

which knows, which feels, which experiences

MN 2.2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

atha vā pan'assa evaṃ diṭṭhi hoti, yo me ayaṃ attā vado vedeyyo tatra tatra kalyāṇapāpakānaṃ kammānaṃ vipākaṃ paṭisaṃvedeti so kho pana me ayaṃ attā nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo sassatisamaṃ tath'eva ṭhassatī'ti

vediyati →

bodhirasa

experiences, feels (a sensation)

SN 47.10 bhikkhunupassayasuttaṃ

passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

pamuditassa pīti jāyati, pītimanassa kāyo passambhati, passaddhakāyo sukhaṃ vediyati, sukhino cittaṃ samādhiyati.

vejayanta →

bodhirasa

Sakka’s Palace, lit. conquering

TH 263 mahāmoggallāna theragāthā

yo vejayanta-pāsādaṃ, pād'aṅguṭṭhena kampayi, tādisaṃ bhikkhum'āsajja, kaṇha dukkhaṃ nigacchasi.

venayika →

bodhirasa

expert in vinaya

VIN 0 verañjakaṇḍaṃ

venayiko bhavaṃ gotamo'ti

vesiyā →

bodhirasa

prostitute, lit. low caste woman

SNP 6 parābhavasuttaṃ uragavaggo 6

sehi dārehi asantuṭṭho, vesiyāsu padussati, dussati paradāresu, taṃ parābhavato mukhaṃ.

vevaṇṇiya →

bodhirasa

who has changed appearance, who has changed social order, lit. discolouration

AN 10.48 dasadhammasuttaṃ

vevaṇṇiya'mhi ajjhupagato'ti pabbajitena abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ

veyaggha →

bodhirasa

(belonging to, regarding, with a) tiger

DHP 295 pakiṇṇakavaggo

mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca sotthiye, veyaggha-pañcamaṃ hantvā, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.

veyagghapañcama →

bodhirasa

with a tiger as the fifth

DHP 295 pakiṇṇakavaggo

mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hantvā, rājāno dve ca sotthiye, veyagghapañcamaṃ hantvā, anīgho yāti brāhmaṇo.

veyyābādhika →

bodhirasa

oppressive, disturbing, painful

MN 2 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

paṭisaṅkhā yoniso gilānappaccaya-bhesajjaparikkhāraṃ paṭisevati, yāva'd'eva uppannānaṃ veyyābādhikānaṃ vedanānaṃ paṭighātāya, abyābajjhaparamatāya

veyyākaraṇa →

bodhirasa

answer, explanation, exposition

AN 4.62 ānaṇyasuttaṃ

suttaṃ geyyaṃ veyyākaraṇaṃ gāthā udānaṃ itivuttakaṃ jātakaṃ abbhutadhammaṃ vedallaṃ

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

n'āhaṃ taṃ, bhikkhave, passāmi sadevake loke samārake sabrahmake sassamaṇabrāhmaṇiyā pajāya sadevamanussāya yo imesaṃ pañhānaṃ veyyākaraṇena cittaṃ ārādheyya, aññatra tathāgatena vā tathāgatasāvakena vā ito vā pana sutvā.

veyyāvacca →

bodhirasa

service, assistance

AN 5.36 kāladānasuttaṃ

ye tattha anumodanti, veyyāvaccaṃ karonti vā, na tena dakkhiṇā ūnā, te'pi puññassa bhāgino.

veyyāvaṭika →

bodhirasa

service, assistance

DHPa 1.2 maṭṭhakuṇḍalī vatthu

andhabālapitaraṃ nissāya evarūpaṃ buddhaṃ upasaṅkamitvā kāya-veyyāvaṭikaṃ vā kātuṃ dānaṃ vā dātuṃ dhammaṃ vā sotuṃ n'ālatthaṃ, idāni me hatthā'pi anadhipateyyā, aññaṃ kattabbaṃ natthī'ti manam'eva pasādesi.

veḷuriya →

bodhirasa

cat’s eye, lapis lazuli, beryl, semi-precious stone

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, mahāsamuddo bahuratano anekaratano. tatr'imāni ratanāni, seyyathidaṃ muttā maṇi veḷuriyo saṅkho silā pavāḷaṃ rajataṃ jātarūpaṃ lohitaṅgo masāragallaṃ

veḷuriyamaya →

bodhirasa

made of cat’s eye, made of precious stone

DN 2.4 mahāsudassanasuttaṃ

kusāvatiyā, ānanda, rājadhāniyā catunnaṃ vaṇṇānaṃ dvārāni ahesuṃ. ekaṃ dvāraṃ sovaṇṇamayaṃ, ekaṃ rūpiyamayaṃ, ekaṃ veḷuriyamayaṃ, ekaṃ phalikamayaṃ.

vibhajjavyākaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

should be answered by analysing in detail, should be explained by analysis

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

atthi bhikkhave pañho ekaṃsavyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho vibhajjavyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho paṭipucchāvyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho ṭhapanīyo

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajjabyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchābyākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

vicaya →

bodhirasa

investigation, examination, probing, analysis, discrimination

DN 22.13 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ dhamma-vicaya-sambojjhaṅgaṃ, atthi me ajjhattaṃ dhamma-vicaya-sambojjhaṅgo'ti pajānāti

vidhūpayanta →

bodhirasa

scattering, diffusing

VIN 4.1.1 bodhikathā

yadā have pātubhavanti dhammā, ātāpino jhāyato brāhmaṇassa, vidhūpayaṃ tiṭṭhati mārasenaṃ, sūriyo'va obhāsayam'antalikkhan'ti.

vighāta →

bodhirasa

trouble, annoyance, affliction, irritation, botheration

SN 20.5 sattisuttaṃ

yāva'd'eva ca pana so puriso kilamathassa vighātassa bhāgī assā'ti.

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

methunam'anuyuttassa, vighātaṃ brūhi mārisa, sutvāna tava sāsanaṃ, viveke sikkhissāmase.

viheṭhayanta →

bodhirasa

harming, vexing, annoying, troubling

DHP 184 buddhavaggo

khantī paramaṃ tapo titikkhā, nibbānaṃ paramaṃ vadanti buddhā, na hi pabbajito par'ūpaghātī, na samaṇo hoti paraṃ viheṭhayanto.

vihāyati →

bodhirasa

is deprived (of), falls (from), lit. is abandoned

TH 174 mātaṅgaputta theragāthā

yo ca sītañ'ca uṇhañ'ca, tiṇā bhiyyo na maññati, karaṃ purisakiccāni, so sukhā na vihāyati.

vijambhikā →

bodhirasa

yawning, stretching

AN 1.13 nīvaraṇappahānavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṃ vā thīnamiddhaṃ uppajjati uppannaṃ vā thinamiddhaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yatha'y'idaṃ, bhikkhave, arati tandī vijambhikā bhattasammado cetaso ca līnattaṃ

vijaṭayati →

bodhirasa

untangles, unknots, untwists, unravels

SN 7.6 jaṭāsuttaṃ

antojaṭā bahijaṭā, jaṭāya jaṭitā pajā, taṃ taṃ gotama pucchāmi, ko imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭan'ti.

SN 7.6 jaṭāsuttaṃ

sīle patiṭṭhāya naro sapañño, cittaṃ paññañ'ca bhāvayaṃ, ātāpī nipako bhikkhu, so imaṃ vijaṭaye jaṭaṃ.

vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyā →

bodhirasa

personal experience of the fruit of liberation by understanding

SN 46.55 saṅgāravasuttaṃ

satt'ime, brāhmaṇa, bojjhaṅgā anāvaraṇā anīvaraṇā cetaso anupakkilesā bhāvitā bahulīkatā vijjāvimuttiphalasacchikiriyāya saṃvattanti. katame satta?

vijāyati →

bodhirasa

is born

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

na vijāyatī'ti sutvā rājānaṃ disvāva vegena gehaṃ gantvā kāḷiṃ nāma dāsiṃ pakkositvā sahassaṃ datvā, gaccha je, imasmiṃ nagare upadhāretvā sahassaṃ datvā ajja jātadārakaṃ gaṇhitvā ehī'ti.

DHPa 1.2.1 sāmāvatī vatthu

seṭṭhi, sace me dhītā vijāyissati, tāya naṃ saddhiṃ nivesetvā seṭṭhiṭṭhānassa sāmikaṃ karissāmi. sace me putto vijāyissati, māressāmi nan'ti cintetvā taṃ gehe kāresi.

vikappayanta →

bodhirasa

forming, constructing, defining, theorizing (concepts and opinions)

SNP 52 tuvaṭakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 14

seyyo na tena maññeyya, nīceyyo athavā'pi sarikkho, phuṭṭho anekarūpehi, n'ātumānaṃ vikappayaṃ tiṭṭhe.

vikappayati →

bodhirasa

forms, constructs, defines, theorizes (concepts and opinions)

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

tass'īdha diṭṭhe va sute mute vā, pakappitā n'atthi aṇū'pi saññā, taṃ brāhmaṇaṃ diṭṭhim'anādiyānaṃ, ken'īdha lokasmiṃ vikappayeyya.

SNP 42 suddhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 4

sa sabbadhammesu visenibhūto, yaṃ kiñci diṭṭhaṃ va sutaṃ mutaṃ vā, tam'eva dassiṃ vivaṭaṃ carantaṃ, ken'īdha lokasmi vikappayeyya.

vikkaya →

bodhirasa

selling, sale

MN 27 cūḷa hatthipadopamasuttaṃ

khetta-vatthu-paṭiggahaṇā paṭivirato hoti dūteyya-pahiṇagamana-anuyogā paṭivirato hoti kaya-vikkayā paṭivirato hoti

vikkhambhayati →

bodhirasa

unsettles, destabilizes, collapses, lit. removes the support

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

paññaṃ purakkhatvā kalyāṇapīti, vikkhambhaye tāni parissayāni, aratiṃ sahetha sayanamhi pante, caturo sahetha paridevadhamme.

vimariyādīkata →

bodhirasa

delivered, set free, without limits, lit. made without boundary

AN 10.81 vāhanasuttaṃ

katihi nu kho, bhante, dhammehi tathāgato nissaṭo visaṃyutto vippamutto vimariyādīkatena cetasā viharatī'ti?

vimocayanta →

bodhirasa

detaching, disengaging, releasing

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

vimocayaṃ cittaṃ assasissāmī'ti sikkhati, vimocayaṃ cittaṃ passasissāmī'ti sikkhati.

vinaya →

bodhirasa

discipline, training

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

kathañ'c'ānanda ariyassa vinaye anuttarā indriyabhāvanā hoti?

AN 8.53 saṃkhittasuttaṃ

eso dhammo eso vinayo etaṃ satthusāsanan'ti

vinaya →

bodhirasa

removal, dispelling

SN 22.2 devadahasuttaṃ

paṇḍitā h'āvuso manussā vīmaṃsakā kismiṃ pan'āyasmantānaṃ chandarāga-vinaya-kkhāyī satthā'ti

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

ath'āparaṃ pañca rajāni loke, yesaṃ satīmā vinayāya sikkhe, rūpesu saddesu atho rasesu, gandhesu phassesu sahetha rāgaṃ.

vinayadhara →

bodhirasa

expert in vinaya, lit. vinaya bearer

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca, visārado ca parisāya dhammaṃ deseti, vinayadharo ca … evaṃ so ten'aṅgena paripūro hoti.

vinayati →

bodhirasa

removes, dispels

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

kiṃ'sū asissāmi kuvaṃ vā asissaṃ, dukkhaṃ vata settha kv'ajja sessaṃ, ete vitakke paridevaneyye, vinayetha sekho aniketacārī.

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

ādānataṇhaṃ vinayetha sabbaṃ, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcā'pi majjhe, yaṃ yañ'hi lokasmim'upādiyanti, ten'eva māro anveti jantuṃ.

vinayavādī →

bodhirasa

who speaks about the discipline, who speaks in accordance with the training

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

kālavādī bhūtavādī atthavādī dhammavādī vinayavādī nidhānavatiṃ vācaṃ bhāsitā hoti kālena sāpadesaṃ pariyantavatiṃ atthasaṃhitaṃ

vineyya →

bodhirasa

removing, getting rid (of)

DN 22.1 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

dhammesu dhamm'ānupassī viharati ātāpī sampajāno satimā vineyya loke abhijjhādomanassaṃ

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ, phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho, yad'attagarahī tad'akubbamāno, na lippatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro.

vineyya →

bodhirasa

could remove, should remove, could alleviate

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

so taṃ pokkharaṇiṃ āgamma vineyya udakapipāsaṃ vineyya ghammapariḷāhaṃ

vinicchaya →

bodhirasa

discrimination, distinguishing, evaluation

SNP 47 māgaṇḍiyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 9

vinicchayā yāni pakappitāni, te ve munī brūsi anuggahāya, ajjhattasantī'ti yam'etam'atthaṃ, kathaṃ nu dhīrehi paveditaṃ taṃ.

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

sukha-vinicchayaṃ jaññā, sukha-vinicchayaṃ ñatvā ajjhattaṃ sukham'anuyuñjeyya.

vinicchaya →

bodhirasa

decision, verdict, judgement, opinion

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

chando nu lokasmiṃ kutonidāno, vinicchayā cā'pi kutopahūtā, kodho mosavajjañ'ca kathaṃkathā ca, ye vā'pi dhammā samaṇena vuttā.

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

vinicchaye ṭhatvā sayaṃ pamāya, uddhaṃ sa lokasmiṃ vivādam'eti, hitvāna sabbāni vinicchayāni, na medhagaṃ kubbati jantu loke'ti.

vinodayanta →

bodhirasa

dispelling, driving out, removing

MN 2.7 sabbāsavasuttaṃ

yañ'hi'ssa, bhikkhave, avinodayato uppajjeyyuṃ āsavā vighātapariḷāhā, vinodayato evaṃsa te āsavā vighātapariḷāhā na honti. ime vuccanti, bhikkhave, āsavā vinodanā pahātabbā.

vinodayati →

bodhirasa

dispels, drives out, removes

DHP 343 taṇhāvaggo

tasiṇāya purakkhatā pajā, parisappanti saso'va bandhito. tasmā tasiṇaṃ vinodaye, bhikkhu ākaṅkha'virāgam'attano.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

theyyaṃ na kāre na musā bhaṇeyya, mettāya phasse tasathāvarāni, yad'āvilattaṃ manaso vijaññā, kaṇhassa pakkho'ti vinodayeyya.

vināyaka →

bodhirasa

leader, guide, teacher, epithet of the Buddha

BV 28 buddha pakiṇṇaka kaṇḍaṃ

aparimeyyito kappe, caturo āsuṃ vināyakā, taṇhaṅkaro medhaṅkaro, atho'pi saraṇaṅkaro, dīpaṅkaro ca sambuddho, ekakappamhi te jinā.

vippahāya →

bodhirasa

completely abandoning, totally renouncing

DHP 87 paṇḍitavaggo

kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ vippahāya, sukkaṃ bhāvetha paṇḍito, okā anokam'āgamma, viveke yattha dūramaṃ.

vipātayanta →

bodhirasa

tearing open, splitting apart, destroying

DHP 72 bālavaggo

yāva'd'eva anatthāya, ñattaṃ bālassa jāyati, hanti bālassa sukk'aṃsaṃ, muddham'assa vipātayaṃ.

visamacariyā →

bodhirasa

unwholesome conduct, disharmonious behaviour, unsuitable behaviour, bad behaviour

AN 10.47 mahālisuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, mahāli, ime dasa dhammā loke saṃvijjanti, tasmā paññāyati adhammacariyā-visamacariyā'ti vā dhammacariyā-samacariyā'ti vā'ti.

visaya →

bodhirasa

realm, region, sphere, domain, environment

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

imesaṃ pana, cunda, dasannaṃ akusalānaṃ kammapathānaṃ samannāgamanahetu nirayo paññāyati, tiracchānayoni paññāyati, petti-visayo paññāyati, yā vā pan'aññā'pi kāci duggatiyo

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, puriso chappāṇake gahetvā nānā-visaye nānāgocare daḷhāya rajjuyā bandheyya.

visodhayati →

bodhirasa

cleans, purifies, sanctify, lit. cause to be pure

DHP 165 attavaggo

attanā hi kataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā saṃkilissati, attanā akataṃ pāpaṃ, attanā'va visujjhati, suddhī asuddhi paccattaṃ, n'āñño aññaṃ visodhaye.

DHP 281 maggavaggo

vāc'ānurakkhī manasā susaṃvuto, kāyena ca n'ākusalaṃ kayirā, ete tayo kammapathe visodhaye, ārādhaye maggam'isippaveditaṃ.

vissajjaka →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) responder (to a question)

VIN PAT PK saṅghuposatha pubbakaraṇādi vidhi

vissajjaka: āsanena saha pāṇīyaparibhojaṇīyaṃ udakaṭṭhapanaṃ niṭṭhitaṃ

vitakkayati →

bodhirasa

thinks (about), reflects (on), ponders (over)

ITI 87 andhakaraṇasuttaṃ

tayo vitakke kusale vitakkaye, tayo pana akusale nirākare, sa ve vitakkāni vicāritāni, sameti vuṭṭhī'va rajaṃ samūhataṃ.

vivādayati →

bodhirasa

disputes, causes quarrels, starts arguments

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

yā uṇṇatī s'āssa vighātabhūmi, mān'ātimānaṃ vadate pan'eso, etam'pi disvā na vivādayetha, na hi tena suddhiṃ kusalā vadanti.

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

yam'āhu saccaṃ tathiyan'ti eke, tam'āhu aññe tucchaṃ musā'ti, evam'pi vigayha vivādayanti, kasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadanti.

vivādiyati →

bodhirasa

disputes, causes quarrels, starts arguments

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

ye diṭṭhim'uggayha vivādiyanti, idam'eva saccan'ti ca vādayanti, te tvaṃ vadassū na hi te'dha atthi, vādamhi jāte paṭisenikattā.

SNP 51 mahābyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 13

ye kec'ime diṭṭhiparibbasānā, idam'eva saccan'ti vivādiyanti, sabb'eva te nindam'anvānayanti, atho pasaṃsam'pi labhanti tattha.

viya →

bodhirasa

like, as

SNP 45 tissametteyyasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 7

saṅkappehi pareto so, kapaṇo viya jhāyati, sutvā paresaṃ nigghosaṃ, maṅku hoti tathāvidho.

DHP 334 taṇhāvaggo

manujassa pamattacārino, taṇhā vaḍḍhati māluvā viya, so plavatī hurā huraṃ, phalam'icchaṃ'va vanasmi vānaro.

viyatta →

bodhirasa

experienced, learned, initiated, lit. distinguished

AN 2.135 āyācanavaggo

dvīhi bhikkhave dhammehi samannāgato paṇḍito viyatto sappuriso akkhataṃ anupahataṃ attānaṃ pariharati anavajjo ca hoti ananuvajjo ca viññūnaṃ bahuñ'ca puññaṃ pasavati.

DN 16.20 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

na tāv'āhaṃ, pāpima, parinibbāyissāmi, yāva me bhikkhuniyo na sāvikā bhavissanti viyattā vinītā visāradā bahussutā dhammadharā dhammānudhammappaṭipannā

viyatta →

bodhirasa

divided, separated, disunited

SNP 43 paramaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 5

attaṃ pahāya anupādiyāno, ñāṇe'pi so nissayaṃ no karoti, sa ve viyattesu na vaggasārī, diṭṭhim'pi so na pacceti kiñci.

viyañjana →

bodhirasa

distinctive mark, characteristic, feature, appearance

SN 3.11 sattajaṭilasuttaṃ

na vaṇṇarūpena naro sujāno, na vissase ittaradassanena, susaññatānañ'hi viyañjanena, asaññatā lokam'imaṃ caranti.

viyojayati →

bodhirasa

disjoins (from), detaches (from), disconnects (from), separates (from)

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

pubbam'adhoṭhitam'assaraṃ sarena viyojaye'ti

viyācikkhati →

bodhirasa

explains in detail, describes in full

SNP 64 todeyya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 9

nirāsaso so uda āsasāno, paññāṇavā so uda paññakappī, muniṃ ahaṃ sakka yathā vijaññaṃ, taṃ me viyācikkha samantacakkhu.

viyākaroti →

bodhirasa

answers, explains, declares

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tad'iṅgha brūhi, kathaṃ nu dhīrā vitaranti oghaṃ, jātiṃ jaraṃ sokapariddavañ'ca, taṃ me muni sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo.

viyākaṃsu →

bodhirasa

they answered, they explained, they declared

SNP 63 hemaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 8

ye me pubbe viyākaṃsu, huraṃ gotamasāsanā, icc'āsi iti bhavissati, sabbaṃ taṃ itihītihaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ takkavaḍḍhanaṃ, n'āhaṃ tattha abhiramiṃ.

viyārabbha →

bodhirasa

effort, striving, endeavouring (to make merit)

SNP 53 attadaṇḍasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 15

anejassa vijānato, n'atthi kāci nisaṅkhati, virato so viyārabbhā, khemaṃ passati sabbadhi.

viññeyya →

bodhirasa

can be understood, easy to make out, distinguishable, lit. can be known

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, ataramānassa bhāsato kāyo'pi na kilamati, cittam'pi na upahaññati, saro'pi na upahaññati, kaṇṭho'pi na āturīyati, visaṭṭham'pi hoti viññeyyaṃ ataramānassa bhāsitaṃ.

viññeyya →

bodhirasa

to be known, to be recognized

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

ayaṃ vuccat'ānanda … anuttarā indriyabhāvanā cakkhu-viññeyyesu rūpesu

MN 105 sunakkhattasuttaṃ

kāya-viññeyyā phoṭṭhabbā iṭṭhā kantā manāpā piyarūpā kām'ūpasaṃhitā rajanīyā, ime kho, sunakkhatta, pañca kāmaguṇā.

viññāya →

bodhirasa

knowing, understanding, being conscious (of)

SNP 22 uṭṭhānasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 10

uṭṭhahatha nisīdatha, daḷhaṃ sikkhatha santiyā, mā vo pamatte viññāya, maccurājā amohayittha vasānuge.

MN 152 indriyabhāvanāsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, ānanda, bhikkhuno manasā dhammaṃ viññāya uppajjati manāpaṃ, uppajjati amanāpaṃ, uppajjati manāpāmanāpaṃ

viññāṇakāyā →

bodhirasa

classes of consciousness, categories of awareness

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

katamañ'ca, bhikkhave, viññāṇaṃ? cha'y'ime, bhikkhave, viññāṇakāyā, cakkhuviññāṇaṃ, sotaviññāṇaṃ, ghānaviññāṇaṃ, jivhāviññāṇaṃ, kāyaviññāṇaṃ, manoviññāṇaṃ.

viññāṇapaccaya →

bodhirasa

precondition of consciousness understanding, consciousness as condition

SN 12.2 vibhaṅgasuttaṃ

avijjāpaccayā, bhikkhave, saṅkhārā, saṅkhārapaccayā viññāṇaṃ, viññāṇapaccayā nāmarūpaṃ, nāmarūpapaccayā sa'ḷ'āyatanaṃ, sa'ḷ'āyatanapaccayā phasso, phassapaccayā vedanā

viññāṇasamudaya →

bodhirasa

source of consciousness, origin of consciousness

SN 22.57 sattaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

nāmarūpasamudayā viññāṇasamudayo, nāmarūpanirodhā viññāṇanirodho.

viññāṇañcāyatana →

bodhirasa

dimension of infinite consciousness

MN 43 mahāvedallasuttaṃ

nissaṭṭhena āvuso, pañcahi indriyehi parisuddhena manoviññāṇena ananto ākāso'ti ākās'ānañc'āyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, anantaṃ viññāṇan'ti viññāṇ'añc'āyatanaṃ neyyaṃ, n'atthi kiñcī'ti ākiñcaññ'āyatanaṃ neyyan'ti.

MN 31 cūḷagosiṅgasuttaṃ

idha mayaṃ, bhante, yāva'd'eva ākaṅkhāma sabbaso ākās'ānañc'āyatanaṃ samatikkamma, anantaṃ viññāṇan'ti viññāṇ'añc'āyatanaṃ upasampajja viharāma

vuttanaya →

bodhirasa

way described, prescribed method

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

sace pan'assa pubbe vuttanayen'eva verimhi paṭighaṃ uppajjati, taṃ mettāya vuttanayen'eva vūpasametabbaṃ.

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

evaṃ sabbathā'pi karuṇāyitvā vuttanayen'eva attani piyapuggale majjhatte verimhī'ti catūsu janesu sīmāsambhedaṃ katvā

vuttanīya →

bodhirasa

should be told, should be related

DHPa 1.6.5 paṇḍitasāmaṇera vatthu

sabbaṃ tissakumārassa vatthumhi vuttaniyāmena-eva veditabbaṃ

vuṭṭhita →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) rehabilitated (from), lit. emerged (from)

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

evañ'ca pana, bhikkhave, te bhikkhū tāhi āpattīhi vuṭṭhitā honti, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttaṃ, ṭhapetvā diṭṭh'āvikammaṃ, ṭhapetvā ye na tattha hontī'ti.

vuṭṭhāpiyamāna →

bodhirasa

being raised, being lifted up

AN 3.36 devadūtasuttaṃ

ambho purisa, na tvaṃ addasa manussesu itthiṃ vā purisaṃ vā ābādhikaṃ dukkhitaṃ bāḷhagilānaṃ, sake muttakarīse palipannaṃ semānaṃ, aññehi vuṭṭhāpiyamānaṃ, aññehi saṃvesiyamānan'ti?

vuṭṭhāya →

bodhirasa

rising (from), waking up (from), getting up (from)

VIN 1.4.15 upajjhāya vatta kathā

kālass'eva vuṭṭhāya upāhanā omuñcitvā ekaṃsaṃ uttarāsaṅgaṃ karitvā dantakaṭṭhaṃ dātabbaṃ, mukhodakaṃ dātabbaṃ, āsanaṃ paññapetabbaṃ.

vyañjana →

bodhirasa

consonant, letter

vyañjanasandhi →

bodhirasa

combination of consonants

vyābādha →

bodhirasa

injury, harm, affliction

AN 4.186 ummaggasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhu, paṇḍito mahāpañño nevatta-vyābādhāya ceteti na para-vyābādhāya ceteti na ubhaya-vyābādhāya ceteti attahitaparahitaubhayahitasabbalokahitam'eva cintayamāno cinteti

vyādhi →

bodhirasa

sickness, disease, lit. upset

AN 5.57 abhiṇhapaccavekkhitabbaṭhānasuttaṃ

kiñ'ca, bhikkhave, atthavasaṃ paṭicca, vyādhi-dhammo-amhi, vyādhiṃ anatīto'ti abhiṇhaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ itthiyā vā purisena vā gahaṭṭhena vā pabbajitena vā?

vyākaraṇa →

bodhirasa

answer, explanation

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

cattār'imāni, bhikkhave, pañha-vyākaraṇāni. katamāni cattāri? atthi, bhikkhave, pañho ekaṃsa-vyākaraṇīyo, atthi, bhikkhave, pañho vibhajja-vyākaraṇīyo

vyākaraṇa →

bodhirasa

grammar

vyākaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

should be answered, should be explained

AN 4.42 pañhabyākaraṇasuttaṃ

atthi bhikkhave pañho ekaṃsa-vyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho vibhajja-vyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho paṭipucchā-vyākaraṇīyo, atthi bhikkhave pañho ṭhapanīyo

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

sac'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo pañhaṃ puṭṭho samāno ekaṃsa-byākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ekaṃsena byākaroti, vibhajja-byākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na vibhajja byākaroti, paṭipucchā-byākaraṇīyaṃ pañhaṃ na paṭipucchā byākaroti, ṭhapanīyaṃ pañhaṃ na ṭhapeti, evaṃ sant'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, puggalo akaccho hoti.

vyākaroti →

bodhirasa

answers, explains

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

yathā vo bhagavā vyākareyya tathā naṃ dhāreyyāthā'ti

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

atthaṅ'gato so uda vā so n'atthi, udāhu ve sassatiyā arogo, taṃ me munī sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo.

vyākata →

bodhirasa

answered, explained

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

maṃ ce'pi tumhe, bhikkhave, etam'atthaṃ paṭipuccheyyātha, aham'pi taṃ evam'evaṃ byākareyyaṃ yathā taṃ mahākaccānena vyākataṃ

vyāma →

bodhirasa

fathom, length of two arms extended

DN 14.3 mahāpadānasuttaṃ

ayañ'hi, deva, kumāro nigrodhaparimaṇḍalo yāvatakv'assa kāyo tāvatakvassa vyāmo, yāvatakv'assa vyāmo, tāvatakvassa kāyo

vācāyata →

bodhirasa

controlled in speech, verbally restrained

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

akkodhano asantāsī, avikatthī akukkuco, mantabhāṇī anuddhato, sa ve vācāyato muni.

vādayati →

bodhirasa

disputes, argues, debates

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

idh'eva suddhi iti vādayanti, n'āññesu dhammesu visuddhim'āhu, yaṃ nissitā tattha subhaṃ vadānā, paccekasaccesu puthū niviṭṭhā.

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

ye diṭṭhim'uggayha vivādayanti, idam'eva saccan'ti ca vādayanti, te tvaṃ vadassū na hi tedha atthi, vādamhi jāte paṭisenikattā.

vākya →

bodhirasa

word, talk, declaration

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

nānājanā janapadehi saṅgatā, tava vīra vākyaṃ abhikaṅkhamānā, tesaṃ tuvaṃ sādhu viyākarohi, tathā hi te vidito esa dhammo.

vārayati →

bodhirasa

checks, controls, prevents

DHP 222 kodhavaggo

yo ve uppatitaṃ kodhaṃ, rathaṃ bhantaṃ'va vāraye, tam'ahaṃ sārathiṃ brūmi, rasmiggāho itaro jano.

vāreyya →

bodhirasa

engagement, marriage, lit. could cause to be obstructed(!)

THI 73 sumedhā therīgāthā

atha ne bhaṇati sumedhā, mā edisikāni bhavagatam'asāraṃ, pabbajjā vā hohiti, maraṇaṃ vā me na c'eva vāreyyaṃ.

vāya →

bodhirasa

wind, air

DN 22.6 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam'eva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyo-dhātū'ti

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ vāyo vāyogataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ, uddhaṅgamā vātā, adhogamā vātā, kucchisayā vātā, koṭṭh'āsayā vātā, aṅgam'aṅg'ānusārino vātā, assāso passāso … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā vāyodhātu.

vāyamamāna →

bodhirasa

making an effort, striving, exerting oneself

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yaṃnūn'āhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttareyyan'ti.

vāyamanta →

bodhirasa

making an effort, striving, exerting oneself

MN 13 mahā dukkhakkhandhasuttaṃ

tassa ce, bhikkhave, kulaputtassa evaṃ uṭṭhahato ghaṭato vāyamato te bhogā n'ābhinipphajjanti. so socati kilamati paridevati urattāḷiṃ kandati, sammohaṃ āpajjati, moghaṃ vata me uṭṭhānaṃ, aphalo vata me vāyāmo'ti.

SN 42.3 yodhājīvasuttaṃ

yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tam'enaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parajitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī'ti.

vāyamati →

bodhirasa

tries, makes an effort, strives for, exerts oneself

DHP 236 malavaggo

so karohi dīpam'attano, khippaṃ vāyama paṇḍito bhava, niddhantamalo anaṅgaṇo, dibbaṃ ariyabhūmiṃ upehisi.

SN 42.3 yodhājīvasuttaṃ

yo so yodhājīvo saṅgāme ussahati vāyamati, tam'enaṃ ussahantaṃ vāyamantaṃ pare hananti pariyāpādenti, so kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā parajitānaṃ devānaṃ sahabyataṃ upapajjatī'ti.

vāyati →

bodhirasa

blows

VISM 1.1.2 sīlānisaṃsa kathā

sīlagandhasamo gandho, kuto nāma bhavissati, yo samaṃ anuvāte ca, paṭivāte ca vāyati.

vāyati →

bodhirasa

smells, emits an odour

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

pūtimacchaṃ kus'aggena, yo naro upanayhati, kusā'pi pūti vāyanti, evaṃ bāl'ūpasevanā.

ITI 76 sukhapatthanāsuttaṃ

tagarañ'ca palāsena, yo naro upanayhati, pattā'pi surabhi vāyanti, evaṃ dhīr'ūpasevanā.

vāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

either this, or this

SN 20.2 nakhasikhasuttaṃ

taṃ kiṃ maññatha bhikkhave, katamaṃ nu kho bahutaraṃ, yo v'āyaṃ mayā paritto nakhasikhāyaṃ paṃsu āropito ayaṃ vā mahāpathavī'ti?

vāyāma →

bodhirasa

effort, striving, exertion, endeavour

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

anekehi sambhārehi samāraddhā vadati, seyyathidaṃ, doṇiñ'ca paṭicca cammañ'ca paṭicca daṇḍañ'ca paṭicca upadhāraṇe ca paṭicca tantiyo ca paṭicca koṇañ'ca paṭicca purisassa ca tajjaṃ vāyāmaṃ paṭicca ev'āyaṃ, bhante, vīṇā nāma anekasambhārā mahāsambhārā.

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

sammā-diṭṭhi sammā-saṅkappo sammā-vācā sammā-kammanto sammā-ājīvo sammā-vāyāmo sammā-sati sammā-samādhi

vīriya →

bodhirasa

effort, energy, might, power

DHP 144 daṇḍavaggo

asso yathā bhadro kasāniviṭṭho, ātāpino saṃvegino bhavātha, saddhāya sīlena ca vīriyena ca, samādhinā dhammavinicchayena ca, sampannavijjācaraṇā patissatā, jahissatha dukkham'idaṃ anappakaṃ.

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

āraddhavīriyo viharati, kāmaṃ taco ca nhāru ca aṭṭhi ca avasissatu, sarīre upasussatu maṃsalohitaṃ, yaṃ taṃ purisathāmena purisavīriyena purisaparakkamena pattabbaṃ, na taṃ apāpuṇitvā vīriyassa saṇṭhānaṃ bhavissatī'ti.

vīriyasambojjhaṅga →

bodhirasa

effort as an element of awakening, energy as a factor of enlightenment

DN 22.13 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

santaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ, atthi me ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo'ti pajānāti, asantaṃ vā ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgaṃ, n'atthi me ajjhattaṃ vīriyasambojjhaṅgo'ti pajānāti

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

yasmiñ'ca kho, bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, kālo tasmiṃ samaye dhammavicayasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo vīriyasambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, kālo pītisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.

vīriyavantu →

bodhirasa

heroic, brave, vigorous, energetic

AN 3.91 dutiya sikkhattayasuttaṃ

adhisīlaṃ adhicittaṃ, adhipaññañ'ca vīriyavā, thāmavā dhitimā jhāyī, sato guttindriyo care.

vīriyindriya →

bodhirasa

power of effort

DN 33.8 saṅgītisuttaṃ

aparānipi pañc'indriyāni saddhindriyaṃ vīriyindriyaṃ satindriyaṃ samādhindriyaṃ paññindriyaṃ

SN 48.56 patiṭṭhitasuttaṃ

tassa cittaṃ rakkhato āsavesu ca sāsavesu ca dhammesu saddhindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati. vīriyindriyam'pi bhāvanāpāripūriṃ gacchati.

vīriyārambha →

bodhirasa

arousing energy, making an effort

MN 3 dhammadāyādasuttaṃ

tañ'hi tassa bhikkhave bhikkhuno dīgha-rattaṃ appicchatāya santuṭṭhiyā sallekhāya subharatāya vīriyārambhāya saṃvattissati

vūpasametabba →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) should be settled, should be resolved

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

evañ'ca pana, bhikkhave, vūpasametabbaṃ. sabbeh'eva ekajjhaṃ sannipatitabbaṃ, sannipatitvā byattena bhikkhunā paṭibalena saṅgho ñāpetabbo.

vūpasameti →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) settles, resolves

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasameyya, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

vūpasametuṃ →

bodhirasa

(vinaya) to settle, to resolve

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

siy'āpi taṃ adhikaraṇaṃ kakkhaḷattāya vāḷattāya bhedāya saṃvatteyyā'ti, anujānāmi, bhikkhave, evarūpaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasametuṃ.

yad →

bodhirasa

whichever, whatever, that which (object)

SNP 24 nigrodhakappasuttaṃ cūḷavaggo 12

yad'atthikaṃ, brahmacariyaṃ acarī, kappāyano kacci'ssa taṃ amoghaṃ, nibbāyi so ādu saupādiseso, yathā vimutto ahu taṃ suṇoma.

SNP 40 guhaṭṭhakasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 2

ubhosu antesu vineyya chandaṃ, phassaṃ pariññāya anānugiddho, yad'atta-garahī tad'akubbamāno, na lippatī diṭṭhasutesu dhīro.

yadapi →

bodhirasa

whatever itself

AN 3.70 akusalamūlasuttaṃ

yad'api, bhikkhave, alobho tad'api kusalamūlaṃ. yad'api aluddho abhisaṅkharoti kāyena vācāya manasā tad'api kusalaṃ.

yadettha →

bodhirasa

that here

AN 8.23 paṭhamahatthakasuttaṃ

kacci'ttha, bhante, na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano'ti? na h'ettha, āvuso, koci gihī ahosi odātavasano'ti. sādhu, bhante, yad'ettha na koci gihī ahosi odātavasano'ti.

yadeva →

bodhirasa

any, lit. whatever just

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

yad'eva tvaṃ, rāhula, kāyena kammaṃ kattu'kāmo ahosi, tad'eva te kāyakammaṃ paccavekkhitabbaṃ

VISM 1.9.2 karuṇā bhāvanā kathā

aññadatthu, ayaṃ varāko idāni marissati, yaṃ yad'eva hi ayaṃ padaṃ nikkhipati, tena tena santike maraṇassa hotī'ti taṃ jano karuṇāyati.

yadi →

bodhirasa

if, even, even if, perhaps

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yadi saṅghassa pattakallaṃ, saṅgho imaṃ adhikaraṇaṃ tiṇ'avatthārakena vūpasameyya, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

AN 5.35 dānānisaṃsasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, sīha, dāyako dānapati yaṃ yad'eva parisaṃ upasaṅkamati, yadi khattiyaparisaṃ yadi brāhmaṇaparisaṃ yadi gahapatiparisaṃ yadi samaṇaparisaṃ, visārado'va upasaṅkamati amaṅkubhūto.

yadi vā →

bodhirasa

or, or even, if or

DHP 98 arahantavaggo

gāme vā yadi vā-āraññe, ninne vā yadi vā thale, yattha arahanto viharanti, taṃ bhūmirāmaṇeyyakaṃ.

AN 3.68 kathāvatthusuttaṃ

kathāsampayogena, bhikkhave, puggalo veditabbo yadi vā kaccho yadi vā akaccho'ti.

yadidaṃ →

bodhirasa

namely, that is, lit. which this

AN 4.100 potaliyasuttaṃ

ayaṃ me puggalo khamati imesaṃ catunnaṃ puggalānaṃ abhikkantataro ca paṇītataro ca. taṃ kissa hetu? abhikkantā h'esā, bho gotama, yad'idaṃ upekkhā'ti.

SNP 44 jarāsuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 6

udabindu yathā'pi pokkhare, padume vāri yathā na limpati, evaṃ muni nopalimpati, yad'idaṃ diṭṭhasutaṃ mutesu vā.

yadā →

bodhirasa

when, whenever

DHP 277 maggavaggo

sabbe saṅkhārā aniccā'ti, yadā paññāya passati, atha nibbindati dukkhe, esa maggo visuddhiyā.

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

yadā kho te, bhikkhave, chappāṇakā jhattā assu kilantā, atha tam'eva khīlaṃ vā thambhaṃ vā upatiṭṭheyyuṃ, upanisīdeyyuṃ, upanipajjeyyuṃ.

yadāyasmantānaṃ →

bodhirasa

if for the venerable ones

VIN 5.4.7 tiṇavatthārakaṃ

yad'āyasmantānaṃ pattakallaṃ, ahaṃ yā c'eva āyasmantānaṃ āpatti, yā ca attano āpatti, āyasmantānañc'eva atthāya, attano ca atthāya, saṅghamajjhe tiṇ'avatthārakena deseyyaṃ, ṭhapetvā thullavajjaṃ, ṭhapetvā gihippaṭisaṃyuttan'ti.

yadāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

when this

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

upasaṅkamitvā kummaṃ kacchapaṃ paccupaṭṭhito ahosi, yad'āyaṃ kummo kacchapo soṇḍipañcamānaṃ aṅgānaṃ aññataraṃ vā aññataraṃ vā aṅgaṃ abhininnāmessati, tatth'eva naṃ gahetvā uddālitvā khādissāmī'ti.

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

bhūtapubbaṃ, bhikkhave, biḷāro sandhisamalasaṅkaṭīre ṭhito ahosi mudumūsiṃ maggayamāno, yad'āyaṃ mudumūsi gocarāya pakkamissati, tatth'eva naṃ gahetvā khādissāmī'ti.

yagghe →

bodhirasa

come on! see now!

SN 35.115 lohiccasuttaṃ

yagghe, bhavaṃ jāneyya, samaṇo mahākaccāno brāhmaṇānaṃ mante ekaṃsena apavadati, paṭikkosatī'ti

yajamāna →

bodhirasa

making sacrifice, sacrificing

DN 5.8 kūṭadantasuttaṃ

siyā kho pana bhoto rañño mahāyaññaṃ yajamānassa koci'd'eva vippaṭisāro, mahā vata me bhogakkhandho vigacchatī'ti, so bhotā raññā vippaṭisāro na karaṇīyo

yajati →

bodhirasa

makes a sacrifice, sacrifices, offers alms

DHP 106 sahassavaggo

māse māse sahassena, yo yajetha sataṃ samaṃ, ekañ'ca bhāvit'attānaṃ, muhuttam'api pūjaye, sā'y'eva pūjanā seyyo, yañ'ce vassasataṃ hutaṃ.

SNP 31 māghasuttaṃ, mahāvaggo 5

yo yajati tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ, ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādi, evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogo, upapajjati brahmalokan'ti brūmī'ti.

yajitvā →

bodhirasa

having offered a sacrifice, having given alms

SNP 31 māghasuttaṃ, mahāvaggo 5

yo yajati tividhaṃ yaññasampadaṃ, ārādhaye dakkhiṇeyyebhi tādi, evaṃ yajitvā sammā yācayogo, upapajjati brahmalokan'ti brūmī'ti.

DN 5.10 kūṭadantasuttaṃ

abhijānām'ahaṃ, brāhmaṇa, evarūpaṃ yaññaṃ yajitvā vā yājetvā vā kāyassa bhedā paraṃ maraṇā sugatiṃ saggaṃ lokaṃ upapajjitā, ahaṃ tena samayena purohito brāhmaṇo ahosiṃ tassa yaññassa yājetā'ti.

yakana →

bodhirasa

liver

DN 22.5 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

atthi imasmiṃ kāye kesā lomā nakhā dantā taco, maṃsaṃ nhāru aṭṭhi aṭṭhimiñjaṃ vakkaṃ, hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ

MN 62 mahārāhulovādasuttaṃ

yaṃ kiñci, rāhula, ajjhattaṃ paccattaṃ kakkhaḷaṃ kharigataṃ upādinnaṃ, seyyathidaṃ ... hadayaṃ yakanaṃ kilomakaṃ pihakaṃ papphāsaṃ … ayaṃ vuccati, rāhula, ajjhattikā pathavīdhātu

yakkha →

bodhirasa

supernatural being, spirit, demon

JAa 466 samuddavāṇija jātakavaṇṇanā

manussasaddo viya suyyati, jānissāma nan'ti saddānusārena gantvā taṃ purisaṃ disvā, yakkho bhavissatī'ti bhītatasitā sare sannayhiṃsu

DHPa 1.1.2 maṭṭhakuṇḍalī vatthu

atthakāmo'si me yakkha, hitakāmo'si devate, karomi tuyhaṃ vacanaṃ, tvaṃ'si ācariyo mama.

yakkha →

bodhirasa

soul, spirit, individual being

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

yaṃ taṃ apucchimha akittayī no, aññaṃ taṃ pucchāma tad'iṅgha brūhi, ettāvat'aggaṃ nu vadanti h'eke, yakkhassa suddhiṃ idha paṇḍitāse, udāhu aññam'pi vadanti etto.

yakāra →

bodhirasa

letter “y”, 34th letter of the alphabet, palatal semi-vowel

bālāvatāra sarasandhi

kata-yakārassa tissa sabbo can'tī'ti.

yama →

bodhirasa

ruler of the underworld, king of death

DHP 237 malavaggo

upanītavayo ca dāni'si, sampayāto'si yamassa santike, vāso te n'atthi antarā, pātheyyam'pi ca te na vijjati.

yamahaṃ →

bodhirasa

whatever I, which I, that I

AN 8.53 saṃkhittasuttaṃ

yam'ahaṃ bhagavato dhammaṃ sutvā ekā vūpakaṭṭhā appamattā ātāpinī pahitattā vihareyyan'ti

SNP 71 piṅgiya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 16

jiṇṇo'ham'asmi abalo vītavaṇṇo, nettā na suddhā savanaṃ na phāsu, m'āhaṃ nassaṃ momuho antarāva, ācikkha dhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, jātijarāya idha vippahānaṃ.

yamaka →

bodhirasa

pair, twin

DN 16.26 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

ajja kho, pan'ānanda, rattiyā pacchime yāme kusinārāyaṃ upavattane mallānaṃ sālavane antarena yamaka-sālānaṃ tathāgatassa parinibbānaṃ bhavissati

yamakasāla →

bodhirasa

pair of Sal trees

DN 16.27 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

sabbaphāliphullā kho, ānanda, yamakasālā akālapupphehi. te tathāgatassa sarīraṃ okiranti ajjhokiranti abhippakiranti tathāgatassa pūjāya.

yamaloka →

bodhirasa

world of the dead, Yama’s world

SN 1.49 maccharisuttaṃ

nirayaṃ tiracchānayoniṃ, yamalokaṃ upapajjare, sace enti manussattaṃ, dalidde jāyare kule.

DHP 44 pupphavaggo

ko imaṃ pathaviṃ vicessati, yamalokañ'ca imaṃ sadevakaṃ, ko dhammapadaṃ sudesitaṃ, kusalo puppham'iva pacessati.

yamapurisa →

bodhirasa

death’s minion, death’s worker, death’s man

DHP 235 malavaggo

paṇḍupalāso'va dāni'si, yamapurisā'pi ca te upaṭṭhitā, uyyogamukhe ca tiṭṭhasi, pātheyyam'pi ca te na vijjati.

yamati →

bodhirasa

dies

DHP 6 yamakavaggo

pare ca na vijānanti, mayam'ettha yamāmase, ye ca tattha vijānanti, tato sammanti medhagā.

yametamatthaṃ →

bodhirasa

whatever this means, concerning this matter, lit. which this meaning

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

sātaṃ asātañ'ca kutonidānā, kismiṃ asante na bhavanti h'ete, vibhavaṃ bhavañ'cā'pi yam'etam'atthaṃ, etaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidānaṃ.

yametaṃ →

bodhirasa

this, lit. which this

SNP 56 ajita māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 1

yam'etaṃ pañhaṃ apucchi, ajita taṃ vadāmi te, yattha nāmañ'ca rūpañ'ca, asesaṃ uparujjhati, viññāṇassa nirodhena, etth'etaṃ uparujjhati.

yamhi →

bodhirasa

in whoever, in whom

DHP 372 bhikkhuvaggo

n'atthi jhānaṃ apaññassa, paññā n'atthi ajhāyato, yamhi jhānañ'ca paññā ca, sa ve nibbānasantike.

UD 26 pilindavacchasuttaṃ

yam'hī na māyā vasatī na māno, yo vītalobho amamo nirāso, panuṇṇakodho abhinibbutatto, so brāhmaṇo so samaṇo sa bhikkhū'ti.

yamidaṃ →

bodhirasa

whichever, whatever, lit. whatever this

MN 139 araṇavibhaṅgasuttaṃ

tatra, bhikkhave, yam'idaṃ taramānassa bhāsitaṃ, sadukkho eso dhammo saupaghāto saupāyāso sapariḷāho, micchāpaṭipadā.

yampi →

bodhirasa

whatever indeed

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yam'pi taṃ diṭṭhaṃ sutaṃ mutaṃ viññātaṃ pattaṃ pariyesitaṃ, anuvicaritaṃ manasā tam'pi etaṃ mama, eso'ham'asmi, eso me attā'ti samanupassati

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

attani ca, bhikkhave, attaniye ca saccato thetato anupalabbhamāne, yam'pi taṃ diṭṭhiṭṭhānaṃ, so loko so attā, so pecca bhavissāmi nicco dhuvo sassato avipariṇāmadhammo, sassatisamaṃ tath'eva ṭhassāmī'ti, nan'āyaṃ, bhikkhave, kevalo paripūro bāladhammo'ti?

yampidaṃ →

bodhirasa

whatever indeed this

SN 35.68 suññatalokasuttaṃ

yam'p'idaṃ cakkhusamphassapaccayā uppajjati vedayitaṃ sukhaṃ vā dukkhaṃ vā adukkhamasukhaṃ vā tam'pi suññaṃ attena vā attaniyena vā.

yampissa →

bodhirasa

whatever indeed for him

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

tassa rūpaṃ ... vedanaṃ ... saññaṃ ... saṅkhāre ... viññāṇaṃ samanvesato yāvatā viññāṇassa gati, yam'pi'ssa taṃ hoti ahan'ti vā maman'ti vā asmī'ti vā tam'pi tassa na hotī'ti.

yamunā →

bodhirasa

Jumna River, one of the 5 great rivers of ancient India

UD 45 uposathasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, yā kāci mahānadiyo, seyyathidaṃ gaṅgā yamunā aciravatī sarabhū mahī, tā mahāsamuddaṃ patvā jahanti purimāni nāmagottāni, mahāsamuddo'tveva saṅkhaṃ gacchanti

yamāhu →

bodhirasa

as they say, which they had said, which they had called

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

sātaṃ asātan'ti yam'āhu loke, tam'ūpanissāya pahoti chando, rūpesu disvā vibhavaṃ bhavañ'ca, vinicchayaṃ kubbati jantu loke.

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

na v'āham'etaṃ tathiyan'ti brūmi, yam'āhu bālā mithu aññamaññaṃ, sakaṃ sakaṃ diṭṭhim'akaṃsu saccaṃ, tasmā hi bālo'ti paraṃ dahanti.

yanti →

bodhirasa

they go

DHP 126 pāpavaggo

gabbham'eke uppajjanti, nirayaṃ pāpakammino, saggaṃ sugatino yanti, parinibbanti anāsavā.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

taṃ nadīhi vijānātha, sobbhesu padaresu ca, saṇantā yanti kusobbhā, tuṇhīyanti mahodadhī.

yasa →

bodhirasa

fame, reputation, renown, honour, glory

DHP 24 appamādavaggo

uṭṭhānavato satīmato, sucikammassa nisammakārino, saññatassa dhammajīvino, appamattassa yaso'bhivaḍḍhati.

DN 4.2 soṇadaṇḍasuttaṃ

sace bhavaṃ soṇadaṇḍo samaṇaṃ gotamaṃ dassanāya upasaṅkamissati, bhoto soṇadaṇḍassa yaso hāyissati, samaṇassa gotamassa yaso abhivaḍḍhissati.

yasassī →

bodhirasa

famous, renowned

SNP 70 mogharāja māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 15

ayaṃ loko paro loko, brahmaloko sadevako, diṭṭhiṃ te n'ābhijānāti, gotamassa yasassino.

yasavantu →

bodhirasa

famous, renowned

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ na yasavā assā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa yasavatāya nandati.

yasavatā →

bodhirasa

fame, renown

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa evaṃ icchati, aho vat'āyaṃ na yasavā assā'ti! taṃ kissa hetu? na, bhikkhave, sapatto sapattassa yasavatāya nandati.

yasmiṃ samaye →

bodhirasa

whenever, at whichever time

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

yasmiṃ, bhikkhave, samaye līnaṃ cittaṃ hoti, akālo tasmiṃ samaye passaddhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo samādhisambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya, akālo upekkhāsambojjhaṅgassa bhāvanāya.

AN 6.10 mahānāmasuttaṃ

yasmiṃ, mahānāma, samaye ariyasāvako sīlaṃ anussarati nev'assa tasmiṃ samaye rāgapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na dosapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti, na mohapariyuṭṭhitaṃ cittaṃ hoti.

yasmiṃ →

bodhirasa

in whoever, in whichever, at whichever

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

yasmiṃ c'assā padese ṭhitāya evam'assa, yaṃnūn'āhaṃ agatapubbañ'c'eva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan'ti tañ'ca padesaṃ na sotthinā paccāgaccheyya.

SNP 64 todeyya māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 9

yasmiṃ kāmā na vasanti, taṇhā yassa na vijjati, kathaṃkathā ca yo tiṇṇo, vimokkho tassa n'āparo.

yasmiṃ →

bodhirasa

about which, in which

SNP 50 cūḷabyūhasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 12

ekañ'hi saccaṃ na dutīyam'atthi, yasmiṃ pajā no vivade pajānaṃ, nānā te saccāni sayaṃ thunanti, tasmā na ekaṃ samaṇā vadanti.

yasmā ca kho →

bodhirasa

but because

MN 40 cūḷāssapurasuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho ahaṃ, bhikkhave, saṅghāṭikam'pi idh'ekaccaṃ passāmi abhijjhāluṃ byāpannacittaṃ kodhanaṃ upanāhiṃ makkhiṃ paḷāsiṃ issukiṃ macchariṃ saṭhaṃ māyāviṃ pāpicchaṃ micchādiṭṭhikaṃ, tasmā na saṅghāṭikassa saṅghāṭidhāraṇamattena sāmaññaṃ vadāmi.

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatr'eva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā hoti brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, tasmā etaṃ kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

yasmā →

bodhirasa

because, since

AN 2.19 adhikaraṇavaggo

yasmā ca kho, bhikkhave, sakkā akusalaṃ pajahituṃ tasm'āhaṃ evaṃ vadāmi, akusalaṃ, bhikkhave, pajahathā'ti.

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

yasmā ca kho, kassapa, aññatr'eva imāya mattāya aññatra iminā tapopakkamena sāmaññaṃ vā hoti brahmaññaṃ vā dukkaraṃ sudukkaraṃ, tasmā etaṃ kallaṃ vacanāya, dukkaraṃ sāmaññaṃ dukkaraṃ brahmaññan'ti.

yasoladdha →

bodhirasa

obtained by fame, gained through fame

DN 4.4 soṇadaṇḍasuttaṃ

yasoladdhā kho pan'amhākaṃ bhogā.

yassa kassaci →

bodhirasa

for anybody whatsoever, lit. for whichever whatsoever

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, bhikkhave, yassa kassaci bhikkhuno kāyagatāsati abhāvitā abahulīkatā, taṃ cakkhu āviñchati manāpiyesu rūpesu, amanāpiyā rūpā paṭikūlā honti

MN 61 ambalaṭṭhika rāhulovādasuttaṃ

evam'eva kho, rāhula, yassa kassaci sampajānamusāvāde n'atthi lajjā, n'āhaṃ tassa kiñci pāpaṃ akaraṇīyan'ti vadāmi. tasmā't'iha te, rāhula, hassā'pi na musā bhaṇissāmī'ti.

yassa →

bodhirasa

to whom, for who, for whoever, for whatever, for whichever

AN 7.6 vitthatadhanasuttaṃ

yassa ete dhanā atthi, itthiyā purisassa vā, adaliddoti taṃ āhu, amoghaṃ tassa jīvitaṃ.

SNP 48 purābhedasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 10

yassa nissayatā n'atthi, ñatvā dhammaṃ anissito, bhavāya vibhavāya vā, taṇhā yassa na vijjati.

yassa →

bodhirasa

of whoever, of whichever, who’s

DHP 173 lokavaggo

yassa pāpaṃ kataṃ kammaṃ, kusalena pidhīyati, so'maṃ lokaṃ pabhāseti, abbhā mutto'va candimā.

DN 18.5 janavasabhasuttaṃ

sabb'eva tuṇhībhūtā pañjalikā pallaṅkena nisīdanti, yassa'dāni devassa pallaṅkaṃ icchissati brahmā sanaṅkumāro, tassa devassa pallaṅke nisīdissatī'ti.

yassa yassa →

bodhirasa

any whatsoever, lit. of whichever x2

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

yassa yassa ca abhiññā sacchikaraṇīyassa dhammassa cittaṃ abhininnāmeti abhiññā sacchikiriyāya tatra tatr'eva sakkhibhabbataṃ pāpuṇāti sati satiāyatane.

yassatthāya →

bodhirasa

for which purpose, lit. for the purpose of which

AN 2.5 upaññātasuttaṃ

tumhe'pi, bhikkhave, nacirass'eva, yass'atthāya kulaputtā samma'd'eva agārasmā anagāriyaṃ pabbajanti tad'anuttaraṃ, brahmacariyapariyosānaṃ diṭṭh'eva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharissatha.

yassaṃ →

bodhirasa

in whatever, in whichever

AN 8.13 assājānīyasuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, rañño bhaddo assājānīyo ubhato sujāto hoti, mātito ca pitito ca. yassaṃ disāyaṃ aññe'pi bhaddā assājānīyā jāyanti, tassaṃ disāyaṃ jāto hoti.

yassā →

bodhirasa

for whichever (woman)

AN 3.102 paṃsudhovakasuttaṃ

yassā yassā ca pilandhanavikatiyā ākaṅkhati, yadi paṭṭikāya, yadi kuṇḍalāya, yadi gīveyyake, yadi suvaṇṇamālāya, tañ'c'assa atthaṃ anubhoti.

yassā →

bodhirasa

of whichever (woman)

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

tam'enaṃ evaṃ vadeyyuṃ, esā, kho, bhante, vīṇā nāma, yassā eso saddo evaṃrajanīyo evaṃkamanīyo evaṃmadanīyo evaṃmucchanīyo evaṃbandhanīyo'ti.

yata →

bodhirasa

controlled, restrained, in check

SNP 4 kasibhāradvājasuttaṃ uragavaggo 4

kāyagutto vacīgutto, āhāre udare yato, saccaṃ karomi niddānaṃ, soraccaṃ me pamocanaṃ.

SNP 54 sāriputtasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 16

annañ'ca laddhā vasanañ'ca kāle, mattaṃ so jaññā idha tosan'atthaṃ, so tesu gutto yata-cāri gāme, rusito'pi vācaṃ pharusaṃ na vajjā.

yathayidaṃ →

bodhirasa

such as this

SN 1.48 paṇihitācchavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yaṃ evaṃ lahuparivattaṃ yatha'y'idaṃ cittaṃ. yāvañ'c'idaṃ, bhikkhave, upamā'pi na sukarā yāva lahuparivattaṃ cittan'ti.

AN 1.14 nīvaraṇappahānavaggo

n'āhaṃ, bhikkhave, aññaṃ ekadhammam'pi samanupassāmi yena anuppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ uppajjati uppannaṃ vā uddhaccakukkuccaṃ bhiyyobhāvāya vepullāya saṃvattati yatha'y'idaṃ, bhikkhave, cetaso avūpasamo

yathevaṃ →

bodhirasa

like this

SN 35.246 vīṇopamasuttaṃ

so evaṃ vadeyya, asatī kir'āyaṃ, bho, vīṇā nāma, yath'evaṃ yaṃ kiñci vīṇā nāma ettha ca pan'āyaṃ jano ativelaṃ pamatto palaḷito'ti.

yathodhi →

bodhirasa

to whatever degree, so far as, as much as, lit. according to the limit

MN 7 vatthasuttaṃ

yathodhi kho pan'assa cattaṃ hoti vantaṃ muttaṃ pahīnaṃ paṭinissaṭṭhaṃ, so buddhe aveccappasādena samannāgatomhī'ti labhati atthavedaṃ, labhati dhammavedaṃ, labhati dhamm'ūpasaṃhitaṃ pāmojjaṃ.

yathā kathaṃ pana →

bodhirasa

but how is then? and how then?

AN 10.176 cundasuttaṃ

yathā kathaṃ pana, bhante, ariyassa vinaye soceyyaṃ hoti? sādhu me, bhante, bhagavā tathā dhammaṃ desetu yathā ariyassa vinaye soceyyaṃ hotī'ti

SN 21.10 theranāmakasuttaṃ

yathā kathaṃ pana tvaṃ, thera, ekavihārī ekavihārassa ca vaṇṇavādī'ti?

yathā tathaṃ →

bodhirasa

as it truly is, according to the truth, accurately

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

tapanīyāni kammāni, yāni dhammehi ārakā, tāni ārocayissāmi, taṃ suṇātha yathā tathaṃ.

yathā te khameyya →

bodhirasa

as you like, as you wish, lit. as it is suitable for you

AN 3.73 ājīvakasuttaṃ

tena hi, gahapati, taññ'ev'ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi.

yathā →

bodhirasa

like, as, according to, on account of, because of, how, whatever

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

yathā ahaṃ tathā ete, yathā ete tathā ahaṃ, attānaṃ upamaṃ katvā, na haneyya na ghātaye.

AN 3.73 ājīvakasuttaṃ

tena hi, gahapati, taññ'ev'ettha paṭipucchissāmi, yathā te khameyya tathā naṃ byākareyyāsi.

yathā →

bodhirasa

just as, even as, in whatever way

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

yathā'ssa passato rūpaṃ, sevato c'āpi vedanaṃ, khīyati nopacīyati, evaṃ so caratī sato, evaṃ apacinato dukkhaṃ, santike nibbānam'uccati.

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

dukkhassa ve maṃ pabhavaṃ apucchasi, taṃ te pavakkhāmi yathā pajānaṃ, upadhinidānā pabhavanti dukkhā, ye keci lokasmim'anekarūpā.

yathā →

bodhirasa

because, since

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

evaṃ puṭṭhā, bhikkhave, aññatitthiyā paribbājakā na c'eva sampāyissanti, uttariñ'ca vighātaṃ āpajjissanti. taṃ kissa hetu? yathā taṃ, bhikkhave, avisayasmiṃ.

yathā yathā →

bodhirasa

in whatever way

DN 22.3 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

yathā yathā vā pan'assa kāyo paṇihito hoti tathā tathā naṃ pajānāti

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yathā'yaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

yathāakusalaṃ →

bodhirasa

so unskilfully, so wrongly

AN 9.11 sīhanādasuttaṃ

taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi

yathābalaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to power, according to one’s means

AN 5.199 kulasuttaṃ

yasmiṃ bhikkhave samaye sīlavante pabbajite kulaṃ upasaṅkamante manussā yathāsatti yathābalaṃ saṃvibhajanti

yathābhirantaṃ →

bodhirasa

as long as one likes, as much as one pleases

DN 16.24 mahāparinibbānasuttaṃ

atha kho bhagavā bhoganagare yath'ābhirantaṃ viharitvā āyasmantaṃ ānandaṃ āmantesi, āyām'ānanda, yena pāvā ten'upasaṅkamissāmā'ti. evaṃ, bhante'ti kho āyasmā ānando bhagavato paccassosi.

yathābhūta →

bodhirasa

as it is, in reality, lit. like it has become

AN 7.65 hirīottappasuttaṃ

sammā-samādhimhi sati sammā-samādhi-sampannassa upanisa-sampannaṃ hoti yathābhūta-ñāṇadassanaṃ

yathābhūtaṃ →

bodhirasa

as it truly is, in reality, lit. like it has become

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

samaṇo, āvuso, gotamo sāvakānaṃ evaṃ dhammaṃ deseti, etha tumhe, bhikkhave, pañca nīvaraṇe pahāya cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe satta bojjhaṅge yathābhūtaṃ bhāvethā'ti.

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

tañ'ca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yatth'assa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti

yathābālaṃ →

bodhirasa

so foolishly, so stupidly

AN 9.11 sīhanādasuttaṃ

taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi

yathādhammaṃ →

bodhirasa

fairly, correctly, justly, lit. according to the Dhamma

AN 3.4 accayasuttaṃ

accayaṃ accayato na passati, accayaṃ accayato disvā yathādhammaṃ nappaṭikaroti, parassa kho pana accayaṃ desentassa yathādhammaṃ nappaṭiggaṇhāti

yathāhaṃ →

bodhirasa

so that I

SNP 60 dhotaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 5

anusāsa brahme karuṇāyamāno, vivekadhammaṃ yam'ahaṃ vijaññaṃ, yath'āhaṃ ākāso'va abyāpajjamāno, idh'eva santo asito careyyaṃ.

yathākammaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to one’s deeds

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe sugate duggate yathākamm'ūpage satte pajānāti

yathākammūpaga →

bodhirasa

going along according to one’s actions

AN 5.23 upakkilesasuttaṃ

so sace ākaṅkhati, dibbena cakkhunā visuddhena atikkantamānusakena satte passeyyaṃ cavamāne upapajjamāne hīne paṇīte suvaṇṇe dubbaṇṇe, sugate duggate yathākammūpage satte pajāneyyaṃ

yathākathaṃ →

bodhirasa

in what way? lit. like how?

SN 22.35 aññatarabhikkhusuttaṃ

yathākathaṃ pana tvaṃ bhikkhu mayā saṃkhittena bhāsitassa vitthārena atthaṃ ājānāsī'ti

yathākāmakaraṇīya →

bodhirasa

can do with as one wishes, lit. according to wish can be done

SN 17.3 kummasuttaṃ

yo hi koci, bhikkhave, bhikkhu uppannaṃ lābhasakkārasilokaṃ assādeti nikāmeti, ayaṃ vuccati, bhikkhave, bhikkhu giddho papatāya anayaṃ āpanno byasanaṃ āpanno yathākāmakaraṇīyo pāpimato.

yathāmūḷhaṃ →

bodhirasa

so misguidedly, so stupidly, so foolishly

AN 9.11 sīhanādasuttaṃ

taggha taṃ, bhikkhu, accayo accagamā yathābālaṃ yathāmūḷhaṃ yathāakusalaṃ, yo tvaṃ sāriputtaṃ asatā tucchā musā abhūtena abbhācikkhi

yathānikkhitta →

bodhirasa

stored for that purpose

DHPa 2.18.10 meṇḍakaseṭṭhi vatthu

so aparena samayena chātakabhaye sampatte yathānikkhittaṃ dhaññaṃ paribhuñjanto koṭṭhesu ca cāṭiādīsu ca nikkhittadhaññe parikkhīṇe parijane pakkosāpetvā āha.

yathānubhāvaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to one’s ability, according to one’s means

SN 1.41 ādittasuttaṃ

atha antena jahati, sarīraṃ sapariggahaṃ, etad'aññāya medhāvī, bhuñjetha ca dadetha ca, datvā ca bhutvā ca yath'ānubhāvaṃ, anindito saggam'upeti ṭhānan'ti.

yathāpaccayaṃ →

bodhirasa

as one likes, according to one’s wish

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi bhikkhave orabbhiko vā urabbhaghātako vā appekaccaṃ urabbhaṃ adinnaṃ ādiyamānaṃ pahoti hantuṃ vā bandhituṃ vā jāpetuṃ vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kātuṃ

SN 22.33 natumhākaṃsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, yaṃ imasmiṃ jetavane tiṇa-kaṭṭha-sākhā-palāsaṃ taṃ jano hareyya vā ḍaheyya vā yathāpaccayaṃ vā kareyya

yathāpariyatta →

bodhirasa

as one has learned it, according to one’s understanding

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti.

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

no ce te evaṃ viharato taṃ middhaṃ pahīyetha tato tvaṃ moggallāna yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi manasā anupekkheyyāsi

yathāpasādanaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to what inspires one, according to pleasure

DHP 249 malavaggo

dadāti ve yathāsaddhaṃ, yathāpasādanaṃ jano, tattha yo maṅku bhavati, paresaṃ pānabhojane, na so divā vā rattiṃ vā, samādhim'adhigacchati.

yathāpaṇihita →

bodhirasa

however it is positioned, however it is disposed

DN 22.6 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam'eva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū'ti

yathāpi →

bodhirasa

just like, just as

DHP 338 taṇhāvaggo

yathā'pi mūle anupaddave daḷhe, chinno'pi rukkho puna'r'eva rūhati, evam'pi taṇh'ānusaye anūhate, nibbattatī dukkham'idaṃ punappunaṃ.

SN 35.245 kiṃsukopamasuttaṃ

tena kho pana, bhikkhu, samayena tādiso'v'assa kiṃsuko yathā'pi tassa purisassa dassanaṃ.

yathārūpa →

bodhirasa

of such form

VIN 1.1.2 dutiya pārājikaṃ

yo pana bhikkhu gāmā vā araññā vā adinnaṃ theyyasaṅkhātaṃ ādiyeyya, yathārūpe adinnādāne rājāno coraṃ gahetvā haneyyuṃ vā bandheyyuṃ vā pabbājeyyuṃ vā

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

maraṇamattañ'h'etaṃ, bhikkhave, dukkhaṃ yad'idaṃ aññataraṃ saṃkiliṭṭhaṃ āpattiṃ āpajjati. yathārūpāya āpattiyā vuṭṭhānaṃ paññāyati.

yathāsaddhaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to what one has confidence in, according to faith

DHP 249 malavaggo

dadāti ve yathāsaddhaṃ, yathāpasādanaṃ jano, tattha yo maṅku bhavati, paresaṃ pānabhojane, na so divā vā rattiṃ vā, samādhim'adhigacchati.

yathāsakaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to one’s own, each one’s own

AN 6.61 majjhesuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte aññataro bhikkhu there bhikkhū etad'avoca, byākataṃ kho, āvuso, amhehi sabbeh'eva yathāsakaṃ paṭibhānaṃ.

yathāsukhaṃ →

bodhirasa

according to it’s pleasure, as it likes, at will

DHP 326 nāgavaggo

idaṃ pure cittam'acāri cārikaṃ, yen'icchakaṃ yatthakāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ, tad'ajj'ahaṃ niggahessāmi yoniso, hatthippabhinnaṃ viya aṅkusaggaho.

yathāsuta →

bodhirasa

as one has learned it, lit. like heard

AN 5.73 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ, bhikkhu, bhikkhu yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ vitthārena paresaṃ deseti.

AN 7.61 pacalāyamānasuttaṃ

no ce te evaṃ viharato taṃ middhaṃ pahīyetha tato tvaṃ moggallāna yathāsutaṃ yathāpariyattaṃ dhammaṃ cetasā anuvitakkeyyāsi anuvicāreyyāsi manasā anupekkheyyāsi

yathātacchaṃ →

bodhirasa

truthfully, according to the truth, how it really is, in reality

SNP 66 jatukaṇṇi māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 11

sutvān'ahaṃ vīram'akāmakāmiṃ, oghātigaṃ puṭṭhum'akāmam'āgamaṃ, santipadaṃ brūhi sahajanetta, yathātacchaṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

yathātathaṃ →

bodhirasa

as it truly is, according to the truth, accurately

AN 7.64 kodhanasuttaṃ

tapanīyāni kammāni, yāni dhammehi ārakā, tāni ārocayissāmi, taṃ suṇātha yathā tathaṃ.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

aññātam'etaṃ vacanaṃ, asitassa yathātathaṃ, taṃ taṃ gotama pucchāmi, sabbadhammāna pāraguṃ.

yathāttanā →

bodhirasa

like by oneself

DHP 323 nāgavaggo

na hi etehi yānehi, gaccheyya agataṃ disaṃ, yath'āttanā sudantena, danto dantena gacchati.

yathāyaṃ →

bodhirasa

like this, so that this

SN 54.9 vesālīsuttaṃ

sādhu, bhante, bhagavā aññaṃ pariyāyaṃ ācikkhatu yath'āyaṃ bhikkhusaṅgho aññāya saṇṭhaheyyā'ti.

AN 3.101 loṇakapallasuttaṃ

yo, bhikkhave, evaṃ vadeyya, yathā yath'āyaṃ puriso kammaṃ karoti tathā tathā taṃ paṭisaṃvediyatī'ti, evaṃ santaṃ, bhikkhave, brahmacariyavāso na hoti, okāso na paññāyati sammā dukkhassa antakiriyāya.

yathāṭhita →

bodhirasa

however it is standing, just as it is positioned

DN 22.6 mahāsatipaṭṭhānasuttaṃ

puna caparaṃ bhikkhave bhikkhu imam'eva kāyaṃ yathāṭhitaṃ yathāpaṇihitaṃ dhātuso paccavekkhati atthi imasmiṃ kāye pathavīdhātu āpodhātu tejodhātu vāyodhātū'ti

yato ca kho →

bodhirasa

but when, but because, but since

AN 10.8 jhānasuttaṃ

yato ca kho, bhikkhave, bhikkhu saddho ca hoti, sīlavā ca, bahussuto ca, dhammakathiko ca, parisāvacaro ca … evaṃ so ten'aṅgena paripūro hoti.

yato →

bodhirasa

from where, wherever

AN 5.28 paṭhamadhammavihārīsuttaṃ

seyyathā'pi, bhikkhave, udakamaṇiko ādhāre ṭhapito pūro udakassa samatittiko kākapeyyo. tam'enaṃ balavā puriso yato yato āvajjeyya, āgaccheyya udakan'ti? evaṃ, bhante.

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

evaṃ vutte āyasmā ānando bhagavantaṃ etad'avoca, seyyathā'pi, bhante, puriso jighacchādubbalyapareto madhupiṇḍikaṃ adhigaccheyya, so yato yato sāyeyya, labhetheva sādurasaṃ asecanakaṃ

yato →

bodhirasa

since, because, lit. from which

MN 9 sammādiṭṭhisuttaṃ

yato kho āvuso ariyasāvako akusalañ'ca pajānāti akusalamūlañ'ca pajānāti kusalañ'ca pajānāti kusalamūlañ'ca pajānāti ettāvatāpi kho āvuso ariyasāvako sammādiṭṭhi hoti

SN 35.240 kummopamasuttaṃ

yato tumhe, bhikkhave, indriyesu guttadvārā viharissatha, atha tumhehipi māro pāpimā nibbijja pakkamissati, otāraṃ alabhamāno, kummamhāva siṅgālo'ti.

yato →

bodhirasa

when, from when

MN 130 devadūtasuttaṃ

yato ca kho so, bhikkhave, bahusampatto hoti, atha taṃ dvāraṃ pidhīyati.

DN 8.5 mahāsīhanādasuttaṃ

yato kho, kassapa, bhikkhu averaṃ abyāpajjaṃ mettacittaṃ bhāveti, āsavānañ'ca khayā anāsavaṃ cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ diṭṭh'eva dhamme sayaṃ abhiññā sacchikatvā upasampajja viharati.

yatonidāna →

bodhirasa

because of what, based on what, on what account, lit. from what source

MN 18 madhupiṇḍikasuttaṃ

yatonidānaṃ, bhikkhu, purisaṃ papañcasaññāsaṅkhā samudācaranti

SNP 49 kalahavivādasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 11

sātaṃ asātañ'ca kutonidānā, kismiṃ asante na bhavanti h'ete, vibhavaṃ bhavañ'cā'pi yam'etam'atthaṃ, etaṃ me pabrūhi yatonidānaṃ.

yatra hi nāma →

bodhirasa

in the case when, when, lit. where indeed

SN 35.95 mālukyaputtasuttaṃ

ettha dāni, māluṅkyaputta, kiṃ dahare bhikkhū vakkhāma yatra hi nāma tvaṃ, bhikkhu, jiṇṇo vuddho mahallako addhagato vayoanuppatto saṃkhittena ovādaṃ yācasī'ti.

yattaka →

bodhirasa

however much, however many

THI 54 anopamā therīgāthā

yattakaṃ tulitā esā, tuyhaṃ dhītā anopamā, tato aṭṭhaguṇaṃ dassaṃ, hiraññaṃ ratanāni ca.

yattha →

bodhirasa

wherever, where

DHP 87 paṇḍitavaggo

kaṇhaṃ dhammaṃ vippahāya, sukkaṃ bhāvetha paṇḍito, okā anokam'āgamma, viveke yattha dūramaṃ.

SNP 37 nālakasuttaṃ mahāvaggo 11

hitvā icchañ'ca lobhañ'ca, yattha satto puthujjano, cakkhumā paṭipajjeyya, tareyya narakaṃ imaṃ.

yattha yattha →

bodhirasa

wherever, where-soever

SN 20.10 biḷārasuttaṃ

so yena yena icchati tena tena gacchati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha tiṭṭhati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nisīdati. yattha yattha icchati tattha tattha nipajjati.

yatthakāma →

bodhirasa

wherever it wants, where one likes

DHP 35 cittavaggo

dunniggahassa lahuno, yatthakāma-nipātino, cittassa damatho sādhu, cittaṃ dantaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

DHP 36 cittavaggo

sududdasaṃ sunipuṇaṃ, yatthakāma-nipātinaṃ, cittaṃ rakkhetha medhāvī, cittaṃ guttaṃ sukh'āvahaṃ.

yatthakāmaṃ →

bodhirasa

wherever it wants, where one likes

DHP 326 nāgavaggo

idaṃ pure cittam'acāri cārikaṃ, yen'icchakaṃ yatthakāmaṃ yathāsukhaṃ, tad'ajj'ahaṃ niggahessāmi yoniso, hatthippabhinnaṃ viya aṅkusaggaho.

yatthassa →

bodhirasa

in whom, lit. where for him, where his

SN 35.247 chappāṇakasuttaṃ

tañ'ca cetovimuttiṃ paññāvimuttiṃ yathābhūtaṃ pajānāti, yatth'assa te uppannā pāpakā akusalā dhammā aparisesā nirujjhanti

AN 8.2 paññāsuttaṃ

idha, bhikkhave, bhikkhu satthāraṃ upanissāya viharati aññataraṃ vā garuṭṭhāniyaṃ sabrahmacāriṃ, yatth'assa tibbaṃ hirottappaṃ paccupaṭṭhitaṃ hoti pemañ'ca gāravo ca.

yatthaṭṭhita →

bodhirasa

where standing, where staying

DHP 127 pāpavaggo

na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa, na vijjatī so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhito mucceyya pāpakammā.

DHP 128 pāpavaggo

na antalikkhe na samuddamajjhe, na pabbatānaṃ vivaraṃ pavissa, na vijjatī so jagatippadeso, yatthaṭṭhitaṃ nappasaheyya maccu.

yatthetaṃ →

bodhirasa

where this, in which this

AN 3.89 tatiyasikkhāsuttaṃ

tisso imā, bhikkhave, sikkhā yatth'etaṃ sabbaṃ samodhānaṃ gacchati. katamā tisso? adhisīlasikkhā, adhicittasikkhā, adhipaññāsikkhā.

yattheva →

bodhirasa

wherever, right where

SN 47.20 janapadakalyāṇīsuttaṃ

puriso ca te ukkhittāsiko piṭṭhito piṭṭhito anubandhissati. yatth'eva naṃ thokam'pi chaḍḍessati tatth'eva te siro pātessatī'ti.

yatvādhikaraṇamenaṃ →

bodhirasa

on account of which this, lit. from which reason this

AN 4.37 aparihāniyasuttaṃ

yatv'ādhikaraṇam'enaṃ cakkhu'ndriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ

MN 39 mahāassapurasuttaṃ

yatv'ādhikaraṇam'enaṃ cakkhundriyaṃ asaṃvutaṃ viharantaṃ abhijjhādomanassā pāpakā akusalā dhammā anvāssaveyyuṃ

yañca →

bodhirasa

but whatever, and whatever

SN 12.61 assutavāsuttaṃ

yañ'ca kho etaṃ bhikkhave vuccati cittaṃ iti'pi mano iti'pi viññāṇaṃ iti'pi tatrāssutavā puthujjano n'ālaṃ nibbindituṃ n'ālaṃ virajjituṃ n'ālaṃ vimuccituṃ

MN 74 dīghanakhasuttaṃ

evaṃ vimuttacitto kho, aggivessana, bhikkhu na kenaci saṃvadati, na kenaci vivadati, yañ'ca loke vuttaṃ tena voharati, aparāmasan'ti.

yañce →

bodhirasa

than if, rather than

DHP 106 sahassavaggo

māse māse sahassena, yo yajetha sataṃ samaṃ, ekañ'ca bhāvit'attānaṃ, muhuttam'api pūjaye, sā'y'eva pūjanā seyyo, yañ'ce vassasataṃ hutaṃ.

DHP 308 nirayavaggo

seyyo ayoguḷo bhutto, tatto aggisikh'ūpamo, yañ'ce bhuñjeyya dussīlo, raṭṭhapiṇḍam'asaññato.

yañhi →

bodhirasa

that which certainly

SNP 67 bhadrāvudha māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 12

ādānataṇhaṃ vinayetha sabbaṃ, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcā'pi majjhe, yaṃ yañ'hi lokasmim'upādiyanti, ten'eva māro anveti jantuṃ.

AN 4.183 sutasuttaṃ

yañ'hi, brāhmaṇa, diṭṭhaṃ bhāsato akusalā dhammā abhivaḍḍhanti, kusalā dhammā parihāyanti, evarūpaṃ diṭṭhaṃ na bhāsitabban'ti vadāmi.

yañña →

bodhirasa

sacrifice, offering

DN 5.10 kūṭadantasuttaṃ

tasmiṃ kho, brāhmaṇa, yaññe n'eva gāvo haññiṃsu, na ajeḷakā haññiṃsu, na kukkuṭasūkarā haññiṃsu, na vividhā pāṇā saṃghātaṃ āpajjiṃsu, na rukkhā chijjiṃsu yūpatthāya, na dabbhā lūyiṃsu barihisatthāya

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

te ce n'ātariṃsu yājayogā, yaññehi jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, atha ko carahi devamanussaloke, atāri jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

yaññadeva →

bodhirasa

whatever … just that

MN 19 dvedhāvitakkasuttaṃ

yaññadeva, bhikkhave, bhikkhu bahulam'anuvitakketi anuvicāreti, tathā tathā nati hoti cetaso.

yaññapatha →

bodhirasa

method of sacrifice, sacrificial technique

SNP 58 puṇṇaka māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 3

ye kec'ime isayo manujā, khattiyā brāhmaṇā devatānaṃ, yaññam'akappayiṃsu puthū'dha loke, kacci'ssu te bhagavā yaññapathe appamattā, atāruṃ jātiñ'ca jarañ'ca mārisa, pucchāmi taṃ bhagavā brūhi me taṃ.

yaññopanīta →

bodhirasa

who has offered the sacrifice, who has presented the offering

SN 7.9 sundarikasuttaṃ

saccena danto damasā upeto, vedantagū vusitabrahmacariyo, yaññ'opanīto tam'upavhayetha, kālena so juhati dakkhiṇeyye'ti.

yaṃ kiñci →

bodhirasa

whatever, any whatsoever, everything, all

VIN 4.1.7 pabbajjākathā

seyyathā'pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ samma'd'eva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evam'eva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃ'y'eva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi, yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti.

SNP 59 mettagū māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 4

yaṃ kiñci sampajānāsi, uddhaṃ adho tiriyañcā'pi majjhe, etesu nandiñ'ca nivesanañ'ca, panujja viññāṇaṃ bhave na tiṭṭhe.

yaṃ →

bodhirasa

which, whoever, whatever, that which

VIN 4.1.7 pabbajjākathā

seyyathā'pi nāma suddhaṃ vatthaṃ apagatakāḷakaṃ samma'd'eva rajanaṃ paṭiggaṇheyya, evam'eva yasassa kulaputtassa tasmiṃ'y'eva āsane virajaṃ vītamalaṃ dhammacakkhuṃ udapādi, yaṃ kiñci samudayadhammaṃ, sabbaṃ taṃ nirodhadhamman'ti.

AN 3.62 titthāyatanādisuttaṃ

iti yaṃ taṃ vuttaṃ idam'etaṃ paṭicca vuttan'ti.

yaṃ →

bodhirasa

whoever, whatever, that which

SNP 61 upasīva māṇava pucchā pārāyanavaggo 6

eko ahaṃ sakka mahantam'oghaṃ, anissito no visahāmi tārituṃ, ārammaṇaṃ brūhi samantacakkhu, yaṃ nissito ogham'imaṃ tareyyaṃ.

SNP 46 pasūrasuttaṃ aṭṭhakavaggo 8

idh'eva suddhi iti vādayanti, n'āññesu dhammesu visuddhim'āhu, yaṃ nissitā tattha subhaṃ vadānā, paccekasaccesu puthū niviṭṭhā.

yaṃ →

bodhirasa

because, because of

NIDD2 2.1 ajita māṇava pucchā niddesa

avijjā'ti dukkhe aññāṇaṃ … yaṃ evarūpaṃ aññāṇaṃ adassanaṃ anabhisamayo ananubodho asambodho appaṭivedho asaṃgāhanā apariyogāhanā asamapekkhanā apaccavekkhaṇā

yaṃnūna →

bodhirasa

what if, lets

SN 12.63 puttamaṃsūpamasuttaṃ

yaṃnūna mayaṃ imaṃ ekaputtakaṃ piyaṃ manāpaṃ vadhitvā vallūrañ'ca soṇḍikañ'ca karitvā puttamaṃsāni khādantā evaṃ taṃ kantār'āvasesaṃ nitthareyyāma, mā sabb'eva tayo vinassimhā'ti

SN 46.53 aggisuttaṃ

atha kho tesaṃ bhikkhūnaṃ etad'ahosi, atippago kho tāva sāvatthiyaṃ piṇḍāya carituṃ. yaṃnūna mayaṃ yena aññatitthiyānaṃ paribbājakānaṃ ārāmo ten'upasaṅkameyyāmā'ti.

yaṃnūnāhaṃ →

bodhirasa

what if I were to

AN 9.35 gāvīupamāsuttaṃ

tassā evam'assa, yaṃnūn'āhaṃ agatapubbañ'c'eva disaṃ gaccheyyaṃ, akhāditapubbāni ca tiṇāni khādeyyaṃ, apītapubbāni ca pānīyāni piveyyan'ti.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

yaṃnūn'āhaṃ tiṇakaṭṭhasākhāpalāsaṃ saṃkaḍḍhitvā, kullaṃ bandhitvā, taṃ kullaṃ nissāya hatthehi ca pādehi ca vāyamamāno sotthinā pāraṃ uttareyyan'ti.

yaṃsa →

bodhirasa

which that

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

taṃ, bhikkhave, attavād'upādānaṃ upādiyetha, yaṃsa attavād'upādānaṃ upādiyato na uppajjeyyuṃ soka-parideva-dukkha-domanass'upāyāsā.

MN 22 alagaddūpamasuttaṃ

passatha no tumhe, bhikkhave, taṃ diṭṭhinissayaṃ yaṃsa diṭṭhinissayaṃ nissayato na uppajje